10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)
þ	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the quarterly period ended: May 31, 2012
	OR
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the transition period from [ ] to [ ]

Commission file number: 0-25232

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

ARIZONA (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 86-0419443 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

4025 S. RIVERPOINT PARKWAY, PHOENIX, ARIZONA 85040

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(480) 966-5394

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  

YES þ     NO o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  

YES þ     NO o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer o	Non-accelerated filer o	Smaller reporting company o
	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 

 YES o     NO þ

AS OF June 19, 2012, THE FOLLOWING SHARES OF STOCK WERE OUTSTANDING:

Apollo Group, Inc. Class A common stock, no par value	112,900,000 Shares
Apollo Group, Inc. Class B common stock, no par value	475,000 Shares

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

FORM 10-Q

INDEX

		PAGE
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		3
	PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Financial Statements	4
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	29
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	53
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	53
	PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	54
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	54
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	57
Item 3.	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	57
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	57
Item 5.	Other Information	58
Item 6.	Exhibits	59
SIGNATURES		60
EX-10.1
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-31.3
EX-32.1
EX-32.2
EX-32.3

2

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”), contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact may be forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements include, among others, those statements regarding future events and future results of Apollo Group, Inc. (“the Company,” “Apollo Group,” “Apollo,” “APOL,” “we,” “us” or “our”) that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and the beliefs and assumptions of us and our management, and speak only as of the date made and are not guarantees of future performance or results. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “predict,” “target,” “potential,” “continue,” “objectives,” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Such forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates based upon current information and involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Such statements should be viewed with caution. Actual events or results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of factors. While it is impossible to identify all such factors, factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by us include but are not limited to:

• changes in the regulation of the U.S. education industry and eligibility of proprietary schools to participate in U.S. federal student financial aid programs, including the regulatory and other requirements discussed in Item 1, Business, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2011, under “Accreditation and Jurisdictional Authorizations,” “Financial Aid Programs,” and “Regulatory Environment”;

• each of the factors discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2011 and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors, in this Form 10-Q; and

• those factors set forth in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 31, 2011 and Part I, Item 2, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, in this Form 10-Q.

The cautionary statements referred to above also should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that may be issued by us or persons acting on our behalf. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements for any facts, events, or circumstances after the date hereof that may bear upon forward-looking statements. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements.

3

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

	As of
($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
ASSETS:
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	602,144		$	1,571,664
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	353,884			379,407
Accounts receivable, net	191,665			215,567
Prepaid taxes	35,595			35,629
Deferred tax assets, current portion	58,084			124,137
Other current assets	42,732			44,382
Total current assets	1,284,104			2,370,786
Property and equipment, net	559,497			553,027
Marketable securities	5,946			5,946
Goodwill	148,218			133,297
Intangible assets, net	160,562			121,117
Deferred tax assets, less current portion	86,784			70,949
Other assets	24,833			14,584
Total assets	$	2,269,944		$	3,269,706
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	$	35,827		$	419,318
Accounts payable	58,710			69,551
Student deposits	387,188			424,045
Deferred revenue	260,167			293,436
Accrued and other current liabilities	311,219			448,937
Total current liabilities	1,053,111			1,655,287
Long-term debt	90,167			179,691
Deferred tax liabilities	21,599			26,400
Other long-term liabilities	203,637			164,339
Total liabilities	1,368,514			2,025,717
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ equity
Preferred stock, no par value	—			—
Apollo Group Class A nonvoting common stock, no par value	103			103
Apollo Group Class B voting common stock, no par value	1			1
Additional paid-in capital	103,528			68,724
Apollo Group Class A treasury stock, at cost	(3,835,973		)	(3,125,175		)
Retained earnings	4,667,702			4,320,472
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(31,673		)	(23,761		)
Total Apollo shareholders’ equity	903,688			1,240,364
Noncontrolling (deficit) interests	(2,258		)	3,625
Total equity	901,430			1,243,989
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	2,269,944		$	3,269,706

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

4

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended May 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Net revenue	$	1,130,808		$	1,235,837		$	3,279,050		$	3,610,901
Costs and expenses:
Instructional and student advisory	470,112			458,145			1,356,409			1,335,601
Marketing	158,881			161,034			483,980			484,392
Admissions advisory	95,290			99,923			298,083			315,958
General and administrative	88,084			87,857			252,028			257,075
Depreciation and amortization	45,155			41,125			133,438			117,369
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430			39,217			108,009			141,666
Restructuring and other charges	7,577			—			29,287			3,846
Litigation charge	4,725			2,048			4,725			4,503
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	—			—			16,788			219,927
Total costs and expenses	905,254			889,349			2,682,747			2,880,337
Operating income	225,554			346,488			596,303			730,564
Interest income	219			867			1,085			2,635
Interest expense	(2,830		)	(2,383		)	(6,618		)	(6,207		)
Other, net	(402		)	(1,862		)	(44		)	(1,603		)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	222,541			343,110			590,726			725,389
Provision for income taxes	(88,159		)	(130,385		)	(247,889		)	(376,016		)
Income from continuing operations	134,382			212,725			342,837			349,373
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			540			—			2,487
Net income	134,382			213,265			342,837			351,860
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(348		)	(825		)	4,393			31,955
Net income attributable to Apollo	$	134,034		$	212,440		$	347,230		$	383,815
Earnings per share — Basic:
Continuing operations attributable to Apollo	$	1.13		$	1.52		$	2.79		$	2.67
Discontinued operations attributable to Apollo	—			—			—			0.02
Basic income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13		$	1.52		$	2.79		$	2.69
Earnings per share — Diluted:
Continuing operations attributable to Apollo	$	1.13		$	1.51		$	2.77		$	2.66
Discontinued operations attributable to Apollo	—			—			—			0.02
Diluted income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13		$	1.51		$	2.77		$	2.68
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	118,134			139,856			124,560			142,845
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	118,793			140,343			125,335			143,222

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

5

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

	Three Months Ended May 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Net income	$	134,382		$	213,265		$	342,837		$	351,860
Other comprehensive income (net of tax):
Currency translation (loss) gain	(4,774		)	2,875			(9,402		)	7,636
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities	—			—			—			463
Comprehensive income	129,608			216,140			333,435			359,959
Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests	319			(1,033		)	5,883			31,092
Comprehensive income attributable to Apollo	$	129,927		$	215,107		$	339,318		$	391,051

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

6

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSEDCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FROM CONTINUING AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net income	$	342,837		$	351,860
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Share-based compensation	59,438			50,453
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	(1,137		)	(1,214		)
Depreciation and amortization	133,438			117,369
Amortization of lease incentives	(11,604		)	(10,523		)
Amortization of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	(2,098		)	(1,491		)
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	16,788			219,927
Non-cash foreign currency loss, net	173			1,767
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	108,009			141,666
Litigation charge	4,725			4,503
Deferred income taxes	31,386			(3,327		)
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of business acquisition and disposition:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	25,523			67,658
Accounts receivable	(85,788		)	(81,215		)
Prepaid taxes	6			21,218
Other assets	(6,260		)	(13,955		)
Accounts payable	(8,174		)	(12,440		)
Student deposits	(35,215		)	(89,944		)
Deferred revenue	(32,667		)	(60,763		)
Accrued and other liabilities	(123,605		)	47,003
Net cash provided by operating activities	415,775			748,552
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
Additions to property and equipment	(85,702		)	(119,726		)
Maturities of marketable securities	—			10,000
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	(73,736		)	—
Proceeds from sale-leaseback, net	—			169,018
Proceeds from disposition	3,285			9,612
Collateralization of letter of credit	—			126,615
Other investing activities	(1,694		)	—
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(157,847		)	195,519
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Payments on borrowings	(508,449		)	(425,325		)
Proceeds from borrowings	2,437			11,682
Apollo Group Class A common stock purchased for treasury	(731,772		)	(408,220		)
Issuance of Apollo Group Class A common stock	10,521			10,240
Noncontrolling interest contributions	—			6,875
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	1,137			1,214
Net cash used in financing activities	(1,226,126		)	(803,534		)
Exchange rate effect on cash and cash equivalents	(1,322		)	1,040
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(969,520		)	141,577
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	1,571,664			1,284,769
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	602,144		$	1,426,346
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow and non-cash information
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds	$	211,500		$	326,999
Cash paid for interest	$	7,178		$	8,063
Capital lease additions	$	26,906		$	14,693
Credits received for tenant improvements	$	24,856		$	12,047
Restricted stock units vested and released	$	16,926		$	3,614
Acquired technology (Note 5)	$	14,389		$	—
Unsettled share repurchases	$	10,244		$	11,802

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

7

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1. Nature of Operations

Apollo Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to herein as “the Company,” “Apollo Group,” “Apollo,” “APOL,” “we,” “us” or “our,” has been an education provider for more than 35 years. We offer innovative and distinctive educational programs and services both online and on-campus at the undergraduate, master’s and doctoral levels principally through the following of our wholly-owned educational subsidiaries:

• The University of Phoenix, Inc. (“University of Phoenix”);

• Institute for Professional Development (“IPD”); and

• The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation (“CFFP”).

On September 12, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Carnegie Learning, Inc. (“Carnegie Learning”), a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

In addition, we have an 85.6% ownership interest in Apollo Global, Inc. (“Apollo Global”) as of May 31, 2012. Apollo Global pursues investments primarily in the international education services industry and is consolidated in our financial statements. We offer educational programs and services through the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of Apollo Global:

• BPP Holdings Limited (“BPP”) in the United Kingdom;

• Western International University, Inc. (“Western International University”) in the U.S.;

• Universidad Latinoamericana (“ULA”) in Mexico; and

• Universidad de Artes, Ciencias y Comunicación (“UNIACC”) in Chile.

On December 3, 2011, Apollo Global entered into an agreement with HT Media Limited, an Indian media company, to participate in a start-up, 50:50 joint venture intended to develop and provide educational services and programs in India. HT Media Limited, which is based in New Delhi, India, publishes the Hindustan Times, Hindustan and Mint newspapers, among other business activities.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Apollo Group, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and subsidiaries that we control. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for annual financial statements. Therefore, this information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2011. We consistently applied the accounting policies described in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K in preparing these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Our fiscal year is from September 1 to August 31. Unless otherwise noted, references to particular years or quarters refer to our fiscal years and the associated quarters of those fiscal years.

Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We experience, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of seasonal variations in the level of our institutions’ enrollments. Although University of Phoenix enrolls students throughout the year, its net revenue is generally lower in our second fiscal quarter (December through February) than the other quarters due to holiday breaks. Because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors, the

8

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

results of operations for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Issued Accounting Pronouncement

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The standard permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, an entity will no longer be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit in the step one test unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We early adopted ASU 2011-08 on September 1, 2011 for our fiscal year 2012 goodwill impairment tests. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures.

Future Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) are working on joint convergence projects to address accounting differences between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) in order to support their commitment to achieve a single set of high-quality global accounting standards. Some of the most significant projects on the FASB and IASB’s agenda include accounting for leases, revenue recognition and financial instruments, among other items. Both the FASB and IASB have issued final guidance for certain accounting topics and are currently redeliberating guidance in other areas. The converged guidance that the FASB has already issued addressing fair value measurements, financial instrument disclosures and the statement of other comprehensive income is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures. While we anticipate the lease accounting and revenue recognition proposals will have the greatest impact on us if enacted, the FASB’s standard-setting process is ongoing and until new standards have been finalized and issued, we cannot determine the impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures that may result from any such future changes.

Concurrent with these convergence projects, the Securities and Exchange Commission is considering incorporating IFRS into the U.S. financial reporting system. At this time, the method and timing of potential conversion to IFRS is uncertain and cannot be determined until final conversion requirements are mandated. The potential preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.

Note 3. Changes in Presentation

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

During fiscal year 2011, we changed our presentation of changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents related to financial aid program funds to cash flows from operating activities on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations. We previously presented such changes as cash flows from investing activities. Our restricted cash and cash equivalents primarily represents funds held for students for unbilled educational services that were received from U.S. federal financial aid programs established by Title IV of the Higher Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder (“Title IV”). When we receive such funds, they are recorded as restricted cash on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with an offsetting liability recorded as student deposits. These restricted funds are a core activity of our operations and, accordingly, we believe presentation of changes in such funds as an operating activity more appropriately reflects the nature of the restricted cash. Additionally, we believe that including both changes in the restricted cash asset and the student deposit liability within operating activities provides better transparency. We have changed our presentation on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations for all periods presented. The changes have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

9

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

The following table presents our cash flows as previously reported and as changed for the nine months ended May 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	As Reported		As Changed
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	67,658
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	680,894	$	748,552
Cash flows provided by investing activities:
Collateralization of letter of credit(1)	$	194,273	$	126,615
Net cash provided by investing activities	$	263,177	$	195,519

⁽¹⁾ Following the change in presentation discussed above, the remaining change in restricted cash and cash equivalents for the nine months ended May 31, 2011 represents funds used to collateralize a letter of credit. We have continued to present this change as an investing activity based on the nature of the restricted cash; however, we have renamed the remaining change, “Collateralization of letter of credit.”

Other

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we combined our presentation of accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations based on the similar nature of the liabilities. Refer to Note 9, Accrued and Other Liabilities, for a detail of these liabilities. Additionally, we began presenting our restructuring activities as a component of the change in accrued and other liabilities rather than as a separate line item on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges, for discussion of our restructuring activities. We have changed our presentation for all periods presented. These changes had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Note 4. Restructuring and Other Charges

We have initiated a series of activities to reengineer business processes and refine our educational delivery structure. These activities are designed to increase operating efficiencies and effectiveness, and enhance our students’ educational experience and outcomes. We are focused on aligning our operations with our business strategy, which includes optimizing our cost structure. The following table details the charges incurred for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the cumulative costs associated with these activities, which have all been included in restructuring and other charges on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net(1)	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	—	$	41,312
Employee severance and other benefits	2,681		—		2,681		3,846		6,527
Other restructuring related costs	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

⁽¹⁾ Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net includes charges associated with the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations and interest accretion on our lease obligation liabilities, and is partially offset by the release of certain liabilities related to the leases such as deferred rent.

10

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

The following table summarizes the above restructuring and other charges in our segment reporting format:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
University of Phoenix	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	3,846	$	45,158
Apollo Global — Other	2,681		—		2,681		—		2,681
Corporate	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

The following table details the changes in our restructuring liability by type of cost during the nine months ended May 31, 2012:

($ in thousands)	Non-Cancelable Lease Obligations and Related Costs, Net			Employee Severance and Other Benefits			Other Restructuring Related Costs			Total
Balance at August 31, 2011(1)	$	17,802		$	—		$	—		$	17,802
Expense incurred	22,692			2,681			4,361			29,734
Interest accretion	1,368			—			—			1,368
Payments	(6,391		)	(2,681		)	(654		)	(9,726		)
Balance at May 31, 2012(1)	$	35,471		$	—		$	3,707		$	39,178

⁽¹⁾ The current portion of our restructuring liability was $16.2 million and $3.2 million as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, respectively.

During fiscal year 2011, we initiated a plan to rationalize our real estate portfolio in Phoenix, Arizona through space consolidation and reorganization. The plan consisted of abandoning all, or a portion of, four leased facilities, all of which we are no longer using and have determined we will no longer derive a future economic benefit. The leases on these facilities were classified as operating leases and we recorded $38.7 million of aggregate charges on the respective cease-use dates representing the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations. We measured the lease obligations at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach encompassing significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The estimation of future cash flows includes non-cancelable contractual lease costs over the remaining terms of the leases, partially offset by estimated future sublease rental income, which involves significant judgment. Our estimate of the amount and timing of sublease rental income considered subleases that we have executed and subleases we expect to execute, current commercial real estate market data and conditions, comparable transaction data and qualitative factors specific to the facilities. The estimates will be subject to adjustment as market conditions change or as new information becomes available, including the execution of additional sublease agreements. Excluding adjustments resulting from changes in estimates and interest accretion charges, we do not expect to incur additional charges associated with the abandoned facilities.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we implemented a reduction in force at UNIACC to better align its operations with its refined business model and outlook following its loss of institutional accreditation. Refer to Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for a discussion of this change in accreditation. In connection with this reduction in force, we incurred $2.7 million of employee severance and other benefit costs principally representing non-direct student servicing personnel. We do not expect to incur additional charges associated with this restructuring activity.

We also incurred $4.4 million of costs during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 principally attributable to services received from third party consulting firms associated with our initiatives to evaluate and identify operating efficiency and effectiveness opportunities. As these services pertain to all areas of our business, we have not allocated these costs to our reportable segments and they are included in our Corporate caption.

Although we expect to implement additional restructuring activities as we reengineer business processes as discussed above, we have not yet finalized our initiatives or committed to any further specific restructuring activities. Accordingly, while future charges and associated savings related to these activities could be substantial, the nature, timing and amount cannot be estimated at this time.

11

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 5. Acquisitions

On September 12, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Carnegie Learning, a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software for a cash purchase price of $75.0 million. In a separate transaction completed on September 12, 2011, we acquired related technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million payable over a 10-year period. We incurred transaction costs of $1.7 million in connection with these acquisitions with the majority included in general and administrative expense in our fiscal year 2011 operating results. The acquisitions allow us to accelerate our efforts to incorporate adaptive learning into our academic platform and to provide tools to help raise student achievement in mathematics, which is expected to support improved retention and graduation rates at University of Phoenix. Given our postsecondary focus, we are currently evaluating strategic alternatives for a potential sale of the K-12 portion of the business in order to support Carnegie Learning’s continued success in this market, but have not yet committed to any specific plan of disposition.

We accounted for the Carnegie Learning acquisition as a business combination. Accordingly, we determined the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on assumptions that reasonable market participants would use while employing the concept of highest and best use of the respective assets and liabilities. We used the following assumptions, the majority of which include significant unobservable inputs, and valuation methodologies to determine fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities:

• Software technology and customer relationship intangible assets were valued using the cost savings approach utilizing current discount rates, cost estimates and assumptions;

• The Carnegie Learning trademark was valued using the relief-from-royalty method, which represents the benefit of owning this intangible asset rather than paying royalties for its use;

• Deferred revenue was valued using the cost plus mark-up approach, which estimates the fair value of our estimated cost to fulfill the obligation; and

• The carrying value of all other assets and liabilities approximated fair value at the time of acquisition.

We recorded $34.8 million of goodwill as a result of the Carnegie Learning acquisition, which is not deductible for tax purposes. Carnegie Learning is included in our University of Phoenix operating segment and the goodwill is primarily attributable to expected strategic synergies. These synergies include cost savings and benefits attributable to improved student retention and graduation rates at University of Phoenix and the assembled workforce.

The following table presents a summary of the Carnegie Learning acquisition purchase price allocation:

($ in thousands)
Net working capital deficit	$	(336	)
Property and equipment	870
Intangible assets
Finite-lived — Software technology	28,000
Indefinite-lived — Trademark	14,100
Finite-lived — Customer relationships	9,000
Goodwill	34,794
Deferred taxes, net	(11,428		)
Allocated purchase price	75,000
Less: Cash acquired	(1,264		)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	$	73,736

We are amortizing the finite-lived software technology on a straight-line basis over a five year useful life, and the customer relationships asset on an accelerated basis over a four year useful life. The amortization of the respective finite-lived intangible assets reflects the pattern in which we expect the economic benefits of the assets to be consumed. We assigned an indefinite life to the acquired trademark as we believe the intangible asset has the ability to generate cash flows indefinitely. In addition, there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic, or other factors to limit the trademark’s useful life.

12

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

As noted above, we also acquired related technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million, payable over a 10-year period. We accounted for this transaction as an asset purchase. Accordingly, we recorded an asset and corresponding liability totaling $14.4 million representing the present value of the future cash payments on the acquisition date using our incremental borrowing rate. The asset is included in intangible assets, net on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five year useful life. The liability is included in debt on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being accreted over the 10-year period, with the accretion expense recorded in interest expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Carnegie Learning’s operating results are included in our condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We have not provided pro forma information because Carnegie Learning’s results of operations are not significant to our consolidated results of operations.

Note 6. Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Student accounts receivable	$	282,642		$	324,324
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(110,202		)	(128,897		)
Net student accounts receivable	172,440			195,427
Other receivables	19,225			20,140
Total accounts receivable, net	$	191,665		$	215,567

Student accounts receivable primarily represents amounts due related to tuition and educational services. The following table summarizes the activity in allowance for doubtful accounts for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Beginning allowance for doubtful accounts	$	118,946		$	159,882		$	128,897		$	192,857
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430			39,217			108,009			141,666
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(44,174		)	(53,172		)	(126,704		)	(188,596		)
Ending allowance for doubtful accounts	$	110,202		$	145,927		$	110,202		$	145,927

Note 7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from August 31, 2011 to May 31, 2012 are as follows:

			Apollo Global
($ in thousands)	University of Phoenix		BPP			Other			Other Schools		Total Goodwill
Goodwill as of August 31, 2011	$	37,018	$	50,694		$	30,275		$	15,310	$	133,297
Goodwill acquired(1)	34,794		—			—			—		34,794
Impairment(2)	—		—			(11,912		)	—		(11,912		)
Currency translation adjustment	—		(5,085		)	(2,876		)	—		(7,961		)
Goodwill as of May 31, 2012	$	71,812	$	45,609		$	15,487		$	15,310	$	148,218

⁽¹⁾ Goodwill acquired resulted from our acquisition of Carnegie Learning during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $11.9 million of UNIACC’s goodwill during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

13

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Intangible assets, net consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

	May 31, 2012										August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Finite-lived intangible assets
Software and technology(1)	$	42,389	$	(6,076	)	$	—		$	36,313	$	3,600	$	(3,450	)	$	—		$	150
Student and customer relationships(1)	14,109		(5,593		)	(1,406		)	7,110		9,477		(6,538		)	(1,284		)	1,655
Copyrights	20,891		(15,262		)	(786		)	4,843		20,891		(11,521		)	(422		)	8,948
Other(2)	12,878		(10,024		)	(1,224		)	1,630		15,102		(9,049		)	(1,166		)	4,887
Total finite-lived intangible assets	90,267		(36,955		)	(3,416		)	49,896		49,070		(30,558		)	(2,872		)	15,640
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Trademarks(1), (2)	108,961		—			(5,083		)	103,878		98,849		—			(737		)	98,112
Accreditations and designations(2)	7,260		—			(472		)	6,788		7,456		—			(91		)	7,365
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets	116,221		—			(5,555		)	110,666		106,305		—			(828		)	105,477
Total intangible assets, net	$	206,488	$	(36,955	)	$	(8,971	)	$	160,562	$	155,375	$	(30,558	)	$	(3,700	)	$	121,117

⁽¹⁾ We acquired certain intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 as a result of our acquisition of Carnegie Learning. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $4.9 million of UNIACC’s intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

On September 1, 2011, we early adopted the principles of ASU 2011-08 which simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment by providing an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Our qualitative analysis may consider many factors, including general economic conditions, industry and market conditions, financial performance and key business drivers of the reporting unit, and potential changes to significant assumptions used in the most recent fair value analysis. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on our qualitative assessment, or that a qualitative assessment should not be performed for a reporting unit, we proceed with performing the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. For further discussion of our two step impairment test process, including valuation methods we employ and critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of a reporting unit, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At May 31, 2012, we completed our annual goodwill impairment analysis for the following reporting units:

• University of Phoenix,

• ULA, and

• Western International University.

For University of Phoenix and Western International University, we performed qualitative assessments that included consideration of the factors discussed above and the fact that the fair value of these reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values in their most recent annual tests by a substantial margin of at least 50%. Based on our assessments, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit was greater than its carrying value.

For our ULA reporting unit, we performed the step one quantitative goodwill impairment test and determined the fair value exceeded the carrying value of its net assets and its goodwill was not impaired. The excess as a percentage of fair value was approximately 25%. We determined fair value using the discounted cash flow valuation method which utilized key assumptions that were substantially consistent with our prior annual impairment test.

As of May 31, 2012, we also tested indefinite-lived intangibles consisting primarily of trademarks and accreditations totaling $17.3 million, which includes $14.1 million related to the Carnegie Learning trademark. We performed a fair value analysis of these indefinite-lived intangibles and determined there was no impairment.

14

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

UNIACC Reporting Unit

In November 2011, UNIACC was advised by the National Accreditation Commission of Chile that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed and therefore had lapsed. UNIACC has appealed the decision. The loss of accreditation from the National Accreditation Commission does not impact UNIACC’s ability to operate or confer degrees and does not directly affect UNIACC’s programmatic accreditations. However, this institutional accreditation is necessary for new UNIACC students to participate in government loan programs and for existing students to begin to participate in such programs for the first time. The loss of accreditation has reduced new enrollment in UNIACC’s degree programs due to the unavailability of the government loan programs. Based on these factors and related uncertainty, we revised our cash flow estimates and performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis for UNIACC in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

To determine the fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit in our interim step one analysis, we used a discounted cash flow valuation method using assumptions that we believe would be a reasonable market participant’s view of the impact of the loss of accreditation status and the increased uncertainty impacting UNIACC. We used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) in our discounted cash flow valuation.

Our interim step one goodwill impairment analysis resulted in a lower estimated fair value for the UNIACC reporting unit as compared to its carrying value. Based on the estimated fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit and a hypothetical purchase price allocation, we determined the UNIACC reporting unit would have no implied goodwill. Additionally, our interim impairment tests for the trademark and accreditation intangibles utilized the same significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) and assumptions used in UNIACC’s interim goodwill analysis and resulted in minimal or no fair value. Accordingly, we determined UNIACC’s entire goodwill balance and the trademark and accreditation indefinite-lived intangibles totaling $11.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively, were impaired.

We also evaluated UNIACC’s remaining long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite-lived intangibles, for recoverability and determined certain finite-lived intangibles were impaired totaling $1.0 million. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges in the aggregate were $16.8 million, with no income tax benefit as UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles are not deductible for tax purposes.

Note 8. Fair Value Measurements

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of May 31, 2012:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	645,812	$	645,812	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	651,758	$	645,812	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—

15

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of August 31, 2011:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	August 31, 2011		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	1,854,927	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,860,873	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—

We measure the above items on a recurring basis at fair value as follows:

• Money market funds — Classified within Level 1 and were valued primarily using real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets. As of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, our remaining cash and cash equivalents not disclosed in the above tables approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of the financial instruments.

• Auction-rate securities — Classified within Level 3 due to the illiquidity of the market and were valued using a discounted cash flow model encompassing significant unobservable inputs such as estimated interest rates, credit spreads, timing and amount of cash flows, credit quality of the underlying securities and illiquidity considerations.

• Interest rate swap — We have an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $36.0 million as of May 31, 2012 used to minimize the interest rate exposure on a portion of BPP’s variable rate debt. The interest rate swap is used to fix the variable interest rate on the associated debt. The swap is classified within Level 2 and is valued using readily available pricing sources which utilize market observable inputs including the current variable interest rate for similar types of instruments.

At May 31, 2012, the carrying value of our debt, excluding capital leases, was $70.1 million. The majority of our debt is variable interest rate debt and the carrying amount approximates fair value.

We did not change our valuation techniques associated with recurring fair value measurements from prior periods. Additionally, there were no changes in the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)  during the nine months ended May 31, 2012.

Liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 consist of the following:

			Fair Value Measurements at Measurement Date Using
($ in thousands)	Fair Value at Measurement Dates		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Losses for Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Restructuring obligations	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)
Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)

16

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

During the first nine months of fiscal year 2012, we recorded aggregate initial restructuring obligations at fair value of $22.7 million associated with abandoning certain leased facilities as part of a real estate rationalization plan. We recorded the restructuring obligation liabilities on the dates we ceased use of the respective facilities, and we measured the liabilities at fair value using Level 3 inputs included in the valuation method. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges.

Note 9. Accrued and Other Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Salaries, wages and benefits	$	105,616	$	93,763
Accrued legal and other professional obligations(1)	61,544		197,957
Accrued advertising	41,534		50,172
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	19,839		18,869
Curriculum materials	13,686		16,198
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244		—
Student refunds, grants and scholarships	6,530		17,360
Other	52,226		54,618
Total accrued and other current liabilities	$	311,219	$	448,937

⁽¹⁾ Accrued legal and other professional obligations as of August 31, 2011 includes $145.0 million associated with our agreement in principle to settle the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) litigation. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies.

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	$	88,556	$	74,136
Uncertain tax positions	29,249		22,277
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	26,392		28,490
Restructuring obligations	22,982		14,604
Other	36,458		24,832
Total other long-term liabilities	$	203,637	$	164,339

17

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 10. Debt

Debt and short-term borrowings consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Revolving Credit Facility, see terms below	$	—		$	493,322
BPP Credit Facility, see terms below	38,439			47,603
Capital lease obligations	55,852			36,512
Other, see terms below	31,703			21,572
Total debt	125,994			599,009
Less short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	(35,827		)	(419,318		)
Long-term debt	$	90,167		$	179,691

• Revolving Credit Facility — During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into a syndicated $625 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which replaced our previous revolving credit facility. The Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes including acquisitions and share repurchases. The term is five years and will expire in April 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility provides a multi-currency sub-limit facility for borrowings in certain specified foreign currencies.

We borrowed substantially all of our credit line under our previous revolving credit facility as of August 31, 2011, which included £63.0 million denominated in British Pounds (equivalent to $103.2 million as of August 31, 2011). The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings at August 31, 2011 was 2.8%, and we repaid the entire amount during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

The Revolving Credit Facility fees are determined based on a pricing grid that varies according to our leverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility fee ranges from 25 to 40 basis points. Incremental fees for borrowings under the facility generally range from LIBOR + 125 to 185 basis points.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains various customary representations, covenants and other provisions, including the following financial covenants: maximum leverage ratio, minimum coverage interest and rent expense ratio, and a U.S. Department of Education financial responsibility composite score. We were in compliance with all applicable covenants related to the Revolving Credit Facility at May 31, 2012.

• BPP Credit Facility — In fiscal year 2010, we refinanced BPP’s debt by entering into a £52.0 million (equivalent to $81.5 million as of May 31, 2012) secured credit agreement (the “BPP Credit Facility”). During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we amended the BPP Credit Facility reducing the amount available under the facility to £39.0 million (equivalent to $61.1 million as of May 31, 2012). The BPP Credit Facility contains term debt, which was used to refinance BPP’s debt in fiscal year 2010, and revolving credit facilities used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The BPP credit facility will expire on August 31, 2013.

The amended BPP Credit Facility contains financial covenants that include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of May 31, 2012. The interest rate on borrowings is LIBOR + 175 basis points. The weighted average interest rate on BPP’s outstanding borrowings at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 2.7% and 4.0%, respectively.

• Other Debt — As of May 31, 2012, other debt includes the present value of our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, which is discussed further at Note 5, Acquisitions. Other debt also includes $8.1 million of variable rate debt and $9.6 million of fixed rate debt as of May 31, 2012, and $9.1 million of variable rate debt and $12.5 million of fixed rate debt as of August 31, 2011. Excluding our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, the weighted average interest rate on our other debt at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 5.2% and 6.1%. respectively.

Refer to Note 8, Fair Value Measurements, for discussion of the fair value of our debt.

18

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 11. Income Taxes

We determine our interim income tax provision by estimating our effective income tax rate expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. Our effective income tax rate is dependent upon several factors, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions. In determining our full year estimate, we do not include the estimated impact of unusual and/or infrequent items, which may cause significant variations in the customary relationship between income tax expense and income before income taxes. We exercise significant judgment in determining our income tax provision due to transactions, credits and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

The decrease in the current portion of our net deferred tax assets as of May 31, 2012 compared to August 31, 2011 was principally attributable to the reversal of a deferred tax asset related to our $145.0 million settlement payment associated with the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) matter, which became deductible in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies.

We are subject to numerous ongoing audits by federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities. Although we believe our tax accruals to be reasonable, the final determination of tax audits in the U.S. or abroad and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

Note 12. Shareholders’ Equity

The following tables detail changes in shareholders’ equity during the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011:

	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	68,724		$	(3,125,175	)	$	4,320,472	$	(23,761	)	$	1,240,364		$	3,625		$	1,243,989
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(742,016		)	—		—			(742,016		)	—			(742,016		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,037		)	4,926			—		—			3,889			—			3,889
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(19,660		)	26,292			—		—			6,632			—			6,632
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(3,937		)	—			—		—			(3,937		)	—			(3,937		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		59,438			—			—		—			59,438			—			59,438
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		(7,912		)	(7,912		)	(1,490		)	(9,402		)
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			347,230		—			347,230			(4,393		)	342,837
Balance as of May 31, 2012	$	103	$	1	$	103,528		$	(3,835,973	)	$	4,667,702	$	(31,673	)	$	903,688		$	(2,258	)	$	901,430
	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2010	$	103	$	1	$	46,865		$	(2,407,788	)	$	3,748,045	$	(31,176	)	$	1,356,050		$	32,690		$	1,388,740
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(420,022		)	—		—			(420,022		)	—			(420,022		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,748		)	6,172			—		—			4,424			—			4,424
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(10,110		)	15,927			—		—			5,817			—			5,817
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(2,888		)	—			—		—			(2,888		)	—			(2,888		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		50,453			—			—		—			50,453			—			50,453
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		6,773			6,773			863			7,636
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		463			463			—			463
Noncontrolling interest contributions(1)	—		—		—			—			—		—			—			6,875			6,875
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			383,815		—			383,815			(31,955		)	351,860
Balance as of May 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	82,572		$	(2,805,711	)	$	4,131,860	$	(23,940	)	$	1,384,885		$	8,473		$	1,393,358

⁽¹⁾ There was no change in our 85.6% ownership interest in Apollo Global during the nine months ended May 31, 2011.

Share Reissuances

During the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we issued approximately 0.1 million and 0.2 million shares, respectively, and during the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we issued approximately 0.6 million and 0.4 million shares, respectively, of our Apollo Group Class A common stock from our treasury stock. These reissuances are a result of stock option exercises, release of shares covered by vested restricted stock units, and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan.

19

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Share Repurchases

Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase outstanding shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock, from time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, our Board of Directors authorized an increase in the amount available under our share repurchase program up to an aggregate amount of $300 million. There is no expiration date on the repurchase authorizations and repurchases occur at our discretion.

We repurchased approximately 9.0 million and 4.1 million shares of our Apollo Group Class A common stock at a total cost of $329.0 million and $167.3 million during the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This represented weighted average purchase prices of $36.41 and $40.26 per share during the respective periods. During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased approximately 17.1 million and 10.6 million shares of our Apollo Group Class A common stock at a total cost of approximately $736.0 million and $418.7 million, respectively. This represented weighted average purchase prices of $43.02 and $39.48 per share during the respective periods. At May 31, 2012, $10.2 million was recorded in accrued and other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for repurchased shares that settled subsequent to May 31, 2012.

As of May 31, 2012, approximately $63.5 million remained available under our share repurchase authorization. The amount and timing of future share repurchase authorizations and repurchases, if any, will be made as market and business conditions warrant. Repurchases may be made on the open market through various methods including but not limited to accelerated share repurchase programs, or in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and may include repurchases pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b5-1 nondiscretionary trading programs.

In connection with the release of vested shares of restricted stock, we repurchased approximately 21,000 and 18,000 shares of Class A common stock for $0.8 million and $0.8 million during the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased approximately 126,000 and 32,000 shares of Class A common stock for $6.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively. These repurchases relate to tax withholding requirements on the restricted stock units and do not fall under the repurchase program described above.

Note 13. Earnings Per Share

Our outstanding shares consist of Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock. Our Articles of Incorporation treat the declaration of dividends on the Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock in an identical manner. As such, both the Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock are included in the calculation of our earnings per share.

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding includes the incremental effect of shares that would be issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options and the vesting and release of restricted stock units and performance share awards. The components of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net income attributable to Apollo (basic and diluted)	$	134,034	$	212,440	$	347,230	$	383,815
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	118,134		139,856		124,560		142,845
Dilutive effect of stock options	1		70		25		91
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units and performance share awards	658		417		750		286
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	118,793		140,343		125,335		143,222
Earnings per share:
Basic income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.52	$	2.79	$	2.69
Diluted income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.51	$	2.77	$	2.68

During the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 8.6 million and 9.5 million, respectively, of our stock options outstanding and approximately 317,000 and 27,000, respectively, of our restricted stock units and performance share awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. These options, restricted stock units and performance share awards could be dilutive in the future.

20

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 8.7 million and 9.5 million, respectively, of our stock options outstanding and approximately 10,000 and 279,000, respectively, of our restricted stock units and performance share awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. These options, restricted stock units and performance share awards could be dilutive in the future.

Note 14. Share-Based Compensation

The table below details share-based compensation expense for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Instructional and student advisory	$	6,518	$	7,598	$	20,641	$	19,319
Marketing	1,533		1,347		5,473		4,056
Admissions advisory	405		585		1,277		1,742
General and administrative	10,490		10,433		32,047		25,336
Share-based compensation expense	$	18,946	$	19,963	$	59,438	$	50,453

In accordance with our Apollo Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, we granted approximately 3,000 and 12,000 stock options during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value was $14.20 and $16.64 for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively, and the weighted average exercise price of these options was $42.41 and $45.74 for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $17.9 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to unvested stock options and stock appreciation rights. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.45 years.

In accordance with our Apollo Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, we granted approximately 161,000 and 247,000 restricted stock units and performance share awards during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively, that had a weighted average grant date fair value of $38.71 and $40.86, respectively. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $80.0 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to unvested restricted stock units and performance share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.87 years.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we increased the number of Class A shares reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan by 3.5 million shares.

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies Related to Litigation and Other Proceedings

The following is a description of pending litigation, settlements, and other proceedings that fall outside the scope of ordinary and routine litigation incidental to our business.

Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago)

In January 2008, a jury returned an adverse verdict against us and two remaining individual co-defendants in a securities class action lawsuit entitled, In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case No. CV04-2147-PHX-JAT, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, relating to alleged false and misleading statements in connection with our failure to publicly disclose the contents of a preliminary U.S. Department of Education program review report. After various post-trial challenges, the case was returned to the trial court in March 2011 to administer the shareholder claims process. In September 2011, we entered into an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs to settle the litigation for $145.0 million, which was preliminarily approved by the Court on November 28, 2011. On April 20, 2012, the Court approved the settlement agreement and entered an order of final judgment and dismissal. In connection with approval of the settlement agreement and the dismissal of the lawsuit, the Court also vacated the related judgment against us and the individual defendants.

Under the settlement agreement and during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the $145.0 million we had previously deposited into a common fund account in December 2011 was paid to the plaintiffs. As of February 29, 2012, the settlement amount was included in accrued and other current liabilities and the corresponding deposit was presented as restricted funds held for legal

21

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

matter on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of May 31, 2012, we have accrued an estimate of a portion of the $23.2 million of defense costs that were advanced to us and other defendants in this shareholder litigation, and estimated future legal costs that may be incurred in resolving the dispute with our insurers regarding whether we are required to reimburse these funds. Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of the dispute with our insurance carriers is uncertain at this point. However, we do not believe the potential exposure in excess of our accrual is material.

Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group)

On August 13, 2010, a securities class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona by Douglas N. Gaer naming us, John G. Sperling, Gregory W. Cappelli, Charles B. Edelstein, Joseph L. D’Amico, Brian L. Swartz and Gregory J. Iverson as defendants for allegedly making false and misleading statements regarding our business practices and prospects for growth. That complaint asserted a putative class period stemming from December 7, 2009 to August 3, 2010. A substantially similar complaint was also filed in the same Court by John T. Fitch on September 23, 2010 making similar allegations against the same defendants for the same purported class period. Finally, on October 4, 2010, another purported securities class action complaint was filed in the same Court by Robert Roth against the same defendants as well as Brian Mueller, Terri C. Bishop and Peter V. Sperling based upon the same general set of allegations, but with a defined class period of February 12, 2007 to August 3, 2010. The complaints allege violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. On October 15, 2010, three additional parties filed motions to consolidate the related actions and be appointed the lead plaintiff.

On November 23, 2010, the Fitch and Roth actions were consolidated with Gaer and the Court appointed the “Apollo Institutional Investors Group” consisting of the Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund, the Mineworkers’ Pension Scheme, and Amalgamated Bank as lead plaintiffs. The case is now entitled, In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation, Lead Case Number CV-10-1735-PHX-JAT. On February 18, 2011, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint naming Apollo, John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, Joseph L. D’Amico, Gregory W. Cappelli, Charles B. Edelstein, Brian L. Swartz, Brian E. Mueller, Gregory J. Iverson, and William J. Pepicello as defendants. The consolidated complaint asserts a putative class period of May 21, 2007 to October 13, 2010. On April 19, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss and oral argument on the motion was held before the Court on October 17, 2011. On October 27, 2011, the Court granted our motion to dismiss and granted plaintiffs leave to amend. On December 6, 2011, the lead plaintiffs filed an Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint, which alleges similar claims against the same defendants. On January 9, 2012, we filed a motion to dismiss the Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint. On June 22, 2012, the Court granted our motion to dismiss and entered a judgment in our favor.

We cannot at this time predict whether or not the plaintiffs will appeal this dismissal. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, for this action and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Securities Class Action (Teamsters Local 617 Pensions and Welfare Funds)

On November 2, 2006, the Teamsters Local 617 Pension and Welfare Funds filed a class action complaint purporting to represent a class of shareholders who purchased our stock between November 28, 2001 and October 18, 2006. The complaint, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, is entitled Teamsters Local 617 Pension & Welfare Funds v. Apollo Group, Inc. et al., Case Number 06-cv-02674-RCB, and alleges that we and certain of our current and former directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by purportedly making misrepresentations concerning our stock option granting policies and practices and related accounting. The defendants are Apollo Group, Inc., J. Jorge Klor de Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Kenda B. Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Brian E. Mueller, Todd S. Nelson, Laura Palmer Noone, John R. Norton III, John G. Sperling and Peter V. Sperling. On September 11, 2007, the Court appointed The Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiff. Lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on November 23, 2007, asserting the same legal claims as the original complaint and adding claims for violations of Section 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and allegations of breach of fiduciary duties and civil conspiracy. On April 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed their Second Amended Complaint, which alleges similar claims for alleged securities fraud against the same defendants.

On March 31, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona dismissed the case with prejudice and entered judgment in our favor. Plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration of this ruling, and the Court denied this motion on April 2, 2012. On April 27, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a Notice of Appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and their appeal remains pending before that Court. Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action

22

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Incentive Compensation False Claims Act Lawsuit

On May 25, 2011, we were notified that a qui tam complaint had been filed against us in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of California, by private relators under the Federal False Claims Act and California False Claims Act, entitled USA and State of California ex rel. Hoggett and Good v. University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:10-CV-02478-MCE-KJN. When the federal government declines to intervene in a qui tam action, as it has done in this case, the relators may elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and, if successful, they are entitled to receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery.

The complaint alleges, among other things, that University of Phoenix has violated the Federal False Claims Act since December 12, 2009 and the California False Claims Act for the preceding ten years by falsely certifying to the U.S. Department of Education and the State of California that University of Phoenix was in compliance with various regulations that require compliance with federal rules regarding the payment of incentive compensation to admissions personnel, in connection with University of Phoenix’s participation in student financial aid programs. In addition to injunctive relief and fines, the relators seek significant damages on behalf of the Department of Education and the State of California, including all student financial aid disbursed by the Department to our students since December 2009 and by the State of California to our students during the preceding ten years. On July 12, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss and on August 30, 2011, relators filed a motion for leave to file a Second Amended Complaint, which the Court granted. On November 2, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss relators’ Second Amended Complaint, and that motion is currently pending before the Court.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on the information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Patent Infringement Litigation

On March 3, 2008, Digital-Vending Services International Inc. filed a complaint against University of Phoenix and Apollo Group Inc., as well as Capella Education Company, Laureate Education Inc., and Walden University Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, since transferred on plaintiff’s motion to the Eastern District of Virginia. The case is entitled, Digital Vending Services International, LLC vs. The University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:09cv555 (JBF-TEM). The complaint alleges that we and the other defendants have infringed and are infringing various patents relating to managing courseware in a shared use operating environment and seeks injunctive relief and substantial damages, including royalties as a percentage of our net revenue over a multi-year period. We filed an answer to the complaint on May 27, 2008, in which we denied that Digital-Vending Services International’s patents were duly and lawfully issued, and asserted defenses of non-infringement and patent invalidity, among others. We also asserted a counterclaim seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents are invalid, unenforceable, and not infringed by us.

On March 18, 2010, we filed our opening claim construction brief and on June 10, 2010, the Court issued its claim construction ruling. Discovery is now concluded and we filed a motion for summary judgment on August 13, 2010. A hearing on our motion for summary judgment was held on November 12, 2010, and on January 7, 2011, the Court granted our motion for summary judgment and dismissed the case with prejudice, citing plaintiff’s failure to point to admissible evidence that could support a finding of infringement.

Plaintiff appealed the order granting our summary judgment motion to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, which held oral argument on December 5, 2011. On March 7, 2012, a divided three-judge panel of the Federal Circuit issued an opinion affirming in part and reversing in part the order granting summary judgment, and it remanded a portion of the plaintiff’s claims to the district court for further proceedings. We filed a Petition for Rehearing with the Federal Circuit regarding the portion of the decision reversing the grant of summary judgment, which the Federal Circuit denied on May 25, 2012. Accordingly, the case has been remanded to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia for further proceedings, the outcome of which remains uncertain at this point.

As of May 31, 2012, we have accrued an immaterial amount principally reflecting a rejected settlement offer we made during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, as well as additional legal costs that we may incur in this matter.

AdomaWage and Hour Class Action

On January 8, 2010, Diane Adoma filed an action in United States District Court, Eastern District of California alleging wage and hour claims under the Fair Labor Standards Act and California law for failure to pay overtime and other violations, entitled Adoma et al. v. University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:10-cv-04134-JCJ. On March 5, 2010, we filed a motion to dismiss, or

23

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

in the alternative to stay or transfer, the case based on the previously filed Sabol and Juric actions. On May 3, 2010, the Court denied the motion to dismiss and/or transfer. On April 12, 2010, plaintiff filed her motion for conditional collective action certification. The Court denied class certification under the Fair Labor Standards Act and transferred these claims to the District Court in Pennsylvania. On August 31, 2010, the U.S. District Court in California granted plaintiff’s motion for class action certification of the California claims. On September 14, 2010, we filed a petition for permission to appeal the class certification order with the Ninth Circuit, which was denied on November 3, 2010. There are approximately 1,500 current and former employees in the class.

In August 2011, the parties agreed to settle the case for an immaterial amount, which was accrued in our financial statements during fiscal year 2011. The agreement, in which we do not admit any liability, is subject to final approval by the Court. On June 18, 2012, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement and granted the parties’ motion to certify the class of plaintiffs for settlement purposes. We expect a final approval hearing for the settlement will be held later this year.

Shareholder Derivative Actions and Demand Letters

On November 12, 2010 and December 8, 2010, we received separate demands on behalf of two different shareholders to investigate, address and commence proceedings against each of our directors and certain of our officers for violation of any applicable laws, including in connection with the subject matter of the report of the Government Accountability Office prepared for the U.S. Senate in August 2010, our withdrawal of the outlook we previously provided for our fiscal year 2011, the investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices associated with certain alleged practices of University of Phoenix by the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, the participation by the State of Oregon Office of the Attorney General in the Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group), and the informal inquiry by the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission commenced in October 2009. On September 8, 2011, we received an additional shareholder demand letter from Darlene Smith, who is already pursuing one of the two previously filed shareholder derivative actions against Apollo management. In this letter, Ms. Smith requests that the Company pursue a contribution action against Todd Nelson and Kenda Gonzales based on the jury verdict in the Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago Securities Class Action described above. The demands are a condition precedent under applicable Arizona law to the filing of a derivative lawsuit on behalf of Apollo Group seeking damages from directors and officers for breach of fiduciary duty. The following two lawsuits have commenced to date in connection with these demands:

• Himmel Derivative Action. On March 24, 2011, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Superior Court for the State of Arizona, Maricopa County by Daniel Himmel, one of the foregoing shareholders who previously made a demand for investigation. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on our behalf against certain of our current and former officers and directors for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants made improper statements and engaged in improper business practices that caused our stock price to drop, led to securities class actions against us, and enhanced regulation and scrutiny by various government entities and regulators. The case is entitled, Himmel v. Bishop, et al, Case Number CV2011-005604. Pursuant to a stipulation between all parties, on August 31, 2011, the Court ordered this action stayed during the pendency of the underlying Apollo Group Institutional Investors Securities Class Action.

• Smith Derivative Action. On April 12, 2011, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona by Darlene Smith, one of the foregoing shareholders who previously made a demand for investigation. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on our behalf against certain of our current and former officers and directors for violations of federal securities laws, state law claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, unjust enrichment, corporate waste, and insider trading. The case is entitled, Smith v. Sperling, et al, Case Number CV-11-0722-PHX-PGR. On February 3, 2012, the Company and the individual defendants filed motions to dismiss the case, which are currently pending with the Court. Oral argument on the defendants’ motion to dismiss is scheduled for July 9, 2012.

K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd.

On November 8, 2010, a suit was filed by K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Modi”) in the High Court of Delhi at New Delhi against defendants Apollo Group, Inc., Western International University, Inc., University of Phoenix, Inc., Apollo Global, Inc., Modi Apollo International Group Pvt. Ltd., Apollo International, Inc., John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling and Jorge Klor De Alva, seeking to permanently enjoin the defendants from making investments in the education industry in the Indian market in breach of an exclusivity and noncompete provision which plaintiff alleges is applicable to Apollo Group and its subsidiaries. The case is entitled, K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. v. Apollo International, et. al. We believe that the relevant exclusivity and noncompete provision is inapplicable to us and our affiliates, we have sought to dismiss this action on those grounds, and our application for such relief remains pending before the Court. On December 14, 2010, the Court declined

24

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

to enter an injunction, but the matter is set for a further hearing on September 17, 2012. If plaintiff ultimately obtains the requested injunctive relief, our ability to conduct business in India, including through our joint venture with HT Media Limited, may be adversely affected. It is also possible that in the future K.K. Modi may seek to expand existing litigation in India or commence litigation in the U.S. in which it may assert a significant damage claim against us.

Other

We are subject to various claims and contingencies in the ordinary course of business, including those related to regulation, litigation, business transactions, employee-related matters and taxes, among others. We do not believe any of these are material for separate disclosure.

Other Matters

Attorney General Investigations

During fiscal year 2011, we received notices from the Attorney General Offices in three states that they were investigating business practices at the University of Phoenix, as described below. We believe there may be an informal coalition of states considering investigatory or other inquiries into recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions, which may or may not include these three states.

• State of Florida. On October 22, 2010, University of Phoenix received notice that the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General in Fort Lauderdale, Florida had commenced an investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices associated with certain alleged practices of University of Phoenix. The notice included a subpoena to produce documents and detailed information for the time period of January 1, 2006 to the present about a broad spectrum of University of Phoenix’s business. We are cooperating with the investigation, but also filed a suit to quash or limit the subpoena and to protect information sought that constitutes propriety or trade secret information. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

• State of Massachusetts. On May 13, 2011, University of Phoenix received a Civil Investigative Demand from the State of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General. The Demand relates to an investigation of possible unfair or deceptive methods, acts, or practices by for-profit educational institutions in connection with the recruitment of students and the financing of education. The Demand requires us to produce documents and detailed information and to give testimony regarding a broad spectrum of University of Phoenix’s business for the time period of January 1, 2002 to the present. We are cooperating with the investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

• State of Delaware. On August 3, 2011, University of Phoenix received a subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Delaware to produce detailed information regarding University of Phoenix students residing in Delaware. The time period covered by the subpoena is January 1, 2006 to the present. We are cooperating with the investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

Securities and Exchange Commission

During October 2009, we received notification from the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission indicating that they had commenced an informal inquiry into our revenue recognition practices. The Securities and Exchange Commission has requested various information and documents from us and/or our auditors, including information regarding our revenue recognition practices, our policies and practices relating to student refunds, the return of Title IV funds to lenders and bad debt reserves, our insider trading policies and procedures, a chronology of the internal processing and availability of information about the U.S. Department of Education program review of University of Phoenix commenced in early 2009, certain information relating to non-Title IV revenue sources and other matters. On March 21, 2012, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission notified us that the informal inquiry had been completed and that the staff did not intend to recommend any enforcement action by the Commission.

During April 2012, we received notification from the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission requesting documents and information relating to certain stock sales by company insiders and our February 28, 2012 announcement filed with the Commission on Form 8-K regarding revised enrollment forecasts. We are cooperating fully with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope or outcome of this investigation.

25

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

Note 16. Regulatory Matters

Student Financial Aid

In fiscal year 2011, University of Phoenix generated 91% of our total consolidated net revenue and more than 100% of our operating income, and 86% of its cash basis revenue for eligible tuition and fees was derived from Title IV financial aid program funds, as calculated under the 90/10 Rule.

All U.S. federal financial aid programs are established by Title IV of the Higher Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. In August 2008, the Higher Education Act was reauthorized through September 30, 2013 by the Higher Education Opportunity Act. The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and annually determine the funding level for each Title IV program. Changes to the Higher Education Act are likely to result from subsequent reauthorizations, and the scope and substance of any such changes cannot be predicted.

The Higher Education Opportunity Act specifies the manner in which the U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV programs. Every educational institution involved in Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is required to periodically renew this certification.

University of Phoenix was recertified in November 2009 and entered into a new Title IV Program Participation Agreement which expires December 31, 2012.

Western International University was recertified in May 2010 and entered into a new Title IV Program Participation Agreement which expires September 30, 2014.

Accreditation

University of Phoenix and Western International University are accredited by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (“HLC”). This accreditation provides the following:

• recognition and acceptance by employers, other higher education institutions and governmental entities of the degrees and credits earned by students;

• qualification to participate in Title IV programs (in combination with state higher education operating and degree granting authority); and

• qualification for authority to operate in certain states.

The HLC began its previously scheduled comprehensive evaluation visits of University of Phoenix in March 2012, and Western International University in May 2012.

UNIACC

As discussed in Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, UNIACC was advised by the National Accreditation Commission of Chile that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed and therefore had lapsed. UNIACC has appealed the decision. In addition, in June 2012, UNIACC received a letter from a local prosecutor’s office in Santiago, Chile requesting that UNIACC voluntarily provide documents relating to UNIACC’s relationship with a former UNIACC employee who served as a member of the National Accreditation Commission until March 2012, as well as documents relating to UNIACC’s relationship with that individual’s consulting firm and spouse. We are evaluating the request and we intend to cooperate fully. At this time, we cannot predict the eventual scope or course of the inquiry or whether it will impact our pending appeal of the Commission’s decision not to renew UNIACC’s accreditation.

Note 17. Segment Reporting

We operate primarily in the education industry. We have organized our segments using a combination of factors primarily focusing on the type of educational services provided and products delivered. Our operating segments are managed in the following four reportable segments:

1.  University of Phoenix;

2. Apollo Global — BPP;

3.  Apollo Global — Other; and

4.  Other Schools.

The Apollo Global — Other reportable segment includes Western International University, UNIACC, ULA and the Apollo Global

26

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

corporate operations. The Other Schools reportable segment includes IPD and CFFP, as well as Meritus University, Inc. until its closure in fiscal year 2011. The Corporate caption in our segment reporting includes adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results, which primarily consist of net revenue and corporate charges that are not allocated to our reportable segments. Please refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of our segments.

We acquired Carnegie Learning during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 and it is included in our University of Phoenix operating segment from the date of acquisition. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

A summary of financial information by reportable segment is as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net revenue
University of Phoenix	$	1,011,683	$	1,112,543	$	2,954,064	$	3,273,018
Apollo Global:
BPP	74,672		77,371		207,702		209,136
Other	22,224		22,864		58,745		60,002
Total Apollo Global	96,896		100,235		266,447		269,138
Other Schools	20,016		23,038		56,326		67,233
Corporate	2,213		21		2,213		1,512
Total net revenue	$	1,130,808	$	1,235,837	$	3,279,050	$	3,610,901

Operating income (loss):
University of Phoenix(1)	$	241,210		$	356,259		$	673,990		$	995,332
Apollo Global:
BPP(2)	11,978			14,449			15,684			(194,644		)
Other(1), (3)	(7,884		)	(5,158		)	(43,715		)	(25,009		)
Total Apollo Global	4,094			9,291			(28,031		)	(219,653		)
Other Schools	2,450			2,980			4,278			4,361
Corporate(1)	(22,200		)	(22,042		)	(53,934		)	(49,476		)
Total operating income	225,554			346,488			596,303			730,564
Reconciling items:
Interest income	219			867			1,085			2,635
Interest expense	(2,830		)	(2,383		)	(6,618		)	(6,207		)
Other, net	(402		)	(1,862		)	(44		)	(1,603		)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	222,541		$	343,110		$	590,726		$	725,389

⁽¹⁾ University of Phoenix, Apollo Global — Other and Corporate include charges associated with our restructuring activities. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges.

⁽²⁾ BPP’s operating loss in the nine months ended May 31, 2011 includes $219.9 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges.

⁽³⁾ Apollo Global — Other’s operating loss for the nine months ended May 31, 2012 includes $16.8 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges. Refer to Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

27

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — (Continued)

(Unaudited)

A summary of our consolidated assets by reportable segment is as follows:

	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)
Assets:
University of Phoenix	$	993,873	$	1,016,005
Apollo Global:
BPP	286,285		303,107
Other	111,551		146,490
Total Apollo Global	397,836		449,597
Other Schools	18,426		24,073
Corporate	859,809		1,780,031
Total assets	$	2,269,944	$	3,269,706

28

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to help investors understand our results of operations, financial condition and present business environment. The MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The MD&A is organized as follows:

• Overview: From management’s point of view, we discuss the following:

• An overview of our business and the sectors of the education industry in which we operate;

• Key trends, developments and challenges; and

• Significant events from the current period.

• Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates: A discussion of our accounting policies that require critical judgments and estimates.

• Recent Accounting Pronouncements: A discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements.

• Results of Operations: An analysis of our results of operations as reflected in our condensed consolidated financial statements.

• Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position: An analysis of cash flows and contractual obligations and other commercial commitments.

Overview

Apollo is one of the world’s largest private education providers and has been a provider of education services for more than 35 years. We offer innovative and distinctive educational programs and services at the undergraduate, master’s and doctoral levels at our various campuses and learning centers, and online throughout the world. Our principal wholly-owned subsidiaries and subsidiaries that we control include the following:

• The University of Phoenix, Inc. (“University of Phoenix”);

• Apollo Global, Inc. (“Apollo Global”):

• BPP Holdings Limited (“BPP”);

• Western International University, Inc. (“Western International University”);

• Universidad Latinoamericana (“ULA”); and

• Universidad de Artes, Ciencias y Comunicación (“UNIACC”);

• Institute for Professional Development (“IPD”); and

• The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation (“CFFP”).

On September 12, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Carnegie Learning, Inc. (“Carnegie Learning”), a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software. Refer to Fiscal Year 2012 Significant Events to Date - Carnegie Learning, Inc. Acquisition in this MD&A for additional information.

Substantially all of our net revenue is composed of tuition and fees for educational services. In fiscal year 2011, University of Phoenix generated 91% of our total consolidated net revenue and more than 100% of our operating income, and 86% of its cash basis revenue for eligible tuition and fees was derived from U.S. federal financial aid programs established by Title IV of the Higher Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder (“Title IV”), as calculated under the 90/10 Rule.

We believe that a critical element of generating successful long-term growth and attractive returns for our stakeholders is to provide high quality educational products and services for our students in order for them to maximize the benefits of their educational experience. Accordingly, we are intensely focused on student success and more effectively identifying and enrolling students who have a greater likelihood to succeed in our educational programs. We are continuously enhancing and expanding our current service offerings and investing in academic quality. We have developed customized systems for academic quality management, faculty recruitment and training, student tracking, and marketing to help us more effectively manage toward this objective. We believe we utilize one of the most comprehensive postsecondary learning assessment programs in the U.S. We seek to improve student retention by enhancing student services, including academic support, and promoting instructional innovation. All of these efforts are designed to help our students stay in school and succeed.

29

Key Trends, Developments and Challenges

The following developments and trends present opportunities, challenges and risks as we work toward our goal of providing attractive returns for all of our stakeholders:

• University of Phoenix Enrollment and Certain Operating Trends. We are focused on enhancing student experiences and outcomes. In furtherance of this, we have implemented a number of important changes and initiatives in recent years to transition our business to more effectively support our students and enhance their educational outcomes. Some of these changes have contributed to the subsequent decline in University of Phoenix enrollment. We believe University of Phoenix New Degreed Enrollment also has been adversely impacted by the following additional factors:

• changes in marketing content and channels to better identify potential students more likely to succeed at University of Phoenix;

• changes in economic conditions; and

• a robust competitive environment. Refer to We face intense competition in the postsecondary education market from both public and private educational institutions, which could adversely affect our business in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors.

Despite the current adverse effects on our enrollment and operating results, we believe that many of these initiatives have improved our student experience and will enhance student outcomes and, therefore, over the long-term, will reduce the risks to our business associated with the regulatory environment and position us for more stable growth.

• Restructuring. We have initiated a series of activities to reengineer business processes and refine our educational delivery structure. These activities are designed to increase operating efficiencies and effectiveness, and enhance our students’ educational experience and outcomes. We are focused on aligning our operations with our business strategy, which includes optimizing our cost structure. Although we expect to implement additional restructuring activities as we reengineer business processes, we have not yet finalized our initiatives or committed to any further specific restructuring activities. Accordingly, while future charges and associated savings related to these activities could be substantial, the nature, timing and amount cannot be estimated at this time.

• Regulatory Environment. Our domestic postsecondary institutions are subject to extensive federal and state regulations. In particular, the federal Higher Education Act, as reauthorized, and related U.S. Department of Education regulations, prescribe detailed requirements affecting substantially all activities of University of Phoenix and Western International University as a condition to participating in the various federal student financial aid programs. We have summarized below certain significant regulatory developments and trends applicable to our business. For a more detailed discussion of the regulatory environment and related risks, refer to Item 1, Business, and Item 1A, Risk Factors, in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

• Executive Order on Military and Veterans Benefits Programs. On April 27, 2012, President Obama issued an executive order regarding the establishment of principles for educational institutions receiving funding from federal military and veterans educational benefits programs, including those provided by the Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, as amended (the “Post-9/11 GI Bill”) and the Department of Defense Tuition Assistance Program. The executive order requires the Departments of Defense, Veterans Affairs and Education to establish and implement “Principles of Excellence” to apply to educational institutions receiving such funding. The goals of the Principles are broadly stated in the order and relate to disclosures on costs and amounts of costs covered by federal educational benefits, marketing standards, state authorization, accreditation approvals, standard institutional refund policies, educational plans and academic and financial advising. Various implementation mechanisms are included and the Secretaries of Defense and Veterans Affairs, in consultation with the Secretary of Education and the Director of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, are required to submit a plan to strengthen enforcement and compliance on or before July 27, 2012. These Principles could increase the cost of delivering educational services to our military and veteran students.

30

• U.S. Congressional Hearings and Financial Aid Funding. In recent years, there has been increased focus by members of the U.S. Congress on the role that proprietary educational institutions play in higher education. Congressional hearings and roundtable discussions have been held, beginning in June 2010, by the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (“HELP Committee”), regarding various aspects of the education industry that may result in regulatory changes that affect our business. We have voluntarily provided substantial amounts of information about our business at the request of various Congressional committees, and we intend to continue being responsive to Congress in this regard. We have been advised by the HELP Committee staff that a final report with regard to proprietary institutions is in preparation and that it will be released by the Committee in July 2012. As Congress addresses the historic U.S. budget deficit, financial aid programs are a potential target for reduction. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces Title IV program funding, whether through across-the-board funding reductions, sequestration or otherwise, or materially impacts the eligibility of our institutions or students to participate in Title IV programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollment, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition to possible reductions in federal student financial aid, state-funded student financial aid also may be reduced as many states grapple with their own historic budget shortfalls, including California, as described below.

• California Grant Program (“Cal Grants”). In California, the state in which we conduct the most business by revenue, University of Phoenix students are eligible for Cal Grants, the principal state-funded grant program. The Governor and the state legislature have proposed several changes to the Cal Grant program for the student aid year beginning July 1, 2012 which, if adopted, could reduce the award amount or eliminate the eligibility of some or all of our new and continuing students with regard to these grants. Our students received approximately $20 million of grants under the Cal Grant Program in fiscal year 2011 and we estimate they would receive approximately $21 million in fiscal year 2012. These changes could result in increased student borrowing, decreased enrollment and adverse impacts on our 90/10 Rule percentage, as discussed below.

• Higher Learning Commission. In August 2010, University of Phoenix received a letter from its principal accreditor, the Higher Learning Commission (“HLC”), requiring University of Phoenix to provide certain information and evidence of compliance with HLC accreditation standards. The letter related to the August 2010 report published by the Government Accountability Office of its undercover investigation into the enrollment and recruiting practices of a number of proprietary institutions of higher education, including University of Phoenix. In July 2011, HLC informed University of Phoenix that the Special Committee formed to review this matter had completed its work, concluding that based on its limited review, it found no apparent evidence of systematic misrepresentations to students or that University of Phoenix’s procedures in the areas of recruiting, financial aid and admissions are significantly inadequate or inappropriate. HLC also stated that there remain significant questions and areas that University of Phoenix should work on improving. HLC is reviewing these areas of concern as part of its previously scheduled comprehensive evaluation visit, which began in March 2012.

• Rulemaking Initiatives. In October 2010 and June 2011, the U.S. Department of Education promulgated new rules related to Title IV program integrity issues and foreign school issues. The most significant of these rules for our business are the following:

• Modification of the standards relating to the payment of incentive compensation to employees involved in student recruitment and enrollment;

• Implementation of standards for state authorization of institutions of higher education;

• Adoption of a definition of “gainful employment” for purposes of the requirement of Title IV student financial aid that a program of study offered by a proprietary institution prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation; and

• Expansion of the definition of misrepresentation, relating to the Department’s authority to suspend or terminate an institution’s participation in Title IV programs if the institution engages in substantial misrepresentation about the nature of its educational program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates, and expansion of the sanctions that the Department may impose for engaging in a substantial misrepresentation.

Most of the rules were effective in July 2011. The rules regarding the metrics for determining whether an academic program prepares students for gainful employment are effective on July 1, 2012. On June 21, 2012, the Department released data to educational institutions showing the calculation of the gainful employment metrics for the federal fiscal year 2011 for each of the institution’s covered programs. These data are for informational

31

purposes only, as the gainful employment regulations are not effective until July 1, 2012. We have evaluated this recently released data, and we continue to believe that substantially all of our academic programs currently prepare students for gainful employment measured in the manner set forth in the final gainful employment regulations for purposes of continued eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs.

In May 2011, the Department announced its intention to establish additional negotiated rulemaking committees to prepare proposed regulations under the Higher Education Act. In January 2012, two negotiation teams began their work on regulations relating to teacher preparation and student loan issues. These negotiations concluded in April 2012, and under the rulemaking protocol, the Department will issue a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for public comment before promulgating final regulations on these issues. We expect the Department will issue notices of proposed rulemaking which, among other things, address modifications to student loan repayment plans and procedures, as well as new regulations defining high quality teacher preparation programs for determining the academic program’s eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. More information can be found at http://www2.ed.gov/policy/highered/reg/hearulemaking/2011/index.html.

In May 2012, the Department announced its intention to establish a negotiated rulemaking committee to prepare proposed regulations under the Higher Education Act designed to prevent fraud and otherwise ensure proper use of Title IV program funds, especially within the context of current technologies. In particular, the regulations intend to address the use of debit cards and other banking mechanisms for disbursing federal student aid, to improve and streamline the campus-based aid programs, and regulatory changes to further help institutions prevent fraudulent student activity. Public hearings were held in May 2012 and the Department anticipates committee negotiations will begin in September 2012. More information can be found at http://www2.ed.gov/policy/highered/reg/hearulemaking/2012/index.html.

• 90/10 Rule. One requirement of the Higher Education Act, as reauthorized, commonly referred to as the “90/10 Rule,” provides that a proprietary institution will be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs if for any two consecutive fiscal years it derives more than 90% of its cash basis revenue, as defined in the rule, from Title IV programs. The University of Phoenix 90/10 Rule percentage for fiscal year 2011 was 86%. Based on our most recent trends, we do not expect the 90/10 Rule percentage for University of Phoenix to exceed 90% for fiscal year 2012. However, the 90/10 Rule percentage for University of Phoenix remains near 90% and could exceed 90% in the future.

Various legislative proposals have been introduced in Congress that would heighten the requirements of the 90/10 Rule. For example, in January 2012, the Protecting Our Students and Taxpayers Act was introduced in the U.S. Senate and, if adopted, would reduce the 90% maximum under the rule to the pre-1998 level of 85%, cause tuition derived from Title IV programs for military personnel to be included in the 85% portion under the rule instead of the 10% portion as is the case today, and impose Title IV ineligibility after one year of noncompliance rather than two. If this or other proposals are adopted as proposed, University of Phoenix would have to make material changes to its business to remain eligible to participate in Title IV programs, which could materially and adversely affect our business. In addition, reductions in the Cal Grant program in California as discussed above, and other state-funded student financial aid programs also could adversely impact our compliance with the 90/10 rule, because tuition revenue derived from such programs is included in the 10% portion of the rule calculation.

• Student Loan Cohort Default Rates. To remain eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an educational institution’s student loan cohort default rates must remain below certain specified levels. Under current regulations, an educational institution will lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if its two-year measuring period student loan cohort default rate equals or exceeds 25% for three consecutive cohort years, or 40% for any given year. For University of Phoenix and Western International University, the 2009 cohort default rates were 18.8% and 9.3%, respectively, and the draft 2010 cohort default rates, which will be finalized in September 2012, were 18.0% and 8.0%, respectively.

The cohort default rate requirements were modified by the Higher Education Opportunity Act enacted in August 2008 to increase by one year the measuring period for each cohort. Starting in September 2012, the U.S. Department of Education will publish the official three-year cohort default rates in addition to the two-year rates, beginning with the 2009 cohort. If an institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% for any given year (compared to 25% under the current two-year standard), it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate. We believe that our current repayment management efforts meet these requirements. If an institution’s three-year cohort default rates for the 2009 and 2010 cohorts equals or exceeds 30%, the institution may be subject to provisional certification imposing various additional requirements for participation in Title IV programs. Beginning with the three-year cohort default rate for the 2011 cohort published in September 2014, the three-

32

year rates will be applied for purposes of measuring compliance with the requirements. If the three-year cohort default rate for the 2011 cohort equals or exceeds 40%, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs, and if the institution’s three-year cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, beginning with the 2009 cohort, the institution will cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs. The Department has published, for informational purposes, “trial rates” to assist institutions in understanding the impact of the new three-year cohort default rate calculation. For University of Phoenix and Western International University, the trial three-year cohort default rates for the 2008 cohort were 21.1% and 16.3%, respectively. The University of Phoenix and Western International University draft three-year cohort default rates for the 2009 cohort, which will be finalized in September 2012, were 26.7% and 14.7%, respectively.

• Information Technology. We are upgrading a substantial portion of our key IT systems, including our student learning system, student services platform and corporate applications, and retiring the related legacy systems. We believe that these new systems will improve the productivity, scalability, reliability and sustainability of our IT infrastructure. However, the transition from our legacy systems entails risk of unanticipated disruption, including disruptions in our core business functions, that could adversely impact our business. Refer to System disruptions and security threats to our computer networks or phone systems could have a material adverse effect on our business in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors.

• Expand into New Markets. We intend to continue to pursue opportunities to utilize our core expertise and organizational capabilities, both domestically and internationally. In particular, Apollo Global is actively evaluating opportunities to partner with or acquire existing institutions of higher learning outside of the U.S. to address the growing international demand for postsecondary education services. To date, Apollo Global has acquired educational institutions in the United Kingdom, Mexico and Chile, and has also established a joint venture to develop and provide educational services and programs in India. The integration and operation of acquired businesses in foreign jurisdictions entails substantial regulatory, market and execution risks and such acquisitions may not be accretive for an extended period of time, if at all, depending on the circumstances.

For a more detailed discussion of trends, risks and uncertainties, and our strategic plan, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors, included in this report.

Fiscal Year 2012 Significant Events to Date

In addition to the items mentioned above, we experienced the following significant events during fiscal year 2012:

1. Carnegie Learning, Inc. Acquisition. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we acquired all of the stock of Carnegie Learning, Inc., a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software for $75.0 million. In a separate transaction, we acquired related technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million, payable over a 10-year period. The acquisitions allow us to accelerate our efforts to incorporate adaptive learning into our academic platform and to provide tools to help raise student achievement in mathematics, which we believe will support improved retention and graduation rates. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

2. UNIACC Accreditation. On November 17, 2011, UNIACC was advised by the National Accreditation Commission of Chile that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed and therefore had lapsed. UNIACC has appealed the decision. The loss of accreditation from the National Accreditation Commission does not impact UNIACC’s ability to operate or confer degrees and does not directly affect UNIACC’s programmatic accreditations. However, this institutional accreditation is necessary for new UNIACC students to participate in government loan programs and for existing students to begin to participate in such programs for the first time. The loss of accreditation has reduced new enrollment in UNIACC’s degree programs due to the unavailability of the government loan programs. We cannot predict the magnitude of any further reduction at this time and if the loss of institutional accreditation is not reversed and continues to decrease demand among students who seek government loans or otherwise reduces demand for potential students, the university’s viability could be materially and adversely affected. Based principally on these developments, we recorded goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges of $16.8 million during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates in this MD&A.

3. Joint Venture to Provide Educational Services in India. On December 3, 2011, Apollo Global entered into an agreement with HT Media Limited, an Indian media company, to participate in a start-up, 50:50 joint venture intended to develop and provide educational services and programs in India. HT Media Limited, which is based in New Delhi, India, publishes the Hindustan Times, Hindustan and Mint newspapers, among other business activities. 

33

4. Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago). During the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs to settle a securities class action lawsuit entitled In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case No. CV04-2147-PHX-JAT, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, for $145.0 million. On April 20, 2012, the Court approved the settlement agreement and entered an order of final judgment and dismissal. In connection with approval of the settlement agreement and the dismissal of the lawsuit, the Court also vacated the related judgment against us and the individual defendants. Under the settlement agreement and during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the $145.0 million we had previously deposited into a common fund account in December 2011 was paid to the plaintiffs. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

5. Changes in Directors and Executive Officers. The following changes in directors and executive officers have occurred during fiscal year 2012:

• During the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, Samuel A. DiPiazza, Jr. resigned from the Board of Directors;

• Dino J. DeConcini chose not to stand for reelection at the annual meeting of the holders of Class B common stock and therefore his term of service ended January 9, 2012;

• During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, Richard H. Dozer was appointed to our Board of Directors;

• During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, Charles B. Edelstein announced that he will retire as co-CEO and director as of August 26, 2012;

• During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, Allen R. Weiss was appointed to our Board of Directors;

• In June 2012, Secretary Margaret Spellings was appointed to our Board of Directors; and

• On June 21, 2012, K. Sue Redman, a member of our Board of Directors since 2006, informed the Board of Directors that she has decided not to stand for reelection as a director when her term expires at the next annual meeting of our Class B shareholders.

6. University of Phoenix Academic Annual Report. In February 2012, University of Phoenix published its fourth Academic Annual Report, which we believe provides a transparent assessment of how well University of Phoenix is serving its students’ needs which guides its continuous improvement.

7. Securities and Exchange Commission. In March 2012, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission notified us that its informal inquiry into our revenue recognition practices had been completed and that the staff did not intend to recommend any enforcement action by the Commission.

During April 2012, we received notification from the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission requesting documents and information relating to certain stock sales by company insiders and our February 28, 2012 announcement filed with the Commission on Form 8-K regarding revised enrollment forecasts. We are cooperating fully with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope or outcome of this investigation.

8. Revolving Credit Agreement. In April 2012, we entered into a syndicated $625 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which replaces our previous revolving credit facility. The Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes including acquisitions and share repurchases. The term is five years and will expire in April 2017.

34

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

For a detailed discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Included below is an update for certain of our Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates as of May 31, 2012.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets by reportable segment are summarized below:

	Annual Impairment Test Date	Goodwill as of				Indefinite-lived Intangibles as of
($ in thousands)		May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011		May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
University of Phoenix	May 31	$	71,812	$	37,018	$	14,100	$	—
Apollo Global — BPP	July 1	45,609		50,694		93,381		97,662
Apollo Global — Other
ULA	May 31	13,906		15,591		2,234		2,504
Western International University	May 31	1,581		1,581		—		—
UNIACC(1)	May 31	—		13,103		951		5,311
Other Schools
CFFP	August 31	15,310		15,310		—		—

⁽¹⁾ We recorded a $16.8 million impairment charge for UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See further discussion below.

On September 1, 2011, we early adopted the principles of ASU 2011-08 which simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment by providing an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Our qualitative analysis may consider many factors, including general economic conditions, industry and market conditions, financial performance and key business drivers of the reporting unit, and potential changes to significant assumptions used in the most recent fair value analysis. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on our qualitative assessment, or that a qualitative assessment should not be performed for a reporting unit, we proceed with performing the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. For further discussion of our two step impairment test process, including valuation methods we employ and critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of a reporting unit, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At May 31, 2012, we completed our annual goodwill impairment analysis for the following reporting units:

• University of Phoenix,

• ULA, and

• Western International University.

For University of Phoenix and Western International University, we performed qualitative assessments that included consideration of the factors discussed above and the fact that the fair value of these reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values in their most recent annual tests by a substantial margin of at least 50%. Based on our assessments, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit was greater than its carrying value.

For our ULA reporting unit, we performed the step one quantitative goodwill impairment test and determined the fair value exceeded the carrying value of its net assets and its goodwill was not impaired. The excess as a percentage of fair value was approximately 25%. We determined fair value using the discounted cash flow valuation method which utilized key assumptions that were substantially consistent with our prior annual impairment test.

As of May 31, 2012, we also tested indefinite-lived intangibles consisting primarily of trademarks and accreditations totaling $17.3 million, which includes $14.1 million related to the Carnegie Learning trademark. We performed a fair value analysis of these indefinite-lived intangibles and determined there was no impairment.

35

UNIACC Reporting Unit

Refer to Fiscal Year 2012 Significant Events to Date - UNIACC Accreditation in this MD&A for discussion of UNIACC’s institutional accreditation. Based on these factors and related uncertainty, we revised our cash flow estimates and performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis for UNIACC in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

To determine the fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit in our interim step one analysis, we used a discounted cash flow valuation method using assumptions that we believe would be a reasonable market participant’s view of the impact of the loss of accreditation status and the increased uncertainty impacting UNIACC. We used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) in our discounted cash flow valuation.

Our interim step one goodwill impairment analysis resulted in a lower estimated fair value for the UNIACC reporting unit as compared to its carrying value. Based on the estimated fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit and a hypothetical purchase price allocation, we determined the UNIACC reporting unit would have no implied goodwill. Additionally, our interim impairment tests for the trademark and accreditation intangibles utilized the same significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) and assumptions used in UNIACC’s interim goodwill analysis and resulted in minimal or no fair value. Accordingly, we determined UNIACC’s entire goodwill balance and the trademark and accreditation indefinite-lived intangibles totaling $11.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively, were impaired.

We also evaluated UNIACC’s remaining long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite-lived intangibles, for recoverability and determined certain finite-lived intangibles were impaired totaling $1.0 million. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges in the aggregate were $16.8 million, with no income tax benefit as UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles are not deductible for tax purposes.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, refer to Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

Results of Operations

We have included below a discussion of our operating results and significant items explaining the material changes in our operating results during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, compared to the three and nine months ended May 31, 2011.

As discussed in the Overview of this MD&A, we believe some of our initiatives to enhance the student experience and outcomes have contributed to the subsequent decline in University of Phoenix enrollment. Despite the current adverse effects on our enrollment and operating results, we believe that many of these initiatives have improved our student experience and will enhance student outcomes and, therefore, over the long-term, will reduce the risks to our business associated with the regulatory environment and position us for more stable growth.

Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We experience, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of seasonal variations in the level of our institutions’ enrollments. Although University of Phoenix enrolls students throughout the year, its net revenue is generally lower in our second fiscal quarter (December through February) than the other quarters due to holiday breaks.

We categorize our operating expenses as follows:

• Instructional and student advisory — consist primarily of costs related to the delivery and administration of our educational programs and include costs related to faculty, student advisory and administrative compensation, classroom and administration lease expenses (including facilities that are shared and support both instructional and admissions functions), financial aid processing costs, costs related to the development of our educational programs and other related costs. Tuition costs for all employees and their eligible family members are recorded as an expense within instructional and student advisory.

• Marketing — the substantial majority of costs consist of advertising expenses, compensation for marketing personnel including personnel responsible for establishing relationships with selected employers, which we refer to as our Workforce Solutions team, and production of marketing materials. The category also includes other costs directly related to marketing functions.

• Admissions advisory — the substantial majority of costs consist of compensation for admissions personnel. The category also includes other costs directly related to admissions advisory functions.

36

• General and administrative — consist primarily of corporate compensation, occupancy costs, legal and professional fees, and other related costs.

• Depreciation and amortization — consist of depreciation expense on our property and equipment and amortization of our finite-lived intangible assets.

• Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable — consist of expense charged to reduce our accounts receivable to our estimate of the amount we expect to collect.

Three months ended May 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended May 31, 2011

Analysis of Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

The table below details our consolidated results of operations. For a more detailed discussion by reportable segment, refer to our Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment.

	Three Months Ended May 31,
	2012			2011			% of Net Revenue				% Change
($ in thousands)							2012		2011
Net revenue	$	1,130,808		$	1,235,837		100.0	%	100.0	%	(8.5	)%
Costs and expenses:
Instructional and student advisory	470,112			458,145			41.6	%	37.1	%	2.6	%
Marketing	158,881			161,034			14.1	%	13.0	%	(1.3	)%
Admissions advisory	95,290			99,923			8.4	%	8.1	%	(4.6	)%
General and administrative	88,084			87,857			7.8	%	7.1	%	0.3	%
Depreciation and amortization	45,155			41,125			4.0	%	3.3	%	9.8	%
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430			39,217			3.1	%	3.2	%	(9.7	)%
Restructuring and other charges	7,577			—			0.7	%	—	%	*
Litigation charge	4,725			2,048			0.4	%	0.2	%	*
Total costs and expenses	905,254			889,349			80.1	%	72.0	%	1.8	%
Operating income	225,554			346,488			19.9	%	28.0	%	(34.9	)%
Interest income	219			867			—	%	0.1	%	(74.7	)%
Interest expense	(2,830		)	(2,383		)	(0.2	)%	(0.2	)%	(18.8	)%
Other, net	(402		)	(1,862		)	—	%	(0.1	)%	78.4	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	222,541			343,110			19.7	%	27.8	%	(35.1	)%
Provision for income taxes	(88,159		)	(130,385		)	(7.8	)%	(10.6	)%	32.4	%
Income from continuing operations	134,382			212,725			11.9	%	17.2	%	(36.8	)%
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			540			—	%	0.1	%	*
Net income	134,382			213,265			11.9	%	17.3	%	(37.0	)%
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	(348		)	(825		)	—	%	(0.1	)%	57.8	%
Net income attributable to Apollo	$	134,034		$	212,440		11.9	%	17.2	%	(36.9	)%

* not meaningful

Net Revenue

Our net revenue decreased $105.0 million, or 8.5%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011. The decrease was primarily attributable to University of Phoenix’s 9.1% decrease in net revenue principally due to lower University of Phoenix enrollment, partially offset by selective tuition price and other fee changes. See further discussion of net revenue by reportable segment at Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment.

Instructional and Student Advisory

Instructional and student advisory increased $12.0 million, or 2.6%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 450 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in expense was primarily related to our various initiatives, including technology, to more effectively support our students and enhance their educational outcomes. This was partially offset by a decrease in costs that are more variable in nature such as

37

faculty and certain advisory functions.

Marketing

Marketing expenses decreased $2.2 million, or 1.3%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 110 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in expense was principally attributable to lower advertising costs. This was substantially offset by higher employee compensation costs primarily attributable to our Workforce Solutions team, which is responsible for establishing relationships with employers and community colleges that we believe will lead to increased enrollment from those sources.

Admissions Advisory

Admissions advisory decreased $4.6 million, or 4.6%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 30 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in expense was principally attributable to lower admissions advisory headcount, partially offset by higher average employee compensation costs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or 0.3%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 70 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to our net revenue decline.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $4.0 million, or 9.8%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 70 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase was principally attributable to $3.1 million of intangible asset amortization in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 as a result of the Carnegie Learning acquisition, and increased capital expenditures and capital leases in recent years primarily related to information technology. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in amortization of BPP intangible assets.

We acquired $51.4 million of finite-lived intangible assets as a result of the Carnegie Learning acquisition and purchase of related technology. The estimated future amortization of our aggregate finite-lived intangible assets is as follows:

($ in thousands)
Remainder of fiscal year 2012	$	4,798
2013	15,022
2014	11,683
2015	9,608
2016	8,502
Thereafter	283
Total estimated future amortization expense	$	49,896

Estimated future amortization expense may vary as acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as a result of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Provision for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable

Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable decreased $3.8 million, or 9.7%, in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 10 basis point decrease as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in expense was primarily attributable to reductions in gross accounts receivable principally resulting from decreases in University of Phoenix Degreed Enrollment. See definition of Degreed Enrollment and further discussion in Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment.

38

Restructuring and Other Charges

We have initiated a series of activities to reengineer business processes and refine our educational delivery structure. These activities are designed to increase operating efficiencies and effectiveness, and enhance our students’ educational experience and outcomes. We are focused on aligning our operations with our business strategy, which includes optimizing our cost structure. The following table details the charges incurred for the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the cumulative costs associated with these activities:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net	$	535	$	—	$	41,312
Employee severance and other benefits	2,681		—		6,527
Other restructuring related costs	4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	52,200

The following table summarizes the above restructuring and other charges in our segment reporting format:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011
University of Phoenix	$	535	$	—	$	45,158
Apollo Global — Other	2,681		—		2,681
Corporate	4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	52,200

During fiscal year 2011, we initiated a plan to rationalize our real estate portfolio in Phoenix, Arizona through space consolidation and reorganization. The plan consisted of abandoning all, or a portion of, four leased facilities, all of which we are no longer using and have determined we will no longer derive a future economic benefit. The leases on these facilities were classified as operating leases and we recorded $38.7 million of aggregate charges on the respective cease-use dates representing the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations. We measured the lease obligations at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach encompassing significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The estimation of future cash flows includes non-cancelable contractual lease costs over the remaining terms of the leases, partially offset by estimated future sublease rental income, which involves significant judgment. Our estimate of the amount and timing of sublease rental income considered subleases that we have executed and subleases we expect to execute, current commercial real estate market data and conditions, comparable transaction data and qualitative factors specific to the facilities. The estimates will be subject to adjustment as market conditions change or as new information becomes available, including the execution of additional sublease agreements. Excluding adjustments resulting from changes in estimates and interest accretion charges, we do not expect to incur additional charges associated with the abandoned facilities. We expect this restructuring activity will save approximately $10 million to $15 million in annualized operating lease costs for the next several years.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we implemented a reduction in force at UNIACC to better align its operations with its refined business model and outlook following its loss of institutional accreditation. Refer to Overview —Fiscal Year 2012 Significant Events to Date in this MD&A for a discussion of this change in accreditation. In connection with this reduction in force, we incurred $2.7 million of employee severance and other benefit costs principally representing non-direct student servicing personnel. We do not expect to incur additional charges associated with this restructuring activity.

We also incurred $4.4 million of costs during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 principally attributable to services received from third party consulting firms associated with our initiatives to evaluate and identify operating efficiency and effectiveness opportunities. As these services pertain to all areas of our business, we have not allocated these costs to our reportable segments and they are included in our Corporate caption.

Although we expect to implement additional restructuring activities as we reengineer business processes as discussed above, we have not yet finalized our initiatives or committed to any further specific restructuring activities. Accordingly, while future charges and associated savings related to these activities could be substantial, the nature, timing and amount cannot be estimated at this time.

39

Litigation Charge

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we recorded a $4.7 million charge reflecting a rejected settlement offer we made in connection with the Patent Infringement Litigation and estimated future legal costs that we may incur in this matter. We recorded a $2.0 million charge in the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 for incremental post-judgment interest and future estimated legal costs related to the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago). Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $0.6 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 principally attributable to lower average cash balances during fiscal year 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.4 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 principally due to an increase in capital lease obligations.

Other, Net

Other, net in the third quarter of fiscal years 2012 and 2011 primarily consists of net foreign currency gains and losses related to our international operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was 39.6% and 38.0% for the third quarters of fiscal year 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in our effective tax rate was primarily due to a $9.6 million tax benefit recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 associated with resolution with the Internal Revenue Service regarding the deductibility of payments made to settle a lawsuit in fiscal year 2010. This increase was partially offset by reduced state taxes principally attributable to resolution with the Arizona Department of Revenue during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 regarding the apportionment of income for Arizona corporate income tax purposes. For further discussion, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

40

Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment

The table below details our operating results by reportable segment for the periods indicated:

	Three Months Ended May 31,						$ Change			% Change
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Net revenue
University of Phoenix	$	1,011,683		$	1,112,543		$	(100,860	)	(9.1	)%
Apollo Global:
BPP	74,672			77,371			(2,699		)	(3.5	)%
Other	22,224			22,864			(640		)	(2.8	)%
Total Apollo Global	96,896			100,235			(3,339		)	(3.3	)%
Other Schools	20,016			23,038			(3,022		)	(13.1	)%
Corporate(1)	2,213			21			2,192			*
Total net revenue	$	1,130,808		$	1,235,837		$	(105,029	)	(8.5	)%
Operating income (loss)
University of Phoenix	$	241,210		$	356,259		$	(115,049	)	(32.3	)%
Apollo Global:
BPP	11,978			14,449			(2,471		)	(17.1	)%
Other	(7,884		)	(5,158		)	(2,726		)	(52.8	)%
Total Apollo Global	4,094			9,291			(5,197		)	(55.9	)%
Other Schools	2,450			2,980			(530		)	(17.8	)%
Corporate(1)	(22,200		)	(22,042		)	(158		)	(0.7	)%
Total operating income	$	225,554		$	346,488		$	(120,934	)	(34.9	)%

* not meaningful

⁽¹⁾ The Corporate caption in our segment reporting includes adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results, which primarily consist of net revenue and corporate charges that are not allocated to our reportable segments. The operating loss for Corporate in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 includes $4.4 million of restructuring and other charges as discussed further above. The operating loss for Corporate in the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 includes $2.0 million of charges associated with the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago).

University of Phoenix

The $100.9 million, or 9.1%, decrease in net revenue in our University of Phoenix segment was primarily attributable to lower enrollment partially offset by selective tuition price and other fee changes implemented July 1, 2011, which varied by geographic area, program, and degree level. In aggregate, these tuition price and other fee changes, including increased discounts, were generally in the range of 3-5%. In addition, we experienced a favorable mix shift in our Average Degreed Enrollment toward higher degree-level programs, which generally provide higher net revenue per student.

We have also announced selective tuition price and other fee changes at University of Phoenix depending on geographic area, program, and degree level that will be effective July 1, 2012. In aggregate, these changes will result in an average increase of approximately 3%. Future net revenue and operating income will be impacted by these tuition price and other fee changes, along with changes in enrollment, student mix within programs and degree levels, and discounts.

41

The following table details University of Phoenix enrollment for the third quarter of fiscal years 2012 and 2011:

	Degreed Enrollment(1)				New Degreed Enrollment(2)				Average Degreed Enrollment
	Quarter Ended May 31,		% Change		Quarter Ended May 31,		% Change		Quarter Ended May 31,		% Change
(rounded to the nearest hundred)	2012	2011			2012	2011			2012(3)	2011(4)
Associate’s	112,100	147,900	(24.2	)%	21,400	23,400	(8.5	)%	115,100	151,700	(24.1	)%
Bachelor’s	178,300	184,500	(3.4	)%	22,100	24,000	(7.9	)%	178,900	182,900	(2.2	)%
Master’s	48,900	58,500	(16.4	)%	7,400	7,900	(6.3	)%	49,900	59,800	(16.6	)%
Doctoral	7,000	7,500	(6.7	)%	600	700	(14.3	)%	7,200	7,500	(4.0	)%
Total	346,300	398,400	(13.1	)%	51,500	56,000	(8.0	)%	351,100	401,900	(12.6	)%

⁽¹⁾ Degreed Enrollment for a quarter is composed of:

• students enrolled in a University of Phoenix degree program who attended a credit bearing course during the quarter and had not graduated as of the end of the quarter;

• students who previously graduated from one degree program and started a new degree program in the quarter (for example, a graduate of the associate’s degree program returns for a bachelor’s degree or a bachelor’s degree graduate returns for a master’s degree); and

• students participating in certain certificate programs of at least 18 credits with some course applicability into a related degree program.

⁽²⁾ New Degreed Enrollment for each quarter is composed of:

• new students and students who have been out of attendance for more than 12 months who enroll in a University of Phoenix degree program and start a credit bearing course in the quarter;

• students who have previously graduated from a degree program and start a new degree program in the quarter; and

• students who commence participation in certain certificate programs of at least 18 credits with some course applicability into a related degree program.

⁽³⁾ Represents the average of Degreed Enrollment for the quarters ended February 29, 2012 and May 31, 2012.

⁽⁴⁾ Represents the average of Degreed Enrollment for the quarters ended February 28, 2011 and May 31, 2011.

University of Phoenix Average Degreed Enrollment decreased 12.6% in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011. Some of our initiatives to enhance the student experience and outcomes in recent years have contributed to this decline in enrollment. We believe New Degreed Enrollment also has been adversely impacted by the following additional factors:

• changes in marketing content and channels to better identify potential students more likely to succeed at University of Phoenix;

• changes in economic conditions; and

• a robust competitive environment. Refer to We face intense competition in the postsecondary education market from both public and private educational institutions, which could adversely affect our business in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors.

Despite the current adverse effects on our enrollment and operating results, we believe that many of these initiatives have improved our student experience and will enhance student outcomes and, therefore, over the long-term, will reduce the risks to our business associated with the regulatory environment and position us for more stable growth.

Operating income in our University of Phoenix segment decreased $115.0 million, or 32.3%, during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

• The 9.1% decrease in University of Phoenix net revenue;

• Expenses associated with our various initiatives, including technology, to more effectively support our students and enhance their educational outcomes. These expenses include, but are not limited to, amortization of intangible assets from the Carnegie Learning acquisition and purchase of related technology, and increased depreciation principally attributable to increased capital expenditures and capital leases in recent years primarily related to information technology; and

• A $4.7 million charge associated with the Patent Infringement Litigation as discussed above.

42

The above factors were partially offset by the following:

• A decrease in bad debt expense primarily attributable to reductions in gross accounts receivable principally resulting from decreases in University of Phoenix Degreed Enrollment;

• Lower advertising costs,

• Lower headcount in advisory and certain other functions; and

• Lower faculty costs resulting from lower enrollment.

Apollo Global

Apollo Global net revenue decreased $3.3 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates. The decreased operating income was principally attributable to a $2.7 million restructuring charge at UNIACC as discussed further above, and increased costs in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 associated with initiatives at BPP to expand and enhance certain educational offerings, particularly at BPP University College.

Other Schools

The decrease in Other Schools net revenue and operating income during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 compared to the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 was principally attributable to a decrease in the number of client institutions serviced by IPD. The decrease in IPD’s client institutions is in part due to modifications to IPD’s business model to comply with new rules related to incentive compensation effective July 1, 2011.

43

Nine months ended May 31, 2012 compared to the nine months ended May 31, 2011

Analysis of Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

The table below details our consolidated results of operations. For a more detailed discussion by reportable segment, refer to our Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment.

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
	2012			2011			% of Net Revenue				% Change
($ in thousands)							2012		2011
Net revenue	$	3,279,050		$	3,610,901		100.0	%	100.0	%	(9.2	)%
Costs and expenses:
Instructional and student advisory	1,356,409			1,335,601			41.4	%	37.0	%	1.6	%
Marketing	483,980			484,392			14.7	%	13.4	%	(0.1	)%
Admissions advisory	298,083			315,958			9.1	%	8.8	%	(5.7	)%
General and administrative	252,028			257,075			7.7	%	7.1	%	(2.0	)%
Depreciation and amortization	133,438			117,369			4.1	%	3.3	%	13.7	%
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	108,009			141,666			3.3	%	3.9	%	(23.8	)%
Restructuring and other charges	29,287			3,846			0.9	%	0.1	%	*
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	16,788			219,927			0.5	%	6.1	%	*
Litigation charge	4,725			4,503			0.1	%	0.1	%	*
Total costs and expenses	2,682,747			2,880,337			81.8	%	79.8	%	(6.9	)%
Operating income	596,303			730,564			18.2	%	20.2	%	(18.4	)%
Interest income	1,085			2,635			—	%	0.1	%	(58.8	)%
Interest expense	(6,618		)	(6,207		)	(0.2	)%	(0.2	)%	(6.6	)%
Other, net	(44		)	(1,603		)	—	%	—	%	97.3	%
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	590,726			725,389			18.0	%	20.1	%	(18.6	)%
Provision for income taxes	(247,889		)	(376,016		)	(7.5	)%	(10.4	)%	34.1	%
Income from continuing operations	342,837			349,373			10.5	%	9.7	%	(1.9	)%
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	—			2,487			—	%	—	%	*
Net income	342,837			351,860			10.5	%	9.7	%	(2.6	)%
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	4,393			31,955			0.1	%	0.9	%	(86.3	)%
Net income attributable to Apollo	$	347,230		$	383,815		10.6	%	10.6	%	(9.5	)%

* not meaningful

Net Revenue

Our net revenue decreased $331.9 million, or 9.2%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011. The decrease was primarily attributable to University of Phoenix’s 9.7% decrease in net revenue principally due to lower University of Phoenix enrollment, partially offset by selective tuition price and other fee changes. See further discussion of net revenue by reportable segment at Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment.

Instructional and Student Advisory

Instructional and student advisory increased $20.8 million, or 1.6%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 440 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase in expense was primarily related to our various initiatives, including technology, to more effectively support our students and enhance their educational outcomes. This was partially offset by a decrease in costs that are more variable in nature such as faculty and certain advisory functions.

Marketing

Marketing expenses decreased $0.4 million, or 0.1%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 130 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in expense was principally attributable to lower advertising costs. This was substantially offset by higher employee compensation costs

44

primarily attributable to our Workforce Solutions team, which is responsible for establishing relationships with employers and community colleges that we believe will lead to increased enrollment from those sources.

Admissions Advisory

Admissions advisory decreased $17.9 million, or 5.7%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 30 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease in expense was principally attributable to lower admissions advisory headcount, partially offset by higher average employee compensation costs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses decreased $5.0 million, or 2.0%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 60 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase as a percentage of net revenue was primarily due to our net revenue decline and an increase in share-based compensation expense.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization increased $16.1 million, or 13.7%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents an 80 basis point increase as a percentage of net revenue. The increase was principally attributable to increased capital expenditures and capital leases in recent years primarily related to information technology, and $8.9 million of intangible asset amortization in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 as a result of the Carnegie Learning acquisition. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in amortization of BPP intangible assets and the absence of depreciation of office buildings for which we entered into a sale-leaseback arrangement in the third quarter of fiscal year 2011. Refer to Three months ended May 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended May 31, 2011 above for the estimated future amortization of our aggregate finite-lived intangible assets.

Provision for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable

Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable decreased $33.7 million, or 23.8%, in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, which represents a 60 basis point decrease as a percentage of net revenue. The decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

• reductions in gross accounts receivable principally resulting from decreases in University of Phoenix Degreed Enrollment. See further discussion in Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment below;

• a decrease in the proportion of our receivables that are attributable to students enrolled in associate’s degree programs. Our collection rates for such students are generally lower compared to students enrolled in bachelor’s and graduate level programs; and

• improved collection rates for aged receivables at University of Phoenix. The improved collection rates are due in part to initiatives University of Phoenix implemented in fiscal year 2011 to improve its related processes.

Restructuring and Other Charges

We have initiated a series of activities to reengineer business processes and refine our educational delivery structure. These activities are designed to increase operating efficiencies and effectiveness, and enhance our students’ educational experience and outcomes. We are focused on aligning our operations with our business strategy, which includes optimizing our cost structure. The following table details the charges incurred for the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the cumulative costs associated with these activities:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net	$	22,245	$	—	$	41,312
Employee severance and other benefits	2,681		3,846		6,527
Other restructuring related costs	4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

45

The following table summarizes the above restructuring and other charges in our segment reporting format:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011
University of Phoenix	$	22,245	$	3,846	$	45,158
Apollo Global — Other	2,681		—		2,681
Corporate	4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

Refer to Three months ended May 31, 2012 compared to the three months ended May 31, 2011 for further discussion of our restructuring activities.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles Impairment

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, we recorded impairment charges of UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles of $11.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively. Refer to Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates in this MD&A. During the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, we recorded impairment charges of BPP’s goodwill and other intangibles of $197.7 million and $22.2 million, respectively.

Litigation Charge

During the first nine months of fiscal year 2012, we recorded a $4.7 million charge reflecting a rejected settlement offer we made in connection with the Patent Infringement Litigation and estimated future legal costs that we may incur in this matter. We recorded charges of $4.5 million in the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 for incremental post-judgment interest and future estimated legal costs related to the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago). See Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

Interest Income

Interest income decreased $1.6 million in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 principally attributable to lower average cash balances during fiscal year 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $0.4 million in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 principally due to an increase in capital lease obligations.

Other, Net

Other, net in the first nine months of fiscal years 2012 and 2011 primarily consists of net foreign currency gains and losses related to our international operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was 42.0% and 51.8% for the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

• BPP goodwill and other intangibles impairment in fiscal year 2011 discussed above; and

• our state effective rate decreased due to resolution with the Arizona Department of Revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2011 regarding the apportionment of income for Arizona corporate income tax purposes. For further discussion, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

These factors were partially offset by the following:

• a $9.6 million tax benefit recorded during the third quarter of fiscal year 2011 associated with resolution with the Internal Revenue Service regarding the deductibility of payments made to settle a lawsuit in fiscal year 2010; and

• the $16.8 million nondeductible UNIACC goodwill and other intangibles impairment in fiscal year 2012 discussed above.

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax, during the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 was principally attributable to a $1.6 million tax benefit realized in connection with the sale of Insight Schools, Inc.

46

Net Loss Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

The decrease in net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 was principally attributable to Apollo Global’s noncontrolling shareholder’s portion of BPP’s $219.9 million goodwill and other intangibles impairment in fiscal year 2011. This was partially offset by Apollo Global’s noncontrolling shareholder’s portion of UNIACC’s $16.8 million goodwill and other intangibles impairment in fiscal year 2012.

Analysis of Operating Results by Reportable Segment

The table below details our operating results by reportable segment for the periods indicated:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,						$ Change			% Change
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Net revenue
University of Phoenix	$	2,954,064		$	3,273,018		$	(318,954	)	(9.7	)%
Apollo Global:
BPP	207,702			209,136			(1,434		)	(0.7	)%
Other	58,745			60,002			(1,257		)	(2.1	)%
Total Apollo Global	266,447			269,138			(2,691		)	(1.0	)%
Other Schools	56,326			67,233			(10,907		)	(16.2	)%
Corporate(1)	2,213			1,512			701			*
Total net revenue	$	3,279,050		$	3,610,901		$	(331,851	)	(9.2	)%
Operating income (loss)
University of Phoenix	$	673,990		$	995,332		$	(321,342	)	(32.3	)%
Apollo Global:
BPP	15,684			(194,644		)	210,328			*
Other	(43,715		)	(25,009		)	(18,706		)	(74.8	)%
Total Apollo Global	(28,031		)	(219,653		)	191,622			*
Other Schools	4,278			4,361			(83		)	(1.9	)%
Corporate(1)	(53,934		)	(49,476		)	(4,458		)	(9.0	)%
Total operating income	$	596,303		$	730,564		$	(134,261	)	(18.4	)%

* not meaningful

⁽¹⁾ The Corporate caption in our segment reporting includes adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results, which primarily consist of net revenue and corporate charges that are not allocated to our reportable segments. The operating loss for Corporate in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 includes $4.4 million of restructuring and other charges as discussed further above. The operating loss for Corporate in the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 includes $4.5 million of charges associated with the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago).

University of Phoenix

The $319.0 million, or 9.7%, decrease in net revenue in our University of Phoenix segment was primarily attributable to lower enrollment partially offset by selective tuition price and other fee changes implemented July 1, 2011, which varied by geographic area, program, and degree level. In aggregate, these tuition price and other fee changes, including increased discounts, were generally in the range of 3-5%. In addition, we experienced a favorable mix shift in our Average Degreed Enrollment toward higher degree-level programs, which generally provide higher net revenue per student.

We have also announced selective tuition price and other fee changes at University of Phoenix depending on geographic area, program, and degree level that will be effective July 1, 2012. In aggregate, these changes will result in an average increase of approximately 3%. Future net revenue and operating income will be impacted by these tuition price and other fee changes, along with changes in enrollment, student mix within programs and degree levels, and discounts.

47

The following table details University of Phoenix enrollment for the first nine months of fiscal years 2012 and 2011:

	Average Degreed Enrollment				Aggregate New Degreed Enrollment(3)
	Nine Months Ended May 31,		% Change		Nine Months Ended May 31,		% Change
(rounded to the nearest hundred)	2012(1)	2011(2)			2012	2011
Associate’s	124,200	170,400	(27.1	)%	67,700	66,300	2.1	%
Bachelor’s	180,800	186,700	(3.2	)%	70,200	67,700	3.7	%
Master’s	51,700	63,600	(18.7	)%	23,800	24,600	(3.3	)%
Doctoral	7,300	7,500	(2.7	)%	2,200	2,100	4.8	%
Total	364,000	428,200	(15.0	)%	163,900	160,700	2.0	%

⁽¹⁾ Represents the average of Degreed Enrollment for the quarters ended August 31, 2011, November 30, 2011, February 29, 2012, and May 31, 2012.

⁽²⁾ Represents the average of Degreed Enrollment for the quarters ended August 31, 2010, November 30, 2010, February 28, 2011, and May 31, 2011.

⁽³⁾ Aggregate New Degreed Enrollment represents the sum of the first, second and third quarters New Degreed Enrollment in the respective fiscal years.

University of Phoenix Average Degreed Enrollment decreased 15.0% in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011. Some of our initiatives to enhance the student experience and outcomes in recent years have contributed to this decline in enrollment. Although University of Phoenix Aggregate New Degreed Enrollment increased 2.0% in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011, we believe New Degreed Enrollment also has been adversely impacted by the following additional factors:

• changes in marketing content and channels to better identify potential students more likely to succeed at University of Phoenix;

• changes in economic conditions; and

• a robust competitive environment. Refer to We face intense competition in the postsecondary education market from both public and private educational institutions, which could adversely affect our business in Part II, Item 1A, Risk Factors.

Despite the current adverse effects on our enrollment and operating results, we believe that many of these initiatives have improved our student experience and will enhance student outcomes and, therefore, over the long-term, will reduce the risks to our business associated with the regulatory environment and position us for more stable growth.

Operating income in our University of Phoenix segment decreased $321.3 million, or 32.3%, during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to the following:

• The 9.7% decrease in University of Phoenix net revenue;

• Expenses associated with our various initiatives, including technology, to more effectively support our students and enhance their educational outcomes. These expenses include, but not limited to, amortization of intangible assets from the Carnegie Learning acquisition and purchase of related technology, and increased depreciation principally attributable to increased capital expenditures and capital leases in recent years primarily related to information technology;

• $22.2 million of restructuring and other charges as discussed above; and

• A $4.7 million charge associated with the Patent Infringement Litigation as discussed above.

48

The above factors were partially offset by the following:

• A decrease in bad debt expense primarily attributable to the following:

• reductions in gross accounts receivable principally resulting from decreases in University of Phoenix Degreed Enrollment;

• a decrease in the proportion of our receivables that are attributable to students enrolled in associate’s degree programs. Our collection rates for such students are generally lower compared to students enrolled in bachelor’s and graduate level programs; and

• improved collection rates for aged receivables at University of Phoenix. The improved collection rates are due in part to initiatives University of Phoenix implemented in fiscal year 2011 to improve its related processes.

• Lower headcount in admissions advisory and certain other functions;

• Lower advertising costs; and

• Lower faculty costs resulting from lower enrollment.

Apollo Global

Apollo Global net revenue decreased $2.7 million in the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 primarily due to the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange rates and lower enrollment at UNIACC. The decreased operating loss was due to the BPP $219.9 million goodwill and other intangibles impairment charge in the second quarter of fiscal year 2011. The decrease was also partially due to lower intangible asset amortization at BPP in fiscal year 2012. These two factors were partially offset by UNIACC’s $16.8 million goodwill and other intangibles impairment in fiscal year 2012, along with increased costs during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 associated with initiatives at BPP to expand and enhance certain educational offerings, particularly at BPP University College.

Other Schools

The decrease in Other Schools net revenue during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 was principally attributable to a decrease in the number of client institutions serviced by IPD. The decrease in IPD’s client institutions is in part due to modifications to IPD’s business model to comply with new rules related to incentive compensation effective July 1, 2011. The decrease in IPD’s operating income during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 compared to the first nine months of fiscal year 2011 was substantially offset by lower costs associated with Meritus University, Inc., which we closed in fiscal year 2011.

Liquidity, Capital Resources, and Financial Position

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents and available liquidity will be adequate to satisfy our working capital and other liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations through at least the next 12 months. We believe that the most strategic uses of our cash resources include investments in the continued enhancement and expansion of our student offerings, share repurchases, acquisition opportunities including our commitment to Apollo Global, and investments in information technology initiatives.

Although we currently have substantial available liquidity, our ability to access the credit markets and other sources of liquidity may be adversely affected if we experience regulatory compliance challenges, reduced availability of Title IV funding or other funding sources, or other adverse effects on our business from regulatory or legislative changes.

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

The substantial majority of our cash and cash equivalents, including restricted cash and cash equivalents, are held by our domestic subsidiaries and placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions. The following table provides a summary of our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash and cash equivalents at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

					% of Total Assets at
	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011		May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011		% Change
($ in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	602,144	$	1,571,664	26.5	%	48.1	%	(61.7	)%
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	353,884		379,407		15.6	%	11.6	%	(6.7	)%
Total	$	956,028	$	1,951,071	42.1	%	59.7	%	(51.0	)%

49

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding restricted cash) decreased $969.5 million primarily due to $731.8 million used for share repurchases, $508.4 million used for payments on borrowings, $85.7 million used for capital expenditures, and $73.7 million used for the purchase of Carnegie Learning. These items were partially offset by $415.8 million of cash provided by operations, which was adversely impacted by our $145.0 million payment during fiscal year 2012 to settle the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago). Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

We measure our money market funds included in cash and restricted cash equivalents at fair value. At May 31, 2012, we had money market funds of $645.8 million. The money market funds were valued primarily using real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets. We did not record any material adjustments to reflect these instruments at fair value.

Debt

Revolving Credit Facility — During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into a syndicated $625 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which replaced our previous revolving credit facility. The Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes including acquisitions and share repurchases. The term is five years and will expire in April 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility provides a multi-currency sub-limit facility for borrowings in certain specified foreign currencies.

We borrowed substantially all of our credit line under our previous revolving credit facility as of August 31, 2011, which included £63.0 million denominated in British Pounds (equivalent to $103.2 million as of August 31, 2011). The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings at August 31, 2011 was 2.8%, and we repaid the entire amount during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

The Revolving Credit Facility fees are determined based on a pricing grid that varies according to our leverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility fee ranges from 25 to 40 basis points. Incremental fees for borrowings under the facility generally range from LIBOR + 125 to 185 basis points.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains various customary representations, covenants and other provisions, including the following financial covenants: maximum leverage ratio, minimum coverage interest and rent expense ratio, and a U.S. Department of Education financial responsibility composite score. We were in compliance with all applicable covenants related to the Revolving Credit Facility at May 31, 2012.

BPP Credit Facility — In fiscal year 2010, we refinanced BPP’s debt by entering into a £52.0 million (equivalent to $81.5 million as of May 31, 2012) secured credit agreement (the “BPP Credit Facility”). During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we amended the BPP Credit Facility reducing the amount available under the facility to £39.0 million (equivalent to $61.1 million as of May 31, 2012). The BPP Credit Facility contains term debt, which was used to refinance BPP’s debt in fiscal year 2010, and revolving credit facilities used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The BPP credit facility will expire on August 31, 2013.

The amended BPP Credit Facility contains financial covenants that include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of May 31, 2012. The interest rate on borrowings is LIBOR + 175 basis points. The weighted average interest rate on BPP’s outstanding borrowings at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 2.7% and 4.0%, respectively.

Other Debt — As of May 31, 2012, other debt includes the present value of our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, which is discussed further at Note 5, Acquisitions, in Item 1, Financial Statements. Other debt also includes $8.1 million of variable rate debt and $9.6 million of fixed rate debt as of May 31, 2012, and $9.1 million of variable rate debt and $12.5 million of fixed rate debt as of August 31, 2011. Excluding our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, the weighted average interest rate on our other debt at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 5.2% and 6.1%. respectively.

50

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

The following table provides a summary of our operating cash flows during the respective periods:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Net income	$	342,837		$	351,860
Non-cash items	339,118			519,130
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of business acquisition and disposition	(266,180		)	(122,438		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	415,775		$	748,552

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012 — Our non-cash items primarily consisted of $133.4 million of depreciation and amortization, a $108.0 million provision for uncollectible accounts receivable, $59.4 million of share-based compensation, $16.8 million for goodwill and other intangibles impairments, and $31.4 million of deferred income taxes. The changes in assets and liabilities primarily consisted of the following:

• a $123.6 million decrease in accrued and other liabilities principally attributable to our $145.0 million payment to settle the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago), which was partially offset by an increase in our restructuring liability;

• an $85.8 million use of cash related to the change in accounts receivable, excluding the provision for uncollectible accounts receivable;

• a $35.2 million decrease in student deposits principally attributable to the timing of course starts at BPP and the enrollment decline at University of Phoenix; and

• a $32.7 million decrease in deferred revenue principally attributable to the enrollment decline at University of Phoenix.

The above changes were partially offset by a $25.5 million decrease in restricted cash principally attributable to the enrollment decline at University of Phoenix.

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2011 — Our non-cash items primarily consisted of a $219.9 million goodwill and other intangibles impairment, a $141.7 million provision for uncollectible accounts receivable, $117.4 million of depreciation and amortization, and $50.5 million of share-based compensation. The changes in assets and liabilities primarily consisted of the following:

• a $89.9 million decrease in student deposits principally attributable to lower enrollment;

• an $81.2 million use of cash related to the change in accounts receivable, excluding the provision for uncollectible accounts receivable; and

• a $60.8 million decrease in deferred revenue principally attributable to lower enrollment.

These above changes were partially offset by a $67.7 million decrease in restricted cash and cash equivalents principally attributable to lower enrollment, an increase in accrued and other liabilities and a decrease in prepaid taxes.

We monitor our accounts receivable through a variety of metrics, including days sales outstanding. We calculate our days sales outstanding by determining average daily student revenue based on a rolling twelve month analysis and divide it into the gross student accounts receivable balance as of the end of the period. As of May 31, 2012, excluding accounts receivable and the related net revenue for Apollo Global, our days sales outstanding was 20 days, as compared to 23 days as of August 31, 2011 and May 31, 2011.

51

Investing Activities

The following table provides a summary of our investing cash flows during the respective periods:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Capital expenditures	$	(85,702	)	$	(119,726	)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	(73,736		)	—
Proceeds from disposition	3,285			9,612
Proceeds from sale-leaseback	—			169,018
Collateralization of letter of credit	—			126,615
Maturities of marketable securities	—			10,000
Other investing activities	(1,694		)	—
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	$	(157,847	)	$	195,519

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012 — Cash used for investing activities primarily consisted of $85.7 million used for capital expenditures that primarily related to investments in our information technology, and $73.7 million used to acquire all of the stock of Carnegie Learning.

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2011— Cash provided by investing activities consisted of $169.0 million of proceeds from the sale-leaseback of office buildings in Phoenix, Arizona, $126.6 million from the return of collateral resulting from the release of a letter of credit, $10.0 million from marketable securities, and $9.6 million of proceeds from our sale of Insight Schools. This was partially offset by $119.7 million used for capital expenditures that primarily related to investments in our information technology, network infrastructure and software.

Financing Activities

The following table provides a summary of our financing cash flows during the respective periods:

	Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011
Apollo Group Class A common stock purchased for treasury	$	(731,772	)	$	(408,220	)
Payments on borrowings (net of proceeds from borrowings)	(506,012		)	(413,643		)
Noncontrolling interest contributions	—			6,875
Other financing activities	11,658			11,454
Net cash used in financing activities	$	(1,226,126	)	$	(803,534	)

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012 — Cash used in financing activities primarily consisted of $731.8 million used for share repurchases and $506.0 million used for payments on borrowings (net of proceeds from borrowings).

Nine Months Ended May 31, 2011 — Cash used in financing activities primarily consisted of $413.6 million used for payments on borrowings (net of proceeds from borrowings), and $408.2 million used for share repurchases.

Subsequent to May 31, 2012, we repurchased approximately 0.5 million shares of our Apollo Group Class A common stock at a total cost of $15.0 million resulting in $48.5 million remaining under our share repurchase authorization.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

During the first nine months of fiscal year 2012, we had the following material changes in our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments:

• We repaid the entire amount borrowed on our previous revolving credit facility of $493.3 million as discussed in Debt above; and

• We acquired technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million, payable over a 10-year period. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions, in Item 1, Financial Statements.

There have been no other material changes in our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments other than in the ordinary course of business since the end of fiscal year 2011 through May 31, 2012. Information regarding our contractual obligations and commercial commitments is provided in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

52

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

There have been no significant changes to our market risk since August 31, 2011. For a discussion of our exposure to market risk, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We intend to maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Co-Chief Executive Officers (“Principal Executive Officers”) and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (“Principal Financial Officer”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. We have established a Disclosure Committee, consisting of certain members of management, to assist in this evaluation. Our Disclosure Committee meets on a quarterly basis and more often if necessary.

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, management concluded that, as of that date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Attached as exhibits to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are certifications of our Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act. This Disclosure Controls and Procedures section includes information concerning management’s evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures referred to in those certifications and, as such, should be read in conjunction with the certifications of our Principal Executive Officers and Principal Financial Officer.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended May 31, 2012, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

53

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies, in Part I, Item 1, Financial Statements, for legal proceedings, which is incorporated into this Item 1 of Part II by this reference.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the updated risk factors set forth below, see the risk factors included in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Risks Related to the Control Over Our Voting Stock

Our Class A common stock has no voting rights. Our Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board control 100% of our voting stock and control substantially all actions requiring the vote or consent of our shareholders, which may have an adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A common stock and may discourage a takeover.

All of the Apollo Group Class B common stock, our only class of voting stock, is controlled by Dr. John G. Sperling, our founder and the Executive Chairman of our board of directors, and his son, Mr. Peter V. Sperling, the Vice Chairman of our board of directors. Specifically, approximately 51% of our Class B common stock continues to be owned by a revocable grantor trust, of which Dr. Sperling is the sole trustee (the “JGS Trust”). During his lifetime, Dr. Sperling has the power to remove or replace all trustees of the JGS Trust and to direct the disposition of the Class B common stock held by the trust, including upon his death, subject to certain limitations, including the limitations on transfers set forth in the Shareholders Agreement, as amended, among the Class B shareholders and us. The remainder of our Class B common stock is owned by Mr. Sperling, also through a revocable grantor trust.

Accordingly, Dr. Sperling and Mr. Sperling together control the election of all members of our board of directors and substantially all other actions requiring a vote of our shareholders, except in certain limited circumstances. Holders of our outstanding Class A common stock do not have the right to vote for the election of directors or for substantially any other action requiring a vote of shareholders.

Upon Dr. Sperling’s death or incapacity, the JGS Trust will become irrevocable and Mr. Sperling, Ms. Terri Bishop and Ms. Darby Shupp, who are members of our board of directors, will automatically be appointed as successor trustees, unless such event occurs prior to March 24, 2013, in which case Ms. Shupp will instead be appointed as a trustee on such later date. Following Dr. Sperling’s death, the trustees of the JGS Trust shall have the sole power to appoint successor and additional trustees.

The control of a majority of our voting stock by Dr. Sperling makes it impossible for a third party to acquire voting control of us without Dr. Sperling’s consent. After Dr. Sperling’s death, it will be impossible for a third party to acquire voting control of us without the approval of a majority of the trustees of the JGS Trust.

No assurances can be given that the Apollo Group Class B shareholders, or the trustees of the JGS Trust, will exercise their control of Apollo Group in the same manner that a majority of the outstanding Class A shareholders would if they were entitled to vote on actions currently reserved exclusively for our Class B shareholders.

If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of our company, our state licenses, accreditation, and ability to participate in Title IV programs and state grant programs may be impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

A change of ownership or control of Apollo Group, depending on the type of change, may have significant regulatory consequences for University of Phoenix and Western International University. Such a change of ownership or control could require recertification by the U.S. Department of Education, reauthorization by state licensing agencies, and the reevaluation of the accreditation by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. If we experience a change of ownership and control sufficient to require us to file a Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or there is a change in the identity of a controlling shareholder of Apollo Group, then University of Phoenix and Western International University may cease to be eligible to participate in Title IV programs until recertified by the Department. There can be no assurances that such recertification would be obtained on a timely basis. Under some circumstances, the Department may continue an institution’s participation in Title IV programs on a provisional basis pending completion of the change in ownership approval process. Continued participation in Title IV programs is critical to our business. Any disruption in our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs would materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

54

In addition, some states in which University of Phoenix, Western International University or CFFP are licensed require approval (in some cases, advance approval) of changes in ownership or control in order to remain authorized to operate in those states, and participation in grant programs in some states may be interrupted or otherwise affected by a change in ownership or control.

Moreover, University of Phoenix, Western International University and CFFP would be required to report any material change in stock ownership to their principal accrediting body, The Higher Learning Commission, and would be required to obtain approval prior to undergoing any transaction that affects, or may affect, corporate control or governance at the institution. In the event of a material change in the ownership of Apollo Group Class B common stock, The Higher Learning Commission may undertake an evaluation of the effect of the change on the continuing operations of University of Phoenix, Western International University and CFFP for purposes of determining if continued accreditation is appropriate. If the Commission determines that the change is such that prior approval by the Commission was required, but was not obtained, the Commission’s policies require it to consider withdrawal of accreditation. If accreditation by the Higher Learning Commission is suspended or withdrawn, University of Phoenix, Western International University and CFFP would not be eligible to participate in Title IV programs until the accreditation is reinstated by the Commission or is obtained from another appropriate accrediting body. There is no assurance that reinstatement of accreditation could be obtained on a timely basis, if at all, and accreditation from a different qualified accrediting authority, if available, would require a significant amount of time. Any material disruption in accreditation would materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

All of the Apollo Group Class B common stock, our only class of voting stock, is controlled by Dr. John G. Sperling, the Executive Chairman of our board of directors, and his son, Mr. Peter V. Sperling, the Vice Chairman of our board of directors. Specifically, approximately 51% of our Class B common stock continues to be owned by a revocable grantor trust (the “JGS Trust”), of which Dr. Sperling is the sole trustee. We cannot prevent a change of ownership or control that would arise from a transfer of voting stock by Dr. Sperling, Mr. Sperling or the JGS Trust, including a transfer that may occur or be deemed to occur upon the death of one or both of Dr. Sperling or Mr. Sperling or a transfer effected through an amendment of the JGS Trust.

Risks Related to our Business

We face intense competition in the postsecondary education market from both public and private educational institutions, which could adversely affect our business.

Postsecondary education in our existing and new market areas is highly competitive and is becoming increasingly so. We compete with traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges, other proprietary schools and alternatives to higher education. Some of our competitors, both public and private, have greater financial and nonfinancial resources than we have. Some of our competitors, both public and private, are able to offer programs similar to ours at a lower tuition level for a variety of reasons, including the availability of direct and indirect government subsidies, government and foundation grants, large endowments, tax-deductible contributions and other financial resources not available to proprietary institutions, or by providing fewer student services or larger class sizes. For example, a typical community college is subsidized by local or state government and, as a result, tuition rates for associate’s degree programs are much lower at community colleges than at University of Phoenix.

In addition, an increasing number of traditional colleges and community colleges are offering distance learning and other online education programs, including programs that are geared towards the needs of working learners. This trend has been accelerated by private companies that provide and/or manage online learning platforms for traditional colleges and community colleges. As the proportion of traditional colleges providing alternative learning modalities increases, we will face increasing competition for students from traditional colleges, including colleges with well-established reputations for excellence. Already, this type of competition is significant for our graduate degree programs. As the online and distance learning segment of the postsecondary education market matures, we believe that the intensity of the competition we face will continue to increase.

This intense competition could make it more challenging for us to enroll students who are likely to succeed in our educational programs, which could adversely affect our enrollment levels and put downward pressure on our tuition rates, either of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

55

System disruptions and security threats to our computer networks or phone systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The performance and reliability of our computer network and phone systems infrastructure at our schools, including our online programs, is critical to our operations, reputation and ability to attract and retain students. From time to time we experience intermittent outages of the information technology systems used by our students and by our employees, including system-wide outages. Any computer system error or failure, regardless of cause, could result in a substantial outage that materially disrupts our online and on-ground operations. Only a portion of our critical systems are protected by a redundant disaster recovery infrastructure at a geographically remote data center and we are currently executing our plan to implement disaster recovery for other critical systems to allow timely recovery from catastrophic failure. For those systems not yet protected, a catastrophic failure or unavailability for any reason of our principal data center may require us to replicate the function of this data center at our existing remote data facility or elsewhere, and could result in the loss of data. An event such as this may require equipping and restoring activities that could take up to several weeks to complete.

We also are upgrading a substantial portion of our key IT systems, including our student learning system, student services platform and corporate applications, and retiring the related legacy systems. Although these new systems are expected to improve the productivity, scalability, reliability and sustainability of our IT infrastructure, the transition from the legacy systems entails risk of unanticipated disruption, including disruptions in our core business functions.

Any disruption in our IT systems, including the disruption from any loss of data, could significantly impact our operations, reduce student and prospective student confidence in our educational institutions, adversely affect our compliance with applicable regulations and accrediting body standards and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We do not maintain material amounts of insurance in respect of some types of these disruptions, and there is no assurance that insurance proceeds, if available, would be adequate to compensate us for damages sustained due to these disruptions.

In addition, we are facing an increasing number of threats to our computer systems of unauthorized access, computer hackers, computer viruses, malicious code, organized cyber-attacks and other system disruptions and security breaches, and from time to time we experience such disruptions and breaches. We have devoted and will continue to devote significant resources to the security of our computer systems, but they may still be vulnerable to these threats. A user who circumvents security measures could misappropriate proprietary and personally identifiable information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations, perhaps over an extended period of time prior to detection. As a result, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these system disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by these disruptions and breaches. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Although we maintain insurance in respect of these types of events, there is no assurance that available insurance proceeds would be adequate to compensate us for damages sustained due to these events.

56

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

Purchase of Equity Securities

Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase outstanding shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock, from time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, our Board of Directors authorized an increase in the amount available under our share repurchase program up to an aggregate amount of $300 million of Apollo Group Class A common stock. There is no expiration date on the repurchase authorizations and repurchases occur at our discretion.

During the three months ended May 31, 2012, we repurchased approximately 9.0 million shares of our Class A common stock at a total cost of $329.0 million, representing a weighted average purchase price of $36.41 per share. The table below details our share repurchases during the three months ended May 31, 2012:

(In thousands, except per share data)	Total Number of Shares Repurchased		Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Repurchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Maximum Value of Shares Available for Repurchase
Treasury stock as of February 29, 2012	65,674		$	53.46	65,674		$	93,023
New authorizations	—		—		—		—
Shares repurchased	2,186		42.33		2,186		(92,527		)
Shares reissued	(24	)	53.10		(24	)	—
Treasury stock as of March 31, 2012	67,836		$	53.10	67,836		$	496
New authorizations	—		—		—		299,504
Shares repurchased	4,135		36.28		4,135		(150,000		)
Shares reissued	(45	)	52.13		(45	)	—
Treasury stock as of April 30, 2012	71,926		$	52.13	71,926		$	150,000
New authorizations	—		—		—		—
Shares repurchased	2,713		31.86		2,713		(86,453		)
Shares reissued	(1	)	51.39		(1	)	—
Treasury stock as of May 31, 2012	74,638		$	51.39	74,638		$	63,547

Resales by Directors and Officers

From time to time, our directors and officers enter into written trading plans under Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b5-1(c) for the resale of shares of our common stock, including shares to be acquired upon the vesting of restricted stock units and performance share awards, and shares to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of stock options. These plans, which must be entered into during an open trading window and at a time when the director or officer is not in possession of material nonpublic information, provide for sales in accordance with a formula, algorithm or other instructions such that the seller cannot exercise any influence over how, when or whether to effect sales. After adopted, sales may occur in accordance with the plans regardless of whether or not the seller subsequently possesses material nonpublic information or otherwise would then be permitted to trade in our securities. Our insider trading policy permits the adoption of these types of trading plans, and we encourage our directors and officers to utilize such plans, where practical. In the future, we do not intend to announce, via Form 8-K or otherwise, the adoption or any termination of such trading plans, if any. Sales under these plans generally must be reported within two business days on Form 4 filed with the SEC, pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not have any sales of unregistered equity securities during the three months ended May 31, 2012.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

Not applicable.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

57

Item 5. Other Information

None.

58

Item 6. Exhibits

APOLLO GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
10.1	Credit Agreement among Apollo Group, Inc., the Lenders from time to time party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Syndication Agents and U.S. Bank National Association, National Bank of Arizona, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC, as Documentation Agents, dated as of April 18, 2012
31.1	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.3	Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.3	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101	The following financial information from our Quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, filed with the SEC on June 25, 2012, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations for the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and (v) Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

59

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	APOLLO GROUP, INC.
	An Arizona Corporation
Date: June 25, 2012
	By:	/s/  Brian L. Swartz
		Brian L. Swartz
		Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory)
	By:	/s/ Gregory J. Iverson
		Gregory J. Iverson
		Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
		(Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Signatory)

60

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION COPY

J.P.Morgan

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 
dated as of

April 18, 2012

among

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

 
The Lenders Party Hereto

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent

 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Syndication Agents

and 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
NATIONAL BANK OF ARIZONA,
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A. and
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
as Documentation Agents

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED, and
WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

as Joint Bookrunners and Joint Lead Arrangers

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I	Definitions	1
SECTION 1.01	Defined Terms	1
SECTION 1.02	Classification of Loans and Borrowings	25
SECTION 1.03	Terms Generally	25
SECTION 1.04	Accounting Terms; GAAP; Treatment of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Pro Forma Calculations	26
SECTION 1.05	Regulatory Changes in the Consolidated DOE Ratio	27
ARTICLE II	The Credits	28
SECTION 2.01	Commitments	28
SECTION 2.02	Loans and Borrowings	28
SECTION 2.03	Requests for Revolving Borrowings	29
SECTION 2.04	Determination of Dollar Amounts	30
SECTION 2.05	Swingline Loans	30
SECTION 2.06	Letters of Credit	31
SECTION 2.07	Funding of Borrowings	36
SECTION 2.08	Interest Elections	36
SECTION 2.09	Termination and Reduction of Commitments	38
SECTION 2.10	Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt	38
SECTION 2.11	Prepayment of Loans	39
SECTION 2.12	Fees	40
SECTION 2.13	Interest	41
SECTION 2.14	Alternate Rate of Interest	41
SECTION 2.15	Increased Costs	42
SECTION 2.16	Break Funding Payments	43
SECTION 2.17	Taxes	44
SECTION 2.18	Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs	46
SECTION 2.19	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	48
SECTION 2.20	Expansion Option	48
SECTION 2.21	Market Disruption	49
SECTION 2.22	Judgment Currency	50
SECTION 2.23	Senior Debt	50
SECTION 2.24	Defaulting Lenders	50
ARTICLE III	Representations and Warranties	52
SECTION 3.01	Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries	52
SECTION 3.02	Authorization; Enforceability	53
SECTION 3.03	Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts	53
SECTION 3.04	Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change	53
SECTION 3.05	Properties	53
SECTION 3.06	Litigation and Environmental Matters	54
SECTION 3.07	Compliance with Laws and Agreements	54

Table of Contents

(continued)

		Page
SECTION 3.08	Investment Company Status	54
SECTION 3.09	Taxes	54
SECTION 3.10	ERISA	54
SECTION 3.11	Disclosure	54
SECTION 3.12	Federal Reserve Regulations	55
SECTION 3.13	Liens	55
SECTION 3.14	No Default	55
SECTION 3.15	No Burdensome Restrictions	55
ARTICLE IV	Conditions	55
SECTION 4.01	Effective Date	55
SECTION 4.02	Each Credit Event	56
ARTICLE V	Affirmative Covenants	57
SECTION 5.01	Financial Statements and Other Information	57
SECTION 5.02	Notices of Material Events	59
SECTION 5.03	Existence; Conduct of Business	59
SECTION 5.04	Payment of Obligations	59
SECTION 5.05	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance	59
SECTION 5.06	Books and Records; Inspection Rights	60
SECTION 5.07	Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations	60
SECTION 5.08	Use of Proceeds	60
SECTION 5.09	Subsidiary Guaranty	60
ARTICLE VI	Negative Covenants	61
SECTION 6.01	Indebtedness	61
SECTION 6.02	Liens	63
SECTION 6.03	Fundamental Changes and Asset Sales	64
SECTION 6.04	Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions	66
SECTION 6.05	[Intentionally Omitted]	67
SECTION 6.06	Transactions with Affiliates	67
SECTION 6.07	Restricted Payments	68
SECTION 6.08	Restrictive Agreements	69
SECTION 6.09	Subordinated Indebtedness and Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness Documents	70
SECTION 6.10	[Intentionally Omitted]	70
SECTION 6.11	Financial Covenants	70
SECTION 6.12	Designation of Subsidiaries	71
ARTICLE VII	Events of Default	72
ARTICLE VIII	The Administrative Agent	74

Table of Contents

(continued)

		Page
ARTICLE IX	Miscellaneous	76
SECTION 9.01	Notices	76
SECTION 9.02	Waivers; Amendments	77
SECTION 9.03	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	78
SECTION 9.04	Successors and Assigns	80
SECTION 9.05	Survival	83
SECTION 9.06	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	83
SECTION 9.07	Severability	83
SECTION 9.08	Right of Setoff	84
SECTION 9.09	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process	84
SECTION 9.10	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	84
SECTION 9.11	Headings	85
SECTION 9.12	Confidentiality	85
SECTION 9.13	USA PATRIOT Act	85
SECTION 9.14	Interest Rate Limitation	85
SECTION 9.15	No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility	86
ARTICLE X COLLECTION ALLOCATION MECHANISM EXCHANGE		86

Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 2.01 – Commitments

Schedule 2.02 – Mandatory Cost

Schedule 2.06 – Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.01 – Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.06(b) – Litigation

Schedule 6.01 – Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02 – Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04 – Existing Investments

Schedule 6.08 – Restrictive Agreements

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A – Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B-1 – Form of Opinion of Alston & Bird LLP

Exhibit B -2– Form of Opinion of Quarles & Brady LLP

Exhibit C – Form of Increasing Lender Supplement

Exhibit D – Form of Augmenting Lender Supplement

Exhibit E – List of Closing Documents

Exhibit F – Form of Subsidiary Guaranty

Exhibit G – Form of Compliance Certificate

CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of April 18, 2012 among APOLLO GROUP, INC., the LENDERS from time to time party hereto, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Syndication Agents and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, NATIONAL BANK OF ARIZONA, MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A. and BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Documentation Agents.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1Definitions

SECTION 1.01.Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

“ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

“Adjusted LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the sum of (i) (a) the LIBO Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate plus, (ii) without duplication, and to the extent the same has not already been accounted for in the Statutory Reserve Rate, in the case of Loans by a Lender from its office or branch in the United Kingdom or any Participating Member State, the Mandatory Cost.

“Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (including its branches and affiliates), in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Agreed Currencies” means (i) Dollars, (ii) euro, (iii) Pounds Sterling, (iv) Canadian Dollars and (v) any other currency that is (x) a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars, (y) available in the London interbank deposit market and (z) agreed to by the Administrative Agent and each of the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders.

“Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (c) the Adjusted LIBO Rate for a one month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day.

1

Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.

“Apollo Global” means Apollo Global, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Applicable Lender” is defined in Section 2.06(d).

“Applicable Percentage” means (a) with respect to any Multicurrency Tranche Lender, its Multicurrency Tranche Percentage and (b) with respect to any Dollar Tranche Lender, its Dollar Tranche Percentage.

“Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan, any ABR Revolving Loan, or with respect to the facility fees payable hereunder, as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurocurrency Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Facility Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the Leverage Ratio applicable on such date:

	Leverage Ratio:	EurocurrencySpread	ABRSpread	Facility Fee Rate
Category 1:	< 1.00x	1.25%	0.25%	0.25%
Category 2:	> 1.00x but < 1.50x	1.45%	0.45%	0.30%
Category 3:	> 1.50x but < 2.00x	1.65%	0.65%	0.35%
Category 4:	> 2.00x	1.85%	0.85%	0.40%

For purposes of the foregoing,

(i) if at any time the Borrower fails to deliver the Financials on or before the date the Financials are due pursuant to Section 5.01, Category 4 shall be deemed applicable for the period commencing three (3) Business Days after the required date of delivery and ending on the date which is three (3) Business Days after the Financials are actually delivered, after which the Category shall be determined in accordance with the table above as applicable;

(ii) adjustments, if any, to the Category then in effect shall be effective three (3) Business Days after the Administrative Agent has received the applicable Financials (it being understood and agreed that each change in Category shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change); and

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, Category 1 shall be deemed to be applicable until the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the applicable Financials for the Borrower’s first fiscal quarter

2

ending after the Effective Date and adjustments to the Category then in effect shall thereafter be effected in accordance with the preceding paragraphs.

“Approved Fund” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04.

“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption agreement entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“ASR Transaction” means one or more accelerated share repurchase agreements from time to time pursuant to which the Borrower agrees to repurchase shares of its Class A Common Stock, including without limitation derivative transactions structured as share forward transactions pursuant to which the Borrower will receive one or more deliveries of such Equity Interests or payments from counterparties and will make one or more payments or deliveries to such counterparties with respect to the entry into, settlement or termination of such transactions.

“Augmenting Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of the Maturity Date and the date of termination of the Commitments.

“Banking Services” means each and any of the following bank services provided to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary by any Lender or any of its Affiliates: (a) credit cards for commercial customers (including, without limitation, commercial credit cards and purchasing cards), (b) stored value cards and (c) treasury management services (including, without limitation, controlled disbursement, automated clearinghouse transactions, return items, overdrafts and interstate depository network services).

“Banking Services Agreement” means any agreement entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with Banking Services.

“Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

“Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

“Borrower” means Apollo Group, Inc., an Arizona corporation.

3

“Borrowing” means (a) Revolving Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect or (b) a Swingline Loan.

“Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

“Burdensome Restrictions” means any consensual encumbrance or restriction of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.08 (without giving effect to any exceptions described in clauses (i) through (iv) of such Section 6.08).

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market or the principal financial center of such Agreed Currency (and, if the Borrowings or LC Disbursements which are the subject of a borrowing, drawing, payment, reimbursement or rate selection are denominated in euro, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which the TARGET2 payment system is not open for the settlement of payments in euro).

“CAM” means the mechanism for the allocation and exchange of interests in the Specified Obligations and collections thereunder established under Article X.

“CAM Exchange” means the exchange of the Lenders’ interests provided for in Article X.

“CAM Exchange Date” means the first date on which there shall occur (a) any event referred to in clause (h), (i) or (j) of Article VII in respect of the Borrower or (b) an acceleration of Loans pursuant to Article VII.

“CAM Percentage” means, as to each Lender, a fraction, expressed as a decimal, of which (a) the numerator shall be the aggregate Dollar Amount (determined on the basis of Exchange Rates prevailing on the CAM Exchange Date) of the Specified Obligations owed to such Lender (whether or not at the time due and payable) on the date immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date and (b) the denominator shall be the Dollar Amount (as so determined) of the Specified Obligations owed to all the Lenders (whether or not at the time due and payable) on the date immediately prior to the CAM Exchange Date.

“Canadian Dollars” means the lawful currency of Canada.

“Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Change in Control” means (a) the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), other than Permitted Holders, of

4

Equity Interests representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower; (b) occupation of a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of the Borrower by Persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors of the Borrower or the Permitted Holders nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated or by the Permitted Holders; or (c) the occurrence of a change in control, or other similar provision, as defined in any agreement or instrument evidencing any Material Indebtedness (triggering a default or mandatory prepayment, which default or mandatory prepayment has not been waived in writing).

“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement (or with respect to any Lender, if later, the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender), of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rules, guideline, requirement or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; providedhowever, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder, issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof, and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law” regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

“Class”, when used in reference to (a) any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans, Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, (b) any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Dollar Tranche Commitment or a Multicurrency Tranche Commitment and (c) any Lender, refers to whether such Lender is a Multicurrency Tranche Lender or a Dollar Tranche Lender.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the sum of such Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment and Multicurrency Tranche Commitment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption or other documentation contemplated hereby pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable.

“Competitor” means any Person (other than any Loan Party or an Affiliate) that directly engages as its primary business in providing higher education programs for working adults including, but not limited to, domestic and foreign traditional public and private two-year and four-year colleges and other domestic and foreign proprietary schools, whether delivered by traditional or alternative learning modalities, such as on-line platforms.

“Computation Date” is defined in Section 2.04.

“Consolidated DOE Ratio” means Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ (on a consolidated basis) composite score as of any fiscal year end, as determined by the Secretary of the DOE pursuant to Section 668.172 of the regulations promulgated by the DOE under Title IV.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means Consolidated Net Income plus, (a) without duplication and

5

to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) expense for taxes paid or accrued, (iii) depreciation, (iv) amortization, (v) non-cash losses incurred other than in the ordinary course of business, (vi) share-based non-cash compensation expense, (vii) non-cash losses associated with hedging and dispositions of assets, (viii) all non-cash charges, expenses and losses, (ix) extraordinary and/or non-recurring charges, expenses and losses (including extraordinary and/or non-recurring restructuring charges, expenses and losses), (x) cash restructuring charges, costs and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 for any Reference Period (as defined below), (xi) any charges, losses, costs, fees and expenses directly incurred by, or paid directly as a result of, discontinued operations, (xii) costs related to the write-off of deferred financing fees and the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, (xiii) non-cash losses related to foreign exchange hedging, (xiv) transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with any consummated capital markets transaction, including any acquisition, investment, issuance of equity or issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, (xv) any non-cash charges (to the extent classified as an accrual or reserve on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower) in respect of litigation settlements or judgments (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, fees and expenses associated therewith) rendered against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, minus, (b) to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, (xvi) non-cash gains realized other than in the ordinary course of business, (xvii) all cash payments made during such period in respect any of the items described in clauses (a)(v),(vi), (vii), (viii), (xiii) and (xv) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash item was incurred, (xviii) non-cash gains associated with hedging and dispositions of assets, (xix) all extraordinary and/or non-recurring income or gains and (xx) all income or gains directly arising as a result of discontinued operations, all calculated for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis. For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each such period, a “Reference Period”), (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition or converted any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period, or attributable to the converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, respectively, or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period, and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition or converted any Unrestricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Material Acquisition or conversion to Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, occurred on the first day of such Reference Period. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes (i) assets comprising all or substantially all or any significant portion of a business or operating unit of a business, or (ii) all or substantially all of the common stock or other Equity Interests of a Person, and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any sale, transfer or disposition of property or series of related sales, transfers, or dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $10,000,000.

“Consolidated EBITDAR” means, for any period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period plus, to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Rent Expense for such period, all calculated for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with reference to any period, the positive difference of (a) the interest expense (including without limitation interest expense under Capital Lease Obligations

6

that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries minus (b) all interest income for such period, all as calculated on a consolidated basis for such period with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to such period in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with reference to any period, the net income (or loss) from continuing operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis (without duplication) for such period.

“Consolidated Rent Expense” means, with reference to any period, all payments under Operating Leases to the extent deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, calculated in accordance with GAAP for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period.

“Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, Consolidated Total Assets minus, to the extent included in Consolidated Total Assets, all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangible assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of the date of any determination thereof, total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis as of such date.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means at any time the sum, without duplication, of (a) the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than obligations in respect of (i) commercial or trade letters of credit and (ii) except for standby letters of credit for the benefit of the DOE, undrawn standby letters of credit that do not secure Indebtedness) calculated on a consolidated basis as of such time in accordance with GAAP, (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries relating to the maximum drawing amount of all letters of credit outstanding and bankers acceptances (other than (i) commercial or trade letters of credit and (ii) except for standby letters of credit for the benefit of the DOE, undrawn standby letters of credit that do not secure Indebtedness) and (c) Indebtedness of the type referred to in clauses (a) or (b) hereof of another Person guaranteed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

“Convertible Debt Security” means any debt security the terms of which provide for the conversion thereof into Equity Interests, cash or a combination of Equity Interests and cash.

“Coverage Ratio” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11(b).

“Credit Event” means a Borrowing, the issuance (or amendment increasing the face amount) of a Letter of Credit, an LC Disbursement or any of the foregoing.

“Credit Party” means the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or

7

any other Lender.

“Default” means any event or condition described in Article VII which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

“Documentation Agent” means each of U.S. Bank National Association, National Bank Of Arizona, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Barclays Bank PLC in its capacity as documentation agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.

“DOE” means the United States Department of Education.

“Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

“Dollar Amount” of any currency at any date shall mean (i) the amount of such currency if such currency is Dollars or (ii) the equivalent in such currency of Dollars if such currency is a Foreign Currency, calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate for such currency, on or as of the most recent Computation Date provided for in Section 2.04.

“Dollar Tranche Commitment” means, with respect to each Dollar Tranche Lender, the commitment of such Dollar Tranche Lender to make Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Dollar Tranche Letters of Credit hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.20 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Dollar Tranche Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption (or other documentation contemplated by this Agreement) pursuant to which such Dollar Tranche Lender shall have assumed its Dollar Tranche Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the Dollar Tranche Commitments on the

8

Effective Date is $225,000,000.

“Dollar Tranche LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn Dollar Amount of all outstanding Dollar Tranche Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Dollar Tranche Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Dollar Tranche LC Exposure of any Dollar Tranche Lender at any time shall be its Dollar Tranche Percentage of the total Dollar Tranche LC Exposure at such time.

“Dollar Tranche Lender” means a Lender with a Dollar Tranche Commitment or holding Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans.

“Dollar Tranche Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under the Dollar Tranche Commitments pursuant to this Agreement.

“Dollar Tranche Percentage” means the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Dollar Tranche Commitments of all Dollar Tranche Lenders (if the Dollar Tranche Commitments have terminated or expired, the Dollar Tranche Percentages shall be determined based upon the Dollar Tranche Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments); provided that in the case of Section 2.24 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation.

“Dollar Tranche Revolving Borrowing” means a Borrowing comprised of Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans.

“Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Dollar Tranche Lender at any time, and without duplication, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Dollar Tranche Lender’s Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans and its Dollar Tranche LC Exposure at such time.

“Dollar Tranche Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Dollar Tranche Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(a). Each Dollar Tranche Revolving Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars or an ABR Revolving Loan denominated in Dollars.

“Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of a jurisdiction located in the United States of America.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions specified in Section 4.01 are satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02).

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (ii) a commercial bank, financial institution or other “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D of the SEC) or “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933); provided that Eligible Assignee shall not include the Borrower, a Subsidiary, an Affiliate of the Borrower and any natural person.

9

“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) the applicable violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity ownership interests in a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Convertible Debt Securities nor Permitted Call Spread Swap Agreements shall constitute Equity Interests.

“Equivalent Amount” of any currency with respect to any amount of Dollars at any date shall mean the equivalent in such currency of such amount of Dollars, calculated on the basis of the Exchange Rate for such other currency at 11:00 a.m., London time, on the date on or as of which such amount is to be determined.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the failure to satisfy the “minimum funding standard” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition upon the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

10

“euro” and/or “EUR” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

“Eurocurrency”, when used in reference to a currency means an Agreed Currency and when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, means that such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate.

“Eurocurrency Payment Office” of the Administrative Agent shall mean, for each Foreign Currency, the office, branch, affiliate or correspondent bank of the Administrative Agent for such currency as specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower and each Lender.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

“Exchange Rate” means, on any day, with respect to any Foreign Currency, the rate at which such Foreign Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date on the Reuters World Currency Page for such Foreign Currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate with respect to such Foreign Currency shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the event no such service is selected, such Exchange Rate shall instead be calculated on the basis of the arithmetical mean of the buy and sell spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent for such Foreign Currency on the London market at 11:00 a.m., Local Time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars with such Foreign Currency, for delivery two Business Days later; provided, that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Borrower, may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

“Excluded Subsidiary Indebtedness” shall mean (a) unsecured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred under this Agreement, (b) unsecured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary where such Restricted Subsidiary is not the primary obligor or borrower but merely a guarantor, so long as such Restricted Subsidiary has also guaranteed the Obligations, (c) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to Banking Services, (d) Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary and (e) all purchase money financing or Capital Leases or other Indebtedness of the type described in Section 6.01(e) hereof owing by a Restricted Subsidiary and incurred pursuant to clause (b) or clause (e) of Section 6.01.

“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Issuing Bank or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e), except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 2.17(a) and (d) any U.S. Federal Withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

11

“Existing Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated as of January 4, 2008, among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent thereunder, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified prior to the Effective Date.

“Existing Letters of Credit” is defined in Section 2.06(a).

“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement, and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

“Financials” means the annual or quarterly financial statements, and accompanying certificates and other documents, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b).

“Foreign Currencies” means Agreed Currencies other than Dollars.

“Foreign Currency Exposure” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.11(b).

“Foreign Currency LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Amount of the aggregate undrawn and unexpired amount of all outstanding Foreign Currency Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Foreign Currency Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed at such time.

“Foreign Currency Letter of Credit” means a Multicurrency Tranche Letter of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency.

“Foreign Currency Sublimit” means $400,000,000.

“Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is located. For purposes of this definition, the United States of America, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Foreign Subsidiary Holdco” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower substantially all of the

12

assets of which consist of equity interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are “controlled foreign corporations” within the meaning of section 957 of the Code; provided, that such Subsidiary (i) does not conduct any business or other activities other than the ownership of such equity interests in Foreign Subsidiaries, and (ii) does not incur, and is not otherwise liable for, any indebtedness.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

“Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including (without duplication) any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances and all hazardous or toxic substances, hazardous wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Increasing Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20.

“Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding obligations under Sale and Leaseback Transactions), (d) all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed, (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all reimbursement obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty, (i) all obligations to pay principal, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances and (j) all obligations of such Person under any Swap Agreement or under any similar type of agreement; provided, (1) deferred compensation arrangements, (2) non-compete or consulting obligations incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and (3) earn-out obligations arising with respect to any Permitted Acquisition shall not constitute Indebtedness. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other

13

entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor. In the event any of the foregoing Indebtedness is limited to recourse against a particular asset or assets of such Person, the amount of the corresponding Indebtedness shall be equal to the lesser of the amount of such Indebtedness and the fair market value of such asset or assets at the date for determination of the amount of such Indebtedness.

“Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, other than (a) Excluded Taxes and (b) Other Taxes.

“Information Memorandum” means the Confidential Information Memorandum dated March, 2012 relating to the Borrower and the Transactions.

“Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Revolving Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08.

“Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period and the Maturity Date and (c) with respect to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid and the Maturity Date.

“Interest Period” means with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurocurrency Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and, in the case of a Revolving Borrowing, thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

“Investment” is defined in Section 6.04.

“Issuing Bank” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, and its successors in such capacity as provided in Section 2.06(i). The Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate.

“LC Disbursement” means a payment made by the Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of

14

Credit.

“LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn Dollar Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The LC Exposure of any Multicurrency Tranche Lender at any time shall be its Multicurrency Tranche Percentage of the total Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure at such time and the LC Exposure of any Dollar Tranche Lender at any time shall be its Dollar Tranche Percentage of the total Dollar Tranche LC Exposure at such time.

“Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a Lender hereunder pursuant to Section 2.20 or pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

“Letter of Credit” means any Multicurrency Tranche Letter of Credit or Dollar Tranche Letter of Credit, including the Existing Letters of Credit.

“Leverage Ratio” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.11(a).

“LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period, the rate appearing on, in the case of Dollars, Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page and, in the case of any Foreign Currency, the appropriate page of such service which displays British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rates for deposits in such Foreign Currency (or, in each case, on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBO Rate” with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the rate at which deposits in the relevant Agreed Currency in an Equivalent Amount of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to (or, in the case of Loans denominated in Pounds Sterling, on the day of) the commencement of such Interest Period.

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Subsidiary Guaranty, any promissory notes executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.10(e) and any and all other instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing.

15

“Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

“Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

“Local Time” means (i) New York City time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in Dollars and (ii) local time in the case of a Loan, Borrowing or LC Disbursement denominated in a Foreign Currency (it being understood that such local time shall mean London, England time unless otherwise notified by the Administrative Agent).

“Majority in Interest”, when used in reference to Lenders of any Class, means, at any time (i) in the case of the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders, Lenders having Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Multicurrency Tranche Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures and the aggregate unused Multicurrency Tranche Commitments at such time and (ii) in the case of the Dollar Tranche Lenders, Lenders having Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Dollar Tranche Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the aggregate Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures and the aggregate unused Dollar Tranche Commitments at such time.

“Mandatory Cost” is described in Schedule 2.02.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any and all other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

“Material Domestic Subsidiary” means each Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) (i) which, as of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a)), contributed greater than ten percent (10%) of Consolidated EBITDA for such period or (ii) which contributed greater than ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of such date; provided that, if at any time the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Total Assets attributable to all Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that are not Material Domestic Subsidiaries exceeds fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated EBITDA for any such period or fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of the end of any such fiscal quarter, the Borrower (or, in the event the Borrower has failed to do so within ten (10) days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Domestic Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries) as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to eliminate such excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall for all purposes of this Agreement constitute Material Domestic Subsidiaries.

“Material Foreign Subsidiary” means each Foreign Subsidiary (other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary) (i) which, as of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Borrower, for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b) (or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a)), contributed greater than ten percent (10%) of Consolidated EBITDA for such period or (ii) which contributed greater than ten percent (10%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of such date.

16

“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans and Letters of Credit), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Agreements, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $75,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Agreement were terminated at such time.

“Material Restricted Subsidiary” means a Material Domestic Subsidiary or a Material Foreign Subsidiary.

“Maturity Date” means April 18, 2017.

“Maximum Apollo Global Guarantee and Intercompany Loan Amount” means, the sum of (i) $1,200,000,000 and (ii) 30% of the cumulative Consolidated EBITDA of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the Borrower’s 2012 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

“Multicurrency Tranche Commitment” means, with respect to each Multicurrency Tranche Lender, the commitment of such Multicurrency Tranche Lender to make Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans and to acquire participations in Multicurrency Tranche Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced or terminated from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09, (b) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.20 and (c) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Multicurrency Tranche Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption (or other documentation contemplated by this Agreement) pursuant to which such Multicurrency Tranche Lender shall have assumed its Multicurrency Tranche Commitment, as applicable. The aggregate principal amount of the Multicurrency Tranche Commitments on the Effective Date is $400,000,000.

“Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure” means, at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn Dollar Amount of all outstanding Multicurrency Tranche Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all LC Disbursements in respect of Multicurrency Tranche Letters of Credit that have not yet been reimbursed by or on behalf of the Borrower at such time. The Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure of any Multicurrency Tranche Lender at any time shall be its Multicurrency Tranche Percentage of the total Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure at such time.

“Multicurrency Tranche Lender” means a Lender with a Multicurrency Tranche Commitment or holding Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans.

“Multicurrency Tranche Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued under the Multicurrency Tranche Commitments pursuant to this Agreement.

“Multicurrency Tranche Percentage” means the percentage equal to a fraction the numerator of which is such Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Commitment and the denominator of which is the aggregate Multicurrency Tranche Commitments of all Multicurrency Tranche Lenders (if the Multicurrency Tranche

17

Commitments have terminated or expired, the Multicurrency Tranche Percentages shall be determined based upon the Multicurrency Tranche Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments); provided that in the case of Section 2.24 when a Defaulting Lender shall exist, any such Defaulting Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Commitment shall be disregarded in the calculation.

“Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Borrowing” means a Borrowing comprised of Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans.

“Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Multicurrency Tranche Lender at any time, and without duplication, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Multicurrency Tranche Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans and its Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure and its Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Multicurrency Tranche Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(b). Each Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Loan denominated in an Agreed Currency or an ABR Loan denominated in Dollars.

“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or its ERISA Affiliates is making contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

“Obligations” means all unpaid principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, all LC Exposure, all accrued and unpaid fees and all expenses, reimbursements, indemnities and other obligations and indebtedness (including interest and fees accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding), obligations and liabilities of any of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any indemnified party, individually or collectively, existing on the Effective Date or arising thereafter, direct or indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation of law or otherwise, arising or incurred under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to the Lenders or any of their Affiliates under any Swap Agreement or any Banking Services Agreement or in respect of any of the Loans made or reimbursement or other obligations incurred or any of the Letters of Credit or other instruments at any time evidencing any thereof.

“Operating Lease” of a Person means any lease of property (other than a capital lease under GAAP) by such Person as lessee which has an original term (including any required renewals and any renewals effective at the option of the lessor) of one year or more.

“Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Overnight Foreign Currency Rate” means, for any amount payable in a Foreign Currency, the rate of interest per annum as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent at which overnight or weekend deposits in the relevant currency (or if such amount due remains unpaid for more than three Business Days, then for such other period of time as the Administrative Agent may reasonably elect) for delivery in

18

immediately available and freely transferable funds would be offered by the Administrative Agent to major banks in the interbank market upon request of such major banks for the relevant currency as determined above and in an amount comparable to the unpaid principal amount of the related Credit Event, plus any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed upon, or charged to, the Administrative Agent by any relevant correspondent bank in respect of such amount in such relevant currency.

“Parent” means, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is, directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.

“Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

“Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04(c).

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to economic and monetary union.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) or series of related acquisitions by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of (i) all or substantially all the assets of a Person or division or line of business of a Person or (ii) all or substantially all the Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) in, a Person, if at the time of and immediately after giving effect thereto, (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect thereto, (b) all actions required to be taken with respect to such acquired or newly formed Subsidiary under Section 5.09 shall have been taken (or will be taken within the time period set forth therein), (c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries have, on a pro forma basis, a Leverage Ratio of 2.25 to 1.00or less, recomputed as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements are available, as if such acquisition (and any related incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, with any new Indebtedness being deemed to be amortized over the applicable testing period in accordance with its terms) had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance and (d) in the case of an acquisition or merger involving the Borrower, the Borrower is the surviving entity of such merger and/or consolidation.

“Permitted Call Spread Swap Agreements” means (a) any Swap Agreement (including, but not limited to, any bond hedge transaction or capped call transaction) pursuant to which the Borrower acquires an option requiring the counterparty thereto to deliver to the Borrower shares of common stock of the Borrower, the cash value of such shares or a combination thereof from time to time upon exercise of such option and (b) any Swap Agreement pursuant to which the Borrower issues to the counterparty thereto warrants to acquire common stock of the Borrower (whether such warrant is settled in shares, cash or a combination thereof), in each case entered into by the Borrower in connection with the issuance of Convertible Debt Securities; provided that (i) the terms, conditions and covenants of each such Swap Agreement shall be such as are customary for Swap Agreements of such type (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith) and (ii) in the case of clause (b) above, such Swap Agreement would be classified as an equity instrument in accordance with the Accounting Standard Codification 815-40, Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, or any successor thereto, and the settlement of such Swap Agreement does not require

19

the Borrower to make any payment in cash or cash equivalents that would disqualify such Swap Agreement from so being classified as an equity instrument. For purposes of this definition, the term “Swap Agreement” shall be construed without giving effect to clause (ii) of the proviso in the definition of Swap Agreement.

“Permitted Encumbrances” means:

(a) (i) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04 and (ii) Liens for taxes not required to be paid in accordance with Section 5.04 and securing obligations not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

(b)carriers’, landlords’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not (i) overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 5.04 or (ii) otherwise in excess of $1,000,000;

(c)pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

(d)pledges and deposits to secure the performance of bids, government contracts, trade contracts, leases, tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(e)judgment or judgment bonding liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under clause (k) of Article VII;

(f)zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions on the use of property, other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business and minor irregularities of title, or, in the case of timberland, discrepancies, conflicts in boundary lines, shortages in area, encroachments or any other facts which a correct survey would disclose, which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(g)any interest or title of a licensor, lessee, lessor or sublessor under any operating lease or sublease of property not prohibited hereunder and any Lien encumbering such interest or title of a lessor or sublessor;

(h)Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(i)purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property or consignments or similar arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(j)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(k)banker’s liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts

20

or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities accounts and other financial assets maintained with a securities intermediary arising in the ordinary course of business; provided that such deposit accounts or funds are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any Indebtedness and are not subject to restrictions on access by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of those required by applicable banking regulations;

(l)Liens of landlords or of mortgagees of landlords arising by operation of law or pursuant to the terms of real property leases, provided that the rental payments secured thereby are not yet due and payable; and

(m)any encumbrance or restriction (including, without limitation, put and call agreements) with respect to the Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to the joint venture or similar agreement;

provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean (i) Dr. John G. Sperling and Peter V. Sperling and each of their spouses and all of their lineal descendants and all spouses and adopted children of such descendants; (ii) all trusts for the benefit of any person described in clause (i) or established by Dr. John G. Sperling or Peter V. Sperling including, but not limited to, the John Sperling Voting Stock Trust and the Peter Sperling Voting Stock Trust, and all successors and trustees of such trusts; (iii) all legal representatives of any person or trust described in clauses (i) or (ii); and (iv) all partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other entities controlling, controlled by or under common control with any person, trust or other entity described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii). “Control” for these purposes shall mean the ability to influence, direct or otherwise significantly affect the major policies, activities or action of any person or entity.

“Permitted Investments” means:

(a) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and interest on which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America), in each case maturing within two years from the date of acquisition thereof;

(b) investments in commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of acquisition thereof and having, at such date of acquisition, the highest credit rating obtainable from S&P or from Moody’s;

(c) investments in certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and time deposits maturing within two years from the date of acquisition thereof issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any domestic office of any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has a combined capital and surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000;

(d) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than thirty (30) days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria described in clause (c) above;

21

(e) money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, (ii) are rated AA by S&P and Aa by Moody’s at the time of such purchase and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $3,000,000,000;

(f) investments that are consistent with Borrower’s investment policy, as in effect on the Effective Date and as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, with such changes thereto as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

(g) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes.

“Permitted Swap Agreement” mean each of (a) the Swap Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), (b) the Swap Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) any agreement entered into in connection with the ASR Transactions and (d) any other swap or hedging agreement consistent with the Borrower’s investment and hedging policies, as in effect on the Effective Date and as previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, with such changes thereto as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

“Pounds Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective.

“Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Revolving Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities

22

or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Equity Interests in the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and for the avoidance of doubt, any payment with respect to, or early unwind or settlement of, any Permitted Call Spread Swap Agreement shall not constitute a Restricted Payment.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans and Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans and its LC Exposure and Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Revolving Loan” means any Dollar Tranche Revolving Loan or Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loan.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means (i) the existing sale and leaseback transaction of the Borrower’s corporate headquarters in Phoenix, Arizona and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any property or asset by any Person after the date hereof with the intent to lease such property or asset as lessee.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Specified Obligations” means all obligations of the Borrower with respect to (a) principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans, (b) participations in Swingline Loans funded by the Revolving Lenders, (c) unreimbursed LC Disbursements and interest thereon and (d) all facility fees and Letter of Credit participation fees.

“Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves or other requirements) established by any central bank, monetary authority, the Board, the Financial Services Authority, the European Central Bank or other Governmental Authority for any category of deposits or liabilities customarily used to fund loans in the applicable currency, expressed in the case of each such requirement as a decimal. Such reserve, liquid asset, fees or similar requirements shall, in the case of Dollar denominated Loans, include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D of the Board. Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to be subject to such reserve, liquid asset, fee or similar requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulation D of the Board. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve, liquid asset or similar requirement.

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary the payment of which is subordinated to payment of the obligations under the Loan Documents.

23

“Subordinated Indebtedness Documents” means any document, agreement or instrument evidencing any Subordinated Indebtedness or entered into in connection with any Subordinated Indebtedness.

“subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled (without the consent of another Person that is not an Affiliate) by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

“Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means Apollo Global (so long as it is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty) and each Material Domestic Subsidiary that is a party to the Subsidiary Guaranty which, in the case of the Subsidiary Guaranty executed by Apollo Global, shall be limited as set forth therein. The Subsidiary Guarantors on the Effective Date are identified as such in Schedule 3.01 hereto.

“Subsidiary Guaranty” means that certain Guaranty dated as of the Effective Date in the form of Exhibit F (including any and all supplements thereto) and executed by each Subsidiary Guarantor, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be deemed a “Swap Agreement”: (i) any phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries, (ii) any stock option or warrant agreement for the purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower, (iii) the purchase of Equity Interests or Indebtedness (including securities convertible into Equity Interests) of Borrower pursuant to delayed delivery contracts or (iv) any of the foregoing to the extent that it constitutes a derivative embedded in a convertible security issued by the Borrower.

“Swingline Exposure” means, at any time, the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall be its Applicable Percentage of the total Swingline Exposure at such time.

“Swingline Lender” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder.

“Swingline Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.05.

“Syndication Agent” means each of Bank of America, N.A. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in its capacity as syndication agent for the credit facility evidenced by this Agreement.

24

“TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET2) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) for the settlement of payments in euro.

“Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, withholdings, assessments or fees imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax, or penalties applicable thereto.

“Tranche” means a category of Commitments and extensions of credit hereunder. For purposes hereof, each of the following comprises a separate Tranche: (a) Multicurrency Tranche Commitments, Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans, Multicurrency Tranche Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans and (b) Dollar Tranche Commitments, Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans and Dollar Tranche Letters of Credit.

“Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans and other credit extensions, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

“Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) as of the Effective Date, each of the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule 3.01 hereto as such; provided, however, that such Subsidiaries may, after the Effective Date, be re-designated as Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of Section 6.12, (b) any Subsidiary that has been designated by the chief financial officer of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.12 subsequent to the Effective Date (and, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), not subsequently designated as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with such Section) and (c) any subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

SECTION 1.02.Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Dollar Tranche Revolving Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Dollar Tranche Eurocurrency Revolving Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., a “Dollar Tranche Revolving Borrowing”) or by Type (e.g., a “Eurocurrency Borrowing”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “Dollar Tranche Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing”).

SECTION 1.03.Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include

25

the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. The word “law” shall be construed as referring to all statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all judgments, orders and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

SECTION 1.04.Accounting Terms; GAAP; Treatment of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; Pro Forma Calculations. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein (x) such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof and (y) the Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any convertible debt instrument shall be the actual cash interest paid on such security (and not an imputed interest expense associated with the equity component thereof) and (iii) without giving effect to any change in GAAP occurring after the Effective Date regarding the accounting treatment for Operating Leases such that any lease (whether in existence as of the Effective Date or thereafter incurred) that would, under GAAP as in effect on the Effective Date, be classified as an Operating Lease and as an expense item shall continue to be classified as an Operating Lease and expense item notwithstanding any change in GAAP as to the accounting treatment of such lease after the Effective Date.

26

(b) Except as otherwise agreed, all accounting and financial calculations and determinations shall be made without consolidating the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries with those of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, notwithstanding that such treatment is inconsistent with GAAP.

(c) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, disposition or investment or other similar transaction (and any issuance, incurrence, assumption or repayment of Indebtedness in connection with such acquisition, disposition, investment or other similar transaction), (i) shall in each case be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto (and, in the case of any pro forma computation made hereunder to determine whether such acquisition or disposition, or issuance, incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness, or other transaction is permitted to be consummated hereunder, to any other such transaction consummated since the first day of the period covered by any component of such pro forma computation and on or prior to the date of such computation) as if such transaction had occurred on the first day of theperiod of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements shall have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such financial statements, ending with the last fiscal quarter included in the financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a)), and, to the extent applicable, to the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, all in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, and (ii) in the case of any acquisition (including pursuant to a merger or consolidation), may reflect (for historical periods and the period of 365 days following such acquisition) pro forma adjustments for cost savings (net of continuing associated expenses and without duplication of any amounts that are otherwise included or added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA in accordance with the definition of such term) that the Borrower reasonably determines are probable based upon specifically identified actions to be taken within six months following such acquisition, to the extent such cost savings would be permitted to be reflected in financial statements prepared in compliance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act; provided that (x) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower, certifying the specific actions to be taken, the cost savings to be achieved from each such action, that such cost savings have been determined to be probable and the amount, if any, of any continuing associated expenses in connection therewith), together with reasonably detailed evidence in support thereof, (y) the aggregate additions to Consolidated EBITDA, for any period being tested, pursuant to clause (ii) above shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any Reference Period (as defined in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA) and (z) if any cost savings included in any pro forma calculations shall at any time cease to be determined to be probable, or shall not have been realized within 365 days of the consummation of such acquisition, then on and after such time pro forma calculations required to be made hereunder shall not reflect such cost savings. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Swap Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

SECTION 1.05.Regulatory Changes in the Consolidated DOE Ratio. If at any time any regulatory change in the Consolidated DOE Ratio would affect the computation of the Consolidated DOE Ratio or Section 6.11(c), and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in the Consolidated DOE Ratio; provided that, until so amended, such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with regulations referred to in the definition of the Consolidated DOE Ratio prior to such change therein.

27

ARTICLE II

The Credits

SECTION 2.01.Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) each Dollar Tranche Lender agrees to make Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) such Lender’s Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment or (ii) the sum of the total Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Dollar Tranche Commitments and (b) each Multicurrency Tranche Lender agrees to make Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans to the Borrower in Agreed Currencies from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (i) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of such Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Commitment, (ii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the sum of the Dollar Amount of the total Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the aggregate Multicurrency Tranche Commitments or (iii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the total outstanding Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans and Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure, in each case denominated in Foreign Currencies, exceeding the Foreign Currency Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans and Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans.

SECTION 2.02.Loans and Borrowings. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans of the same Class and Type made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments of the applicable Class. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required. Any Swingline Loan shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.05.

(b)Subject to Section 2.14, each Dollar Tranche Revolving Borrowing and each Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith; provided that each ABR Loan shall only be made in Dollars. Each Swingline Loan shall be an ABR Loan. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan (and in the case of an Affiliate, the provisions of Sections 2.14, 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 shall apply to such Affiliate to the same extent as to such Lender); provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(c)At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (or, if such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, 1,000,000 units of such currency) and not less than $5,000,000 (or if such Borrowing is denominated in a Foreign Currency, 5,000,000 units of such currency). At the time that each ABR Revolving Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Revolving Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the aggregate Dollar Tranche Commitments or the aggregate Multicurrency Tranche Commitments, as applicable, or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e). Each Swingline Loan shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $250,000 and not less than $500,000.

28

Borrowings of more than one Type and Class may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten (10) Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowings outstanding.

(d)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

SECTION 2.03.Requests for Revolving Borrowings. To request a Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request (a) by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower, promptly followed by telephonic confirmation of such request) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars) or by irrevocable written notice (via a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower) not later than four (4) Business Days (in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency), in each case before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) by telephone in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing; provided that any such notice of an ABR Revolving Borrowing to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as contemplated by Section 2.06(e) may be given not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such telephonic Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy (or otherwise in accordance with Section 9.01(b)) to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such telephonic and written Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)the aggregate amount of the requested Borrowing;

(ii)the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing and whether such Borrowing is to be a Dollar Tranche Revolving Borrowing or Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Borrowing;

(iv)in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Agreed Currency and initial Interest Period to be applicable thereto, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

(v)the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07.

If no election as to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified, then, in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the requested Revolving Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing extended by the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

29

SECTION 2.04.Determination of Dollar Amounts. The Administrative Agent will determine the Dollar Amount of:

(a) each Multicurrency Tranche Eurocurrency Borrowing as of the date two (2) Business Days prior to the date of such Borrowing or, if applicable, the date of conversion/continuation of any Borrowing as a Multicurrency Tranche Eurocurrency Borrowing,

(b) the LC Exposure as of the date of each request for the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit, and

(c) all outstanding Credit Events on and as of the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and, during the continuation of an Event of Default, on any other Business Day elected by the Administrative Agent in its discretion or upon instruction by the Required Lenders.

Each day upon or as of which the Administrative Agent determines Dollar Amounts as described in the preceding clauses (a), (b) and (c) is herein described as a “Computation Date” with respect to each Credit Event for which a Dollar Amount is determined on or as of such day.

SECTION 2.05.Swingline Loans. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender agrees to make Swingline Loans in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time during the Availability Period, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding that will not result in (i) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Swingline Loans exceeding $50,000,000 or (ii) the Dollar Amount of the total Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the total Multicurrency Tranche Commitments; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make a Swingline Loan to refinance an outstanding Swingline Loan. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Swingline Loans.

(b)To request a Swingline Loan, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such request by telephone (confirmed by telecopy), not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the day of a proposed Swingline Loan. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested date (which shall be a Business Day) and amount of the requested Swingline Loan. The Administrative Agent will promptly advise the Swingline Lender of any such notice received from the Borrower. The Swingline Lender shall make each Swingline Loan available to the Borrower by means of a credit to the general deposit account of the Borrower with the Swingline Lender (or, in the case of a Swingline Loan made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e), by remittance to the Issuing Bank) by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the requested date of such Swingline Loan.

(c)The Swingline Lender may by written notice given to the Administrative Agent not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day require the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders to acquire participations on such Business Day in all or a portion of the Swingline Loans outstanding. Such notice shall specify the aggregate amount of Swingline Loans in which Multicurrency Tranche Lenders will participate. Promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent will give notice thereof to each Multicurrency Tranche Lender, specifying in such notice such Multicurrency Tranche Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Multicurrency Tranche Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees, upon receipt of notice as provided above, to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Swingline Lender, such Multicurrency Tranche Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Percentage of such Swingline Loan or Loans. Each Multicurrency Tranche Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this

30

paragraph is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Multicurrency Tranche Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. Each Multicurrency Tranche Lender shall comply with its obligation under this paragraph by wire transfer of immediately available funds, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Multicurrency Tranche Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatismutandis, to the payment obligations of the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Swingline Lender the amounts so received by it from the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower of any participations in any Swingline Loan acquired pursuant to this paragraph, and thereafter payments in respect of such Swingline Loan shall be made to the Administrative Agent and not to the Swingline Lender. Any amounts received by the Swingline Lender from the Borrower (or other party on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of a Swingline Loan after receipt by the Swingline Lender of the proceeds of a sale of participations therein shall be promptly remitted to the Administrative Agent; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent shall be promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders that shall have made their payments pursuant to this paragraph and to the Swingline Lender, as their interests may appear; provided that any such payment so remitted shall be repaid to the Swingline Lender or to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, if and to the extent such payment is required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. The purchase of participations in a Swingline Loan pursuant to this paragraph shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof.

SECTION 2.06.Letters of Credit. (a) General. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may request the issuance of Multicurrency Tranche Letters of Credit denominated in Agreed Currencies and Dollar Tranche Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, in each case for its own account (or for the account of a Subsidiary), in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank, at any time and from time to time during the Availability Period. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any form of letter of credit application or other agreement submitted by the Borrower to, or entered into by the Borrower with, the Issuing Bank relating to any Letter of Credit, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control; and any grant of security in such application or agreement shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the letters of credit identified on Schedule 2.06 (the “Existing Letters of Credit”) shall be deemed to be “Letters of Credit” issued on the Effective Date for all purposes of the Loan Documents. The Borrower unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that, in connection with any Letter of Credit issued for the account of any Subsidiary as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph, the Borrower will be fully responsible for the reimbursement of LC Disbursements in accordance with the terms hereof, the payment of interest thereon and the payment of fees due under Section 2.12(b) to the same extent as if it were the sole account party in respect of such Letter of Credit (the Borrower hereby irrevocably waiving any defenses that might otherwise be available to it as a guarantor or surety of the obligations of such a Subsidiary that shall be an account party in respect of any such Letter of Credit).

(b)Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. To request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or the amendment, renewal or extension of an outstanding Letter of Credit), the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the Issuing Bank) to the Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be amended, renewed or extended, and specifying the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (which shall be a Business Day), the date on which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) of this

31

Section), the amount of such Letter of Credit, the Agreed Currency applicable thereto, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof, whether such Letter of Credit is a Multicurrency Tranche Letter of Credit or a Dollar Tranche Letter of Credit and such other information as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Bank with respect to the initial Letter of Credit hereunder, the Borrower also shall submit a letter of credit application on the Issuing Bank’s standard form in connection with any request for a Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if (and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of each Letter of Credit the Borrower shall be deemed to represent and warrant that), after giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (i) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure shall not exceed $500,000,000, (ii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the sum of the Dollar Amount of the total Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Multicurrency Tranche Commitments, (iii) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the sum of the total Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the total Dollar Tranche Commitments and (iv) subject to Sections 2.04 and 2.11(b), the Dollar Amount of the total outstanding Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans and Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure, in each case denominated in Foreign Currencies, shall not exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit.

(c)Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of (i) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) and (ii) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may contain customary automatic renewal provisions agreed upon by the Borrower and the Issuing Bank that provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referenced in clause (ii) above), subject to a right on the part of the Issuing Bank to prevent any such renewal from occurring by giving notice to the beneficiary in advance of any such renewal.

(d)Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the Issuing Bank hereby grants to each Lender, and each Lender in respect of the Tranche under which such Letter of Credit is issued (an “Applicable Lender”) hereby acquires from the Issuing Bank, a participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Applicable Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate Dollar Amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Applicable Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Issuing Bank, such Applicable Lender’s Applicable Percentage of each LC Disbursement made by the Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the Borrower on the date due as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section, or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to the Borrower for any reason. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.

(e)Reimbursement. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement in respect of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement by paying to the Administrative Agent in Dollars the Dollar Amount equal to such LC Disbursement, calculated as of the date the Issuing Bank made such LC Disbursement (or if the Issuing Bank shall so elect in its sole discretion by notice to the Borrower, in such other Agreed Currency which was paid by the Issuing Bank pursuant to such LC

32

Disbursement in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement) not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the Business Day following the date that such LC Disbursement is made, if the Borrower shall have received notice of such LC Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., Local Time, on such preceding Business Day, or, if such notice has not been received by the Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 12:00 noon, Local Time, on the second Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice if such notice is not received prior to such time on the day of receipt; provided that, if such LC Disbursement is not less than the Dollar Amount of $1,000,000, the Borrower may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 or 2.05 that such payment be financed with (i) to the extent such LC Disbursement was made in Dollars, an ABR Revolving Borrowing or Swingline Loan in Dollars in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement or (ii) to the extent such LC Disbursement was made in a Foreign Currency, a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing in such Foreign Currency in an amount equal to such LC Disbursement and, in each case, to the extent so financed, the Borrower’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Revolving Borrowing, Swingline Loan or Eurocurrency Borrowing, as applicable, on the date such reimbursement is required to be made. If the Borrower fails to make such payment when due, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Applicable Lender of the applicable LC Disbursement, the payment then due from the Borrower in respect thereof and such Applicable Lender’s Applicable Percentage thereof. Promptly following receipt of such notice, each Applicable Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage of the payment then due from the Borrower, in the same manner as provided in Section 2.07 with respect to Loans made by such Applicable Lender (and Section 2.07 shall apply, mutatismutandis, to the payment obligations of the Applicable Lenders), and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Applicable Lenders. Promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Applicable Lenders have made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Bank as their interests may appear. Any payment made by an Applicable Lender pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the Issuing Bank for any LC Disbursement (other than the funding of ABR Revolving Loans or a Swingline Loan as contemplated above) shall not constitute a Loan and shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse such LC Disbursement. If the Borrower’s reimbursement of, or obligation to reimburse, any amounts in any Foreign Currency would subject the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Multicurrency Tranche Lender to any stamp duty, ad valorem charge or similar tax that would not be payable if such reimbursement were made or required to be made in Dollars, the Borrower shall, at its option, either (x) pay the amount of any such tax requested by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the relevant Multicurrency Tranche Lender or (y) reimburse each LC Disbursement made in such Foreign Currency in Dollars, in an amount equal to the Equivalent Amount, calculated using the applicable Exchange Rates, on the date such LC Disbursement is made, of such LC Disbursement.

(f)Obligations Absolute. The Borrower’s obligation to reimburse LC Disbursements as provided in paragraph (e) of this Section shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Lenders nor the Issuing Bank, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer

33

of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of the Issuing Bank; provided that the foregoing sentences shall not be construed to excuse the Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Issuing Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(g)Disbursement Procedures. The Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of such demand for payment and whether the Issuing Bank has made or will make an LC Disbursement thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Borrower of its obligation to reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such LC Disbursement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(h)Interim Interest. If the Issuing Bank shall make any LC Disbursement, then, unless the Borrower shall reimburse such LC Disbursement in full on the date such LC Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest, for each day from and including the date such LC Disbursement is made to but excluding the date that the Borrower reimburses such LC Disbursement, at the rate per annum then applicable to ABR Revolving Loans (or in the case such LC Disbursement is denominated in a Foreign Currency, at the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate for such Agreed Currency plus the then effective Applicable Rate with respect to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans); provided that, if the Borrower fails to reimburse such LC Disbursement when due pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, then Section 2.13(c) shall apply. Interest accrued pursuant to this paragraph shall be for the account of the Issuing Bank, except that interest accrued on and after the date of payment by any Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section to reimburse the Issuing Bank shall be for the account of such Lender to the extent of such payment.

(i)Replacement of Issuing Bank. The Issuing Bank may be replaced at any time by written agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the replaced Issuing Bank and the successor Issuing Bank. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Lenders of any such replacement of the Issuing Bank. At the time any such replacement shall become effective, the Borrower shall pay all unpaid fees accrued for the account of the replaced Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.12(b). From and after the effective date of any such replacement, (i) the successor Issuing Bank shall have all the rights and obligations of the Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit to be issued thereafter and (ii) references herein to the term “Issuing Bank” shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the

34

replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit then outstanding and issued by it prior to such replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit.

(j)Cash Collateralization. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, on the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders (or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated, Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure) demanding the deposit of cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall deposit in an account with the Administrative Agent, in the name of the Administrative Agent and for the benefit of the Lenders, an amount in cash equal to 102.5% of the Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure as of such date plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that (i) the portions of such amount attributable to undrawn Foreign Currency Letters of Credit or LC Disbursements in a Foreign Currency that the Borrower is not late in reimbursing shall be deposited in the applicable Foreign Currencies in the actual amounts of such undrawn Letters of Credit and LC Disbursements and (ii) the obligation to deposit such cash collateral shall become effective immediately, and such deposit shall become immediately due and payable, without demand or other notice of any kind, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of Article VII. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Foreign Currency LC Exposure shall be calculated using the applicable Exchange Rates of the Administrative Agent on the date notice demanding cash collateralization is delivered to the Borrower. The Borrower also shall deposit cash collateral pursuant to this paragraph as and to the extent required by Section 2.11(b). Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral for the payment and performance of the Obligations. The Administrative Agent shall have exclusive dominion and control, including the exclusive right of withdrawal, over such account. Other than any interest earned on the investment of such deposits, which investments shall be made at the option and sole discretion of the Administrative Agent and at the Borrower’s risk and expense, such deposits shall not bear interest. Interest or profits, if any, on such investments shall accumulate in such account. Moneys in such account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to reimburse the Issuing Bank for LC Disbursements for which it has not been reimbursed and, to the extent not so applied, shall be held for the satisfaction of the reimbursement obligations of the Borrower for the LC Exposure at such time or, if the maturity of the Loans has been accelerated (but subject to the consent of Lenders with LC Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total LC Exposure), be applied to satisfy other Obligations. If the Borrower is required to provide an amount of cash collateral hereunder as a result of the occurrence of an Event of Default, such amount (to the extent not applied as aforesaid) shall be returned to the Borrower as promptly as practicable but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after all Events of Default have been cured or waived.

(k)Conversion. In the event that the Loans become immediately due and payable on any date pursuant to Article VII, all amounts (i) that the Borrower is at the time or thereafter becomes required to reimburse or otherwise pay to the Administrative Agent in respect of LC Disbursements made under any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit (other than amounts in respect of which the Borrower has deposited cash collateral pursuant to paragraph (j) above, if such cash collateral was deposited in the applicable Foreign Currency to the extent so deposited or applied), (ii) that the Multicurrency Tranche Lenders are at the time or thereafter become required to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent is at the time or thereafter becomes required to distribute to the Issuing Bank pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section in respect of unreimbursed LC Disbursements made under any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit and (iii) of each Multicurrency Tranche Lender’s participation in any Foreign Currency Letter of Credit under which an LC Disbursement has been made shall, automatically and with no further action required, be converted into the Dollar Amount, calculated using the Administrative Agent’s currency exchange rates on such date

35

(or in the case of any LC Disbursement made after such date, on the date such LC Disbursement is made), of such amounts. On and after such conversion, all amounts accruing and owed to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Multicurrency Tranche Lender in respect of the obligations described in this paragraph shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rates otherwise applicable hereunder.

SECTION 2.07.Funding of Borrowings. (a) Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds (i) in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars, by 12:00 noon, New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders and (ii) in the case of each Loan denominated in a Foreign Currency, by 12:00 noon, Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency and at such Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency; provided that Swingline Loans shall be made as provided in Section 2.05. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to (x) an account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City or Chicago and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, in the case of Loans denominated in Dollars and (y) an account of the Borrower in the relevant jurisdiction and designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request, in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency; provided that ABR Revolving Loans made to finance the reimbursement of an LC Disbursement as provided in Section 2.06(e) shall be remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Issuing Bank.

(b)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (including without limitation the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency) or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing.

SECTION 2.08.Interest Elections. (a) Each Revolving Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a different Type or to continue such Borrowing and, in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing. This Section shall not apply to Swingline Borrowings, which may not be converted or continued.

(b)To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election (by telephone or irrevocable written notice in the case of a Borrowing

36

denominated in Dollars or by irrevocable written notice (via an Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency) by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Revolving Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, this Section shall not be construed to permit the Borrower to (i) change the currency of any Borrowing, (ii) elect an Interest Period for Eurocurrency Loans that does not comply with Section 2.02(d) or (iii) convert any Borrowing to a Borrowing of a Type not available under the Class of Commitments pursuant to which such Borrowing was made.

(c)Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i)the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii)the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii)whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurocurrency Borrowing and whether the resulting Borrowing is to be a Dollar Tranche Revolving Borrowing or a Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Borrowing; and

(iv)if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurocurrency Borrowing, the Interest Period and Agreed Currency to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which Interest Period shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurocurrency Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

(d) Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

(e) If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period (i) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency in respect of which the Borrower shall have failed to deliver an Interest Election Request prior to the third (3^rd) Business Day preceding the end of such Interest Period, such Borrowing shall automatically continue as a Eurocurrency Borrowing in the same Agreed Currency with an Interest Period of one month unless such Eurocurrency Borrowing is or was repaid in accordance with Section 2.11. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower,

37

then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Revolving Borrowing denominated in Dollars may be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (iii) unless repaid, each Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency shall automatically be continued as a Eurocurrency Borrowing with an Interest Period of one month.

SECTION 2.09.Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000, (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Dollar Tranche Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the sum of the Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Dollar Tranche Commitments and (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Multicurrency Tranche Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the Dollar Amount of the sum of the Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures would exceed the total Multicurrency Tranche Commitments.

(c) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments of any Class under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments of any Class delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or other transactions, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments of any Class shall be made ratably among the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments of such Class.

SECTION 2.10.Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a)The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan on the Maturity Date in the currency of such Loan and (ii) to the Swingline Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Swingline Loan on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the first date after such Swingline Loan is made that is the 15th or last day of a calendar month and is at least five (5) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made; provided that on each date that a Revolving Borrowing is made, the Borrower shall repay all Swingline Loans then outstanding.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Class, Agreed Currency and Type thereof and the Interest Period

38

applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be primafacie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a form prepared by the Administrative Agent and reasonably acceptable to Borrower. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

SECTION 2.11.Prepayment of Loans.         

(a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part without penalty or premium (but subject to break funding payments required by Section 2.16), subject to prior notice in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.11(a). The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent (and, in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender) by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., Local Time, three (3) Business Days before the date of prepayment, (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Revolving Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, one (1) Business Day before the date of prepayment or (iii) in the case of prepayment of a Swingline Loan, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Revolving Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Revolving Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of an advance of a Revolving Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Revolving Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13 and (ii) break funding payments pursuant to Section 2.16.

(b) If at any time, (i) other than as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Revolving Credit Exposures of any Class (calculated, with respect to those Credit Events denominated in Foreign Currencies, as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event) exceeds the aggregate Commitments of such Class or (B) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the outstanding Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures denominated in Foreign Currencies (the “Foreign Currency Exposure”) (so calculated), as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event, exceeds the

39

Foreign Currency Sublimit or (ii) solely as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (A) the sum of the aggregate principal Dollar Amount of all of the Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated) exceeds 105% of the aggregate Multicurrency Tranche Commitments or (B) the Foreign Currency Exposure, as of the most recent Computation Date with respect to each such Credit Event, exceeds 105% of the Foreign Currency Sublimit, the Borrower shall in each case immediately repay Borrowings or cash collateralize LC Exposure in an account with the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.06(j), as applicable, in an aggregate principal amount sufficient to cause (x) the aggregate Dollar Amount of all Revolving Credit Exposures (so calculated) of each Class to be less than or equal to the aggregate Commitments of such Class and (y) the Foreign Currency Exposure to be less than or equal to the Foreign Currency Sublimit, as applicable.

SECTION 2.12.Fees. (a)The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Dollar Tranche Commitment and Multicurrency Tranche Commitment of such Lender (whether used or unused) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which the last of such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving Credit Exposure of any Class after its Commitment of such Class terminates, then such facility fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure of such Class from and including the date on which its Commitment of such Class terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Revolving Credit Exposure of such Class. Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the last of the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any facility fees accruing after the date on which such Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All facility fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

(b)The Borrower agrees to pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a participation fee with respect to its participations in Letters of Credit, which shall accrue at the same Applicable Rate used to determine the interest rate applicable to Eurocurrency Revolving Loans on the average daily Dollar Amount of such Lender’s LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date on which such Lender’s Commitment terminates and the date on which such Lender ceases to have any LC Exposure and (ii) to the Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, which shall accrue at the rate of 0.125% per annum on the average daily Dollar Amount of the LC Exposure (excluding any portion thereof attributable to unreimbursed LC Disbursements) attributable to Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the later of the date of termination of the last of the Commitments and the date on which there ceases to be any LC Exposure, as well as the Issuing Bank’s standard fees and commissions with respect to the issuance, amendment, cancellation, negotiation, transfer, presentment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or processing of drawings thereunder. Unless otherwise specified above, accrued participation fees and fronting fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Effective Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the date on which the last of the Commitments terminate and any such fees accruing after the date on which such Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. Any other fees payable to the Issuing Bank pursuant to this paragraph shall be payable within ten (10) days after demand. All participation fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). Participation fees and fronting fees in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars shall be paid in Dollars, and participation fees

40

and fronting fees in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency shall be paid in such Foreign Currency.

(c)The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(d)All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.12) and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent (or to the Issuing Bank, in the case of fees payable to it) for distribution, in the case of facility fees and participation fees, to the Lenders. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

SECTION 2.13.Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing (including each Swingline Loan) shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b)The Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest at the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

(d)Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and, in the case of Revolving Loans, upon termination of the applicable Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Revolving Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

(e)All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that interest (i) computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and (ii) for Borrowings denominated in Pounds Sterling shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days, and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted LIBO Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.14.Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Borrowing:

(a)the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted

41

LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

(b)the Administrative Agent is advised by the Majority in Interest of any Class that the Adjusted LIBO Rate or the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Revolving Borrowing to, or continuation of any Revolving Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be ineffective and, unless repaid, (A) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing and (B) in the case of a Eurocurrency Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, such Eurocurrency Borrowing shall be repaid on the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable thereto and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing in Dollars, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing (and if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing denominated in a Foreign Currency, such Borrowing Request shall be ineffective); provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then the other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

SECTION 2.15.Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i)impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in the Adjusted LIBO Rate) or the Issuing Bank;

(ii)impose on any Lender or the Issuing Bank or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein; or

(iii)subject the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, or any Lender to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Excluded Taxes, or (C) Other Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to the Administrative Agent or such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to increase the cost to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank hereunder, whether of principal, interest or otherwise (including, without limitation, pursuant to any conversion of any Borrowing denominated in an Agreed Currency into a Borrowing denominated in any other Agreed Currency), then the Borrower will pay to the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such

42

additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b)If any Lender or the Issuing Bank determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by the Issuing Bank, to a level below that which such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c)A certificate of a Lender or the Issuing Bank setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or the Issuing Bank or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be prima facie evidence of the matters set forth therein, absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d)Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Bank to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Bank pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Bank’s intention to claim compensation therefor; providedfurther that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

SECTION 2.16.Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default or as a result of any prepayment pursuant to Section 2.11), (b) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Eurocurrency Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(a) and is revoked in accordance therewith) or (d) the assignment of any Eurocurrency Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 or the CAM Exchange, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the actual loss, cost and expense of such Lender attributable to such event. Such loss, cost or expense to any Lender shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the principal amount of such Loan had such event not occurred, at the Adjusted LIBO Rate that would have been applicable to such Loan, exclusive of the applicable margin, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period for such Loan), over (ii) the amount of interest which would accrue on such principal amount for such period

43

at the interest rate which such Lender would bid were it to bid, at the commencement of such period, for deposits in the relevant currency of a comparable amount and period from other banks in the eurocurrency market. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be prima facie absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

SECTION 2.17.Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent, Lender or Issuing Bank (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes imposed on or incurred by the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the Issuing Bank to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Issuing Bank, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, for the actual full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent, such Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or the Issuing Bank, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender or the Issuing Bank, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(e) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate or withholding.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Foreign Lender shall duly complete and deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on

44

or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so, whichever of the following is applicable:

(i)Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party,

(ii)Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

(iii)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

(iv)Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by any required supporting statements or forms, including Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN (including, if applicable, a certificate described in paragraph (iii) above), Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY.

At the request of Borrower or the Administrative Agent, each Lender that is not a Foreign Lender shall deliver an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or other such documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

(f) If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.17, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.17 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that no Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 9.04(c) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any

45

reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (g).

(h) If a payment made to a Lender hereunder would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender's obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this paragraph (h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.18.Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

(a)The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or reimbursement of LC Disbursements, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to (i) in the case of payments denominated in Dollars, 12:00 noon, New York City time and (ii) in the case of payments denominated in a Foreign Currency, 12:00 noon, Local Time, in the city of the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency, in each case on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made (i) in the same currency in which the applicable Credit Event was made (or where such currency has been converted to euro, in euro) and (ii) to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 10 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603 or, in the case of a Credit Event denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Administrative Agent’s Eurocurrency Payment Office for such currency, except payments to be made directly to the Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender as expressly provided herein and except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments denominated in the same currency received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, if, after the making of any Credit Event in any Foreign Currency, currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that the type of currency in which the Credit Event was made (the “Original Currency”) no longer exists or the Borrower is not able to make payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by the Borrower hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of repayment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the Borrower takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or

46

exchange regulations.

(b)If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, unreimbursed LC Disbursements, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and unreimbursed LC Disbursements then due to such parties.

(c)If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Revolving Loans or participations in LC Disbursements or Swingline Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Revolving Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d)Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Bank hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the applicable Lenders or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Bank with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation (including without limitation the Overnight Foreign Currency Rate in the case of Loans denominated in a Foreign Currency).

(e)If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion

47

(notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under any such Section; in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

SECTION 2.19.Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(b)If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under the Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (and if a Commitment is being assigned, the Issuing Bank), which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in LC Disbursements and Swingline Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

SECTION 2.20.Expansion Option. The Borrower may from time to time elect to increase the total Dollar Tranche Commitments or Multicurrency Tranche Commitments in minimum increments of $25,000,000 so long as, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount of all such increases does not exceed $375,000,000. The Borrower may arrange for any such increase to be provided by one or more Lenders (each Lender so agreeing to an increase in its Commitment, an “Increasing Lender”), or by one or more new banks, financial institutions or other entities (each such new bank, financial institution or other entity, an “Augmenting Lender”), to increase their existing Commitments of any Class, or extend Commitments of any Class, as the case may be; provided that (i) each Augmenting Lender, shall be subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and (ii) (x) in the case of an Increasing Lender, the Borrower and such Increasing Lender execute an agreement substantially

48

in the form of Exhibit C hereto, and (y) in the case of an Augmenting Lender, the Borrower and such Augmenting Lender execute an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto. No consent of any Lender (other than the Lenders participating in the increase) shall be required for any increase in Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.20. Increases and new Commitments created pursuant to this Section 2.20 shall become effective on the date agreed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the relevant Increasing Lenders or Augmenting Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in any Class of the Commitments (or in the Commitment of any Class of any Lender) shall become effective under this paragraph unless, (i) on the proposed date of the effectiveness of such increase, (A) the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02 shall be satisfied or waived by the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and (B) the Borrower shall be in compliance (on a pro forma basis) with the covenants contained in Section 6.11 and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received authorizing resolutions and legal opinions consistent with those delivered on the Effective Date as to the corporate power and authority of the Borrower to borrow hereunder after giving effect to such increase. On the effective date of any increase in the Commitments of any Class, (i) each relevant Increasing Lender and Augmenting Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as the Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit of the other Lenders of such Class, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such increase and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other Lenders, each Lender’s portion of the outstanding Revolving Loans of such Class of all the Lenders to equal its Dollar Tranche Percentage or Multicurrency Tranche Percentage, as applicable, of such outstanding Revolving Loans, and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Class as of the date of any increase in the Commitments of such Class (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Revolving Loans of such Class, with related Interest Periods if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the Borrower, in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.03). The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be accompanied by payment of all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, in respect of each Eurocurrency Loan, shall be subject to indemnification by the Borrower pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.16 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods. Nothing contained in this Section 2.20 shall constitute, or otherwise be deemed to be, a commitment on the part of any Lender to increase its Commitment hereunder.

SECTION 2.21.Market Disruption. Notwithstanding the satisfaction of all conditions referred to in Article II and Article IV with respect to any Credit Event to be effected in any Foreign Currency, if (i) there shall occur on or prior to the date of such Credit Event any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls which would in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank (if such Credit Event is a Letter of Credit) or the Required Lenders make it impracticable for the Eurocurrency Borrowings or Letters of Credit comprising such Credit Event to be denominated in the Agreed Currency specified by the Borrower or (ii) an Equivalent Amount of such currency is not readily calculable, then the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower, the Lenders and, if such Credit Event is a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank, and such Credit Events shall not be denominated in such Agreed Currency but shall, except as otherwise set forth in Section 2.07, be made on the date of such Credit Event in Dollars, (a) if such Credit Event is a Borrowing, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related Credit Event Request or Interest Election Request, as the case may be, as ABR Loans, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent on such date that (i) it elects not to borrow on such date or (ii) it elects to borrow on such date in a different Agreed Currency, as the case may be, in which the denomination of such Loans would in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders be practicable and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the aggregate principal amount specified in the related Credit Event Request or Interest Election Request, as the case may

49

be or (b) if such Credit Event is a Letter of Credit, in a face amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the face amount specified in the related request or application for such Letter of Credit, unless the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent on such date that (i) it elects not to request the issuance of such Letter of Credit on such date or (ii) it elects to have such Letter of Credit issued on such date in a different Agreed Currency, as the case may be, in which the denomination of such Letter of Credit would in the reasonable opinion of the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders be practicable and in face amount equal to the Dollar Amount of the face amount specified in the related request or application for such Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.22.Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “specified currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non‑appealable judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) any amounts shared with other Lenders as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such Lender under Section 2.18, such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

SECTION 2.23.Senior Debt. The Borrower hereby designates all Obligations now or hereinafter incurred or otherwise outstanding, and agrees that the Obligations shall at all times constitute, senior indebtedness and designated senior indebtedness, or terms of similar import, which are entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions of all Subordinated Indebtedness.

SECTION 2.24.Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a)fees shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(a);

(b)the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Required Lenders or a Majority in Interest of any Class of Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender affected thereby;

50

(c)if any Swingline Exposure or LC Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(i)(A) all or any part of the Swingline Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Multicurrency Tranche Lenders in accordance with their respective Multicurrency Tranche Percentages but only to the extent (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Multicurrency Tranche Lenders’ Multicurrency Tranche Commitments and (2) each non-Defaulting Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment, (B) all or any part of the Dollar Tranche LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Dollar Tranche Lenders in accordance with their respective Dollar Tranche Percentages but only to the extent (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Dollar Tranche LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Dollar Tranche Lenders’ Dollar Tranche Commitments and (2) each non-Defaulting Lender’s Dollar Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Dollar Tranche Commitment and (C) all or any part of the Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Multicurrency Tranche Lenders in accordance with their respective Multicurrency Tranche Percentages but only to the extent (1) the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche LC Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Multicurrency Tranche Lenders’ Multicurrency Tranche Commitments and (2) each non-Defaulting Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Credit Exposure does not exceed such non-Defaulting Lender’s Multicurrency Tranche Commitment;

(ii)if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall within one (1) Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize for the benefit of the Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.06(j) for so long as such LC Exposure is outstanding;

(iii)if the Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is cash collateralized;

(iv)if the LC Exposure of the non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to clause (i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.12(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting Lenders’ Applicable Percentages; and

(v)if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure is neither reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any other Lender hereunder, all facility fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment that was utilized by such LC Exposure) and letter of credit fees payable under Section 2.12(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s LC Exposure shall be payable to the Issuing

51

Bank until and to the extent that such LC Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized; and

(d)so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and the Defaulting Lender’s then outstanding LC Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.24(c), and participating interests in any such newly made Swingline Loan or any newly issued or increased Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.24(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).

If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Parent of any Lender shall occur following the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank has a good faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, shall have entered into arrangements with the Borrower or such Lender, satisfactory to the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Bank each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and LC Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Dollar Tranche Revolving Loans of the other Lenders and/or Multicurrency Tranche Revolving Loans of the other Lenders (other than Swingline Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

SECTION 3.01.Organization; Powers; Subsidiaries. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required. Schedule 3.01 hereto identifies, as of the date hereof, each Subsidiary, noting whether such Subsidiary is a Material Domestic Subsidiary, Material Foreign Subsidiary and/or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case may be, the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of each class of its capital stock or other equity interests owned by the Borrower and the other Subsidiaries and, if such percentage is not 100% (excluding directors’ qualifying shares as required by law), a description of each class issued and outstanding. As of the date hereof, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock and other equity interests

52

of each Restricted Subsidiary are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and nonassessable and all such shares and other equity interests indicated on Schedule 3.01 as owned by the Borrower or another Subsidiary are owned, beneficially and of record, by the Borrower or any Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens (except Liens permitted under Section 6.02). As of the date hereof, there are no outstanding commitments or other obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to issue, and no options, warrants or other rights of any Person to acquire, any shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case unless otherwise disclosed in the Form 10-K of the Borrower filed October 20, 2011.

SECTION 3.02.Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the each Loan Party’s organizational powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability, partnership or similar organizational and, if required, shareholder, member, partner or similar action. The Loan Documents to which each Loan Party is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

SECTION 3.03.Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any indenture, material agreement or other material instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than pursuant to Section 9.08.

SECTION 3.04.Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2011 reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent public accountants. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Since August 31, 2011, there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 3.05.Properties. (a) Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its material businesses as currently conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes.

(b) Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or is licensed to use, all trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property material to its business, and the use thereof by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be

53

expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.06.Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.06(b), there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There are no labor controversies pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law or (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability.

(c)Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary is party or subject to any law, regulation, rule or order, or any obligation under any agreement or instrument, that has a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.07.Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with (i) all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property and (ii) all indentures, agreements and other instruments binding upon it or its property, except where, in each case, the failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.08.Investment Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of the Subsidiary Guarantors is an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 3.09.Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.10.ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 3.11.Disclosure. As of the Effective Date, the Borrower has disclosed to the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Information Memorandum nor any of the other written reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by

54

or on behalf of the Borrower or any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other written information so furnished), contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time and Administrative Agent and the Lenders acknowledge that actual results may vary from such projections and such variations may be material.

SECTION 3.12.Federal Reserve Regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan have been used or will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 3.13.Liens. There are no Liens on any of the real or personal properties of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except for Liens permitted by Section 6.02.

SECTION 3.14.No Default. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

SECTION 3.15.No Burdensome Restrictions. The Borrower is not subject to any Burdensome Restrictions except Burdensome Restrictions permitted under Section 6.08.

ARTICLE IV

Conditions

SECTION 4.01.Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which each of the following conditions is satisfied (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

(a)The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from (i) each party hereto either (A) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement and (ii) each initial Subsidiary Guarantor either (A) a counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty signed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor or (B) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page of the Subsidiary Guaranty) that such Subsidiary Guarantor has signed a counterpart of the Subsidiary Guaranty.

(b)The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of Alston & Bird LLP and Quarles & Brady LLP, counsels for the Loan Parties, substantially in the forms of Exhibits B-1 and B-2, respectively, and covering such matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request. The Borrower hereby requests such counsel to deliver such opinion.

(c) The Lenders shall have received (i) audited consolidated financial

55

statements of the Borrower for the two most recent fiscal years ended prior to the Effective Date as to which such financial statements are available, (ii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Borrower for each quarterly period ended subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph as to which such financial statements are publicly available and (iii) financial statement projections through and including the Borrower’s 2015 fiscal year, together with such information as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall reasonably request and as is reasonably available to the Borrower (including, without limitation, a detailed description of the assumptions used in preparing such projections).

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the initial Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to such Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel and as further described in the list of closing documents attached as Exhibit E.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been terminated and cancelled and all indebtedness thereunder shall have been fully repaid (except to the extent being so repaid with the initial Revolving Loans and other than the Existing Letters of Credit) and any and all liens thereunder shall have been terminated other than any credit facility or indebtedness described in Schedule 6.01.

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all material governmental and third party approvals necessary in connection with the Transactions have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced, reimbursement or payment of all out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

SECTION 4.02.Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing, and of the Issuing Bank to issue, amend, renew or extend (other than an automatic renewal or extension in accordance with its terms) any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

(a)The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the date of such

56

Borrowing or the date of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, unless specifically stated to have been made on a previous date, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in which case such representation and warranty shall be true and correct in all respects) as of such date.

(b)At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, as applicable, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing and each such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V

Affirmative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed (or cash collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 5.01.Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) within ninety (90) days (or one hundred and five (105) days to the extent permitted by the rules of the SEC) after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception and without any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(b) within forty-five (45) days (or fifty (50) days to the extent permitted by the rules of the SEC) after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, its consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period or periods of (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all certified by one of its Financial Officers as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and

57

the absence of footnotes;

(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred and, if a Default has occurred, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.11 (including the Borrower’s unaudited consolidating balance sheet and related statements of operations as of the end of each fiscal year and each fiscal quarter (as applicable for the reporting period being covered by such certificate)), (iii) stating whether any change in GAAP or in the application thereof has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 that affects such financial statements and, if any such change has occurred, specifying the effect of such change on the financial statements accompanying such certificate and (iv) listing each Subsidiary which has changed status from or to a Restricted Subsidiary, Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary Guarantor and identifying such Subsidiary as such as of the date of such certificate;

(d) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under clause (a) above, a report of the accounting firm that reported on such financial statements stating whether they obtained knowledge during the course of their examination of any failure of the Borrower to comply with the terms of Section 6.11 (which report may be limited to the extent required by accounting rules or guidelines);

(e) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Apollo Global, the consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows as of the end of and for such year for Apollo Global, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all prepared by a the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of Apollo Global which consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Apollo Global and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(f) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of said Commission, or with any national securities exchange, or distributed by the Borrower to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and

(g) promptly following any request therefor, such other information reasonably available to the Borrower regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender (coordinated through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request but only to the extent disclosure of such information would not violate any recognized attorney-client privilege.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks™ or a substantially similar electronic platform, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a

58

commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); or (ii) in the case of documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (f) of this Section 5.01, on which such documents are filed for public availability on the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering and Retrieval System; provided that the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents, if requested.

SECTION 5.02.Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt written notice of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default;

(b) the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority against or affecting the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(d) to the extent such disclosure is not prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

SECTION 5.03.Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors that are Restricted Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (i) its legal existence and (ii) the rights, qualifications, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, governmental authorizations and intellectual property rights material to the conduct of its business, and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, except, in the case of clause (ii), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution, sale, transfer, lease or other disposition permitted under Section 6.03.

SECTION 5.04.Payment of Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay its obligations, not constituting Indebtedness, including Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.05.Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause

59

each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in normal working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) self insure or maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

SECTION 5.06.Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or, during the continuation of an Event of Default, any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that representatives of the Borrower shall have the opportunity to be present at any meeting with its independent accountants.

SECTION 5.07.Compliance with Laws and Material Contractual Obligations. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (i) comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including without limitation Environmental Laws) and (ii) perform in all material respects its obligations under material agreements to which it is a party, in each case except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.08.Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only to finance the working capital needs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the financing of Permitted Acquisitions, the making of Restricted Payments and for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries including, without limitation, funding loans to Apollo Global and other transactions not prohibited by this Agreement. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations T, U and X.

SECTION 5.09.Subsidiary Guaranty. As promptly as possible but in any event within forty-five (45) days (or such later date as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent) after any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes a Material Domestic Subsidiary other than a Foreign Subsidiary Holdco (excluding Apollo Global), qualifies independently as, or is designated by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as, a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the definitions of “Material Domestic Subsidiary” and “Subsidiary Guarantor”, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with written notice thereof setting forth information in reasonable detail describing the material assets of such Person and shall cause each such Subsidiary which also qualifies as a Subsidiary Guarantor to deliver to the Administrative Agent a joinder to the Subsidiary Guaranty (in the form contemplated thereby) pursuant to which such Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof, such Subsidiary Guaranty to be accompanied by appropriate corporate resolutions, other corporate documentation (including, without limitation, identification information enabling Lenders to comply with “know-your-customer” and other laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority) and legal opinions in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

60

ARTICLE VI

Negative Covenants

Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated (or cash collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) and all LC Disbursements shall have been reimbursed, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

SECTION 6.01.Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) the Obligations and any other Indebtedness created under the Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof (including any existing Guarantees of Indebtedness) and set forth in Schedule 6.01 and extensions, renewals, refinancings and replacements of any such Indebtedness with Indebtedness of a similar type that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except for the inclusion in such refinancing amount of accrued interest and premiums with respect to the Indebtedness to be refinanced and transaction costs and expenses);

(c) intercompany Indebtedness constituting investments, loans or advances permitted under Sections 6.04(d), (e) or (f);

(d) Guarantees by (i) the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of Apollo Global or its subsidiaries provided that the principal amount of the Indebtedness guaranteed pursuant to this clause (d)(iii), when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of loans or advances to Apollo Global and its subsidiaries by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall not exceed the Maximum Apollo Global Guarantee and Intercompany Loan Amount;

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Capital Lease Obligations and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and extensions, renewals and replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (e) shall not exceed $125,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as an account party in respect of trade letters of credit;

(g) [Intentionally Omitted];

61

(h) (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by a Lien on any asset of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) unsecured Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (h) (excluding for purposes of this calculation (x) in the case of the Borrower, purchase money financing or Capital Leases and other Indebtedness of the type described in clause (e) hereof of the Borrower and incurred pursuant to clause (b) or clause (e) above and (y) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary, the Excluded Subsidiary Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary) shall not in the aggregate exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets (determined at the time of the incurrence thereof);

(i) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower so long as, at the time of the incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto, the Borrower is in pro forma compliance with the covenants under Section 6.11;

(j) in the event an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as such on the Effective Date is subsequently designated as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms hereof, the Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding as of the Effective Date (and any extensions, renewals, refinancings or replacements of such Indebtedness with Indebtedness of a similar type that does not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except for the inclusion in such refinancing amount of accrued interest and premiums with respect to the Indebtedness to be refinanced and transaction costs and expenses);

(k) Indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from agreements providing for indemnification, holdbacks, working capital or other purchase price adjustments, earn-outs, non-compete agreements, deferred compensation or similar obligations, or from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or dispositions permitted under Section 6.03 of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(l)Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any performance, surety, statutory, customs appeal bonds, return-of-money or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m)Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections, check endorsement guaranties, credit card programs for customers and employees and purchasing cards, store value cards and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts or cash management services, all in the ordinary course of business;

(n)[Intentionally Omitted]

(o) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, business interruption or liability insurance to Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, so long as such Indebtedness shall not be in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the annual period in which such Indebtedness is incurred; and

62

(p) obligations under any Permitted Swap Agreements.

SECTION 6.02.Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:

(a) (i) Permitted Encumbrances and (ii) Liens securing the Obligations and any other Indebtedness created under, and in accordance with, the Loan Documents;

(b) any Lien on any property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the date hereof (including purchase money Liens and Liens arising pursuant to Capital Leases) and set forth in Schedule 6.02; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date hereof and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except for the inclusion in such refinancing amount of accrued interest and premiums with respect to the obligations to be refinanced);

(c) [Intentionally Omitted];

(d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such security interests secure Indebtedness permitted by clause (e) of Section 6.01, (ii) such security interests and the Indebtedness secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such security interests shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) Liens on assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted above so long as the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such Liens does not at any time exceed the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(h)(i);

(f) licenses and sublicenses of patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(g) Liens on (i) insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto permitted under Section 6.01(o), (ii) dividends and rebates and other identifiable proceeds therefrom which may become payable under insurance policies and loss payments which reduce the incurred premiums on such insurance policies, (iii) rights which may arise under state insurance guarantee funds relating to any such insurance policy, in each case securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.01(o) and (iv) pledges or deposits of cash and cash equivalents securing deductibles, self-insurance, co-payment, co-insurance, retentions or similar obligations to providers of property, casualty or liability insurance

63

in the ordinary course of business;

(h) [Intentionally Omitted];

(i) (x) Liens securing intercompany Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01(c) so long as such Liens only encumber treasury stock of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and proceeds of the foregoing and (y) other Liens in favor of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) Liens on real property that is the subject of, and securing, Sale and Leaseback Transactions permitted by Section 6.03;

(k) Liens in existence as of the Effective Date securing Indebtedness described in Section 6.01(j) and any Lien securing any extension, refinancing or replacement thereof permitted by Section 6.01(j); provided that any such Lien does not extend to any additional assets or properties not covered on the Effective Date; and

(l) other Liens securing Indebtedness and obligations not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

SECTION 6.03.Fundamental Changes and Asset Sales. (a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any of its assets (including pursuant to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction), or any of the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

(i)any Person may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving corporation;

(ii)(A) any Restricted Subsidiary or Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate with a Loan Party in a transaction in which the surviving entity is such Loan Party (provided that any such merger or consolidation involving the Borrower must result in the Borrower as the surviving entity) and (B) any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge into or consolidate with any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(iii)(A) the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets to a Loan Party and/or Apollo Global and its subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of all such assets sold, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed to Apollo Global and its subsidiaries by Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 6.03(a)(iii)(A), together with investments in Equity Interests of, and capital contributions to, Apollo Global and its subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 6.04(f), in any case whether made prior to, on or after the Effective Date, shall not exceed $1,000,000,000 (provided further that any such assets sold, transferred, leased or disposed to Apollo Global and its subsidiaries shall not include any business unit or operations of University of Phoenix engaged primarily in U.S. education activities), and (B) any Subsidiary which is not a Subsidiary Guarantor may sell, transfer, lease or

64

otherwise dispose of its assets to another Subsidiary which is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(iv)the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may (A) sell inventory in the ordinary course of business, (B) effect sales, trade-ins or dispositions of used equipment for value in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (C) enter into licenses of technology in the ordinary course of business, (D) make any other sales, transfers, leases or dispositions that, together with all other property of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries previously leased, sold, transferred or disposed of as permitted by this clause (D) during any fiscal year of the Borrower, does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (determined as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year of the Borrower), and (E) dispose (including subleases of property no longer used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties) of obsolete, worn out or surplus property (including the abandonment of intellectual property or other assets no longer used or useful in the business of the Loan Parties);

(v)any Restricted Subsidiary may, liquidate or dissolve (or merge into another Person for such purpose) if the Borrower determines in good faith that such merger, liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially adverse to the Lenders;

(vi)any Restricted Subsidiary may merge into, liquidate or dissolve to effect a transaction otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(iv) or a Permitted Acquisition or disposition of assets in connection with any transaction permitted by Section 6.04;

(vii)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may write-off, discount, sell or otherwise dispose of defaulted or past due receivables and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business;

(viii)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Equity Intereststo qualify directors of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries where required by applicable law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Equity InterestsinForeignSubsidiaries or nominal shares for tax considerations;

(ix)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell non-core, duplicative or unnecessary assets acquired in Permitted Acquisitions;

(x)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make dispositions in connection with condemnation or casualty events;

(xi)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may license or sublicense intellectual property in the ordinary course of business;

(xii)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions of not greater than $50,000,000 during each fiscal year of the Borrower;

(xiii)the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make (x) dividends and distributions otherwise permitted under Section 6.07 and (y)  Investments permitted by Section 6.04; and

65

(xiv)the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Equity Interests to employees in connection with employee compensation arrangements.

(b)The Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change its fiscal year from the fiscal year in effect on the Effective Date.

SECTION 6.04.Investments, Loans, Advances, Guarantees and Acquisitions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, purchase, hold or acquire (including pursuant to any merger with any Person that was not a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary prior to such merger) any capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, make or permit to exist any loans or advances to, Guarantee any obligations of, or make or permit to exist any investment or any other interest in, any other Person, or purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) any Person or any assets of any other Person constituting a business unit (each such action being referred herein as an “Investment”), except:

(a) cash and Permitted Investments;

(b) Permitted Acquisitions;

(c) (i) investments by the Borrower existing on the date hereof in the capital stock of its Subsidiaries and (ii) other Investments described in Schedule 6.04 and extensions, renewals and replacements with a similar type thereof;

(d) Investments made by the Borrower in or to any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Apollo Global and its subsidiaries, unless Specified Conditions (as defined below) have been satisfied) and made by any Restricted Subsidiary in or to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than Apollo Global and its subsidiaries, unless Specified Conditions have been satisfied); it being understood that, for purposes of this clause (d), “Specified Conditions” shall be satisfied if (x) Apollo Global and its subsidiaries are re-designated as Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) at the time of the making of such Investment, Apollo Global is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(e) Investments made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Person (other than Apollo Global and its Subsidiaries) that is not a Loan Party; provided, that not more than $75,000,000 in such Investments may be outstanding at any one time;

(f) Investments made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Apollo Global or any of its subsidiaries; provided that (x) the aggregate amount of investments in Equity Interests of, or capital contributions to, Apollo Global and its subsidiaries made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Section 6.04(f) shall not, together with the aggregate amount of asset sales, transfers, leases or dispositions to, Apollo Global and its subsidiaries permitted pursuant to Section 6.03(a)(iii)(A) in each case whether prior to, on or after the Effective Date, exceed $1,000,000,000 and (y) the aggregate amount of the loans or advances to Apollo Global and its subsidiaries by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries plus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Apollo Global and its subsidiaries guarantied pursuant to clause 6.01(d)(iii) shall not exceed the Maximum Apollo Global Guarantee and Intercompany Loan Amount;

66

(g) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.01;

(h) any other Investment (including (x) acquisitions consummated pursuant to this clause (h) hereof (and not Permitted Acquisitions pursuant to clause (b) hereof) and (y) Investments in or to Apollo Global and its subsidiaries in the event the basket therefor in clause (f) above has been fully utilized) so long as the aggregate outstanding amount of all such Investments, when aggregated with the total consideration for acquisitions consummated pursuant to this clause (h) hereof (and not Permitted Acquisitions pursuant to clause (b) hereof), does not exceed $500,000,000; provided, however, that Investments deemed made pursuant to the designation of Apollo Global and its subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 6.12 hereof shall be excluded when determining basket usage under this clause (h);

(i) any Investment owned by, or committed to be acquired by, Apollo Global, its subsidiaries or any other Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement;

(j) investments in (i) any Equity Interests received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and (ii) deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business;

(k) loans and advances to employees of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

(l) Investments made after the Effective Date in joint ventures; provided, (i) immediately prior to the making of any such Investment, and after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all authorizations of applicable Governmental Authorities; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of all such Investments in joint ventures pursuant to this clause (l) does not exceed $100,000,000 in the aggregate;

(m) investments constituting Permitted Swap Agreements;

(n) investments arising out of the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of non-cash consideration for the sale of assets permitted under Section 6.03;

(o) loans made by the Borrower to officers and employees of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, the proceeds of which are used to purchase Borrower’s Equity Interests in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000; and

(p) to the extent permitted under Section 6.02, Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make (i) deposits in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices to secure the performance of operating leases and payment of utility contracts, (ii) good faith deposits required in connection with Permitted Acquisitions and joint ventures permitted under this Section 6.04 and (iii) escrowed money for dispositions and Permitted Acquisitions to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder.

SECTION 6.05.[Intentionally Omitted].

SECTION 6.06.Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will not, and will not permit

67

any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates involving consideration or payments in excess of $10,000,000, except (a) on terms and conditions not less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unrelated third parties, (b) transactions between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries not involving any other Affiliate, (c) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.07, (d) transactions otherwise permitted by Section 6.04 and (e) related party transactions described in Item 13 of the Borrower’s Form 10 K filed October 20, 2011 and incorporating by reference Note 19 of Item 8 and the Information Statement filed in connection therewith (and any extensions or renewals thereof so long as the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary incurs no additional material obligations thereunder).

This Section 6.06 shall not be deemed to restrict or prohibit:

(i)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into or performing any consulting, management or employment agreements or other compensation agreements with a director, officer or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ii)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from entering into, making payments pursuant to and otherwise performing an indemnification and contribution agreement in favor of any Permitted Holder and each person who is or becomes a director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in respect of liabilities (A) arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws or otherwise, in connection with any offering of securities by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (B) arising out of the fact that any indemnitee was or is a director, officer, agent or employee of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or is or was serving at the request of any such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or enterprise or (C) to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware or other applicable state law, arising out of any breach or alleged breach by such indemnitee of his or her fiduciary duty as a director or officer of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(iii) any tax sharing agreement between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 6.07.Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares of its common stock,

(b) Restricted Subsidiaries may declare and pay dividends ratably with respect to their Equity Interests,

(c) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit plans for management or employees of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries,

68

(d) the Borrower may enter into, exercise its rights and perform its obligations under Permitted Call Spread Swap Agreements,

(e) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of the dividend, if at the date of declaration the dividend payment would have complied with the provisions of Section 6.07(g),

(f) the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Capital Stock of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary) of, Capital Stock of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Disqualified Stock), and

(g) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto and (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payments and (y) the aggregate amount of all payments permitted by Section 6.09 made in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness does not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided, that the foregoing aggregate limitation for Restricted Payments set forth in this clause (g) shall not apply so long as at the time of the making of any such Restricted Payment, the Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto.

SECTION 6.08.Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to create, incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its property or assets to secure the Obligations, or (b) the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to holders of its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or advances to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:

(i)conditions imposed by any law, rule or regulation, under any of the Loan Documents or customary conditions on then-market terms (for the applicable Indebtedness) under any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01 (so long as, in the case of Indebtedness under Sections 6.01(b) or (j), the conditions imposed by any such Indebtedness which constitutes extended, renewed or replaced Indebtedness are not more restrictive than the applicable original Indebtedness);

(ii)conditions imposed by the holder of any Lien permitted by Section 6.02 with respect to the property purported to be encumbered by such Lien;

(iii)other restrictions not otherwise permitted by this Section and listed on Schedule 6.08;

(iv)any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and any extensions, renewals, or replacements thereof so long as any restrictions and conditions in such extended, renewed or replaced agreement are not more restrictive than the applicable original agreement);

69

(v)customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to any sale or disposition of any asset or property pending such sale or disposition; and

(vi)customary restrictions and conditions in (A) organizational documents (including joint venture agreements) and (B) agreements entered into by non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01.

SECTION 6.09.Subordinated Indebtedness and Amendments to Subordinated Indebtedness Documents. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly voluntarily prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, in each case, prior to the scheduled payment date, scheduled amortization date, due date or maturity thereof, any Subordinated Indebtedness or any Indebtedness from time to time outstanding under the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents; provided that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may voluntarily prepay, defease or in substance defease, purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, any Subordinated Indebtedness or any Indebtedness from time to time outstanding under the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would arise after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto and (ii) the sum of (x) the aggregate amount of all such prepayments, purchases, redemptions or other actions or acquisitions and (y) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments permitted to be made by Section 6.07(g) does not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year of the Borrower; provided, however, that the foregoing aggregate limitation contained in this subclause (ii) shall not apply so long as, at the time of the making of such prepayment, purchase, redemption or other action or acquisition, the Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00 immediately after giving effect (including pro forma effect) thereto. Furthermore, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents or any document, agreement or instrument evidencing any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents (or any replacements, substitutions, extensions or renewals thereof) or pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued where such amendment, modification or supplement amends, modifies or adds any provision thereof in a manner which (i) when taken as a whole, is materially adverse to the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary and/or the Lenders or (ii) is more onerous, when taken as a whole with any other applicable amendments, modifications or supplements, than the existing applicable provision in the Subordinated Indebtedness Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 6.09 shall not apply to any Indebtedness evidenced by Convertible Debt Securities.

SECTION 6.10.[Intentionally Omitted].

SECTION 6.11.Financial Covenants.

(a)Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the ratio (the “Leverage Ratio”), determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters ending on and after February 29, 2012, of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be greater than 2.50 to 1.00.

(b)Minimum Coverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the ratio (the “Coverage Ratio”), determined as of the end of each of its fiscal quarters ending on and after February 29, 2012, of (i) Consolidated EBITDAR to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense plus Consolidated Rent Expense, in each case for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, all calculated for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, to be less than 1.75 to 1.00.

70

(c)Minimum Consolidated DOE Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated DOE Ratio for itself and its Subsidiaries regulated by the DOE, determined as of the end of each of its fiscal years, to be less than 1.50 to 1.00.

SECTION 6.12.Designation of Subsidiaries.

(a) The chief financial officer of the Borrower, on behalf of the Borrower, may, at any time from and after the Effective Date, designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; providedthat (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 6.11 on a pro forma basis, (iii) subject to Section 6.12(c) in connection with a Global Unrestricted Re-Designation, if a Restricted Subsidiary is being designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder, such Restricted Subsidiary, together with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of such date of designation and immediately after giving effect thereto, must not have contributed both (x) greater than twenty percent (20%) of Consolidated Total Assets (but, notwithstanding the definition of Consolidated Total Assets, calculated inclusive of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries) and (y) greater than twenty percent (20%) of Consolidated EBITDA (but, notwithstanding the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated inclusive of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries), as of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) (or, if prior to the date of the delivery of the first financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), the most recent financial statements referred to in Section 3.04(a)) and (iv) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on more than two (2) occasions if it was previously designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (including any such designation as of the Effective Date). The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Effective Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither University of Phoenix, Inc. nor any other Subsidiary holding or conducting the University of Phoenix business shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(b) Except for Apollo Global, a designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall automatically and unconditionally release such Restricted Subsidiary from its guaranty of the Obligations (if any then exists) and it shall no longer constitute a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Borrower may, at its cost and expense, request that the Administrative Agent execute a separate guaranty release instrument to further evidence any guaranty release effected by this paragraph (b). The guarantee of the Obligations by Apollo Global executed and delivered on the Effective Date shall continue to be effective notwithstanding the designation of Apollo Global as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

(c) As of the Effective Date, the Borrower hereby designates Apollo Global and each of its subsidiaries listed on Schedule 3.01 as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. In the event Apollo Global and such subsidiaries are re-designated as Restricted Subsidiaries (a “Global Restricted Designation”) and then subsequently re-designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a “Global Unrestricted Re-Designation”), only any incremental increase in assets and EBITDA of Apollo Global and its subsidiaries during the period from the

71

Global Restricted Designation to the Global Unrestricted Re-Designation shall be included in determining whether such Global Unrestricted Re-Designation is permitted under Section 6.12(a)(iii) above.

ARTICLE VII

Events of Default

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any LC Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

(b) the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof or waiver hereunder or thereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof or waiver thereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in a material respect when made or deemed made;

(d) (i) the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence), 5.08 or 5.09 or in Article VI or (ii) any Loan Document shall for any reason not be or shall cease to be in full force and effect or is declared to be null and void, or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary takes any action for the purpose of terminating, repudiating or rescinding any Loan Document or any of its obligations thereunder;

(e) the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as applicable, shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) or any other Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of the Required Lenders);

(f) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable (after giving effect to any applicable grace period);

(g) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity or that enables or permits the holder or holders of any Material Indebtedness or any trustee or agent on its or their behalf to cause any Material Indebtedness to become due, or to require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance thereof, prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this clause (g) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ii) any early or other termination of an ASR

72

Transaction, (iii) any redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement with respect to any Convertible Debt Security pursuant to its terms unless such redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of the type that constitutes an Event of Default or (iv) any redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement with respect to any Convertible Debt Security pursuant to its terms unless such redemption, repurchase, conversion or settlement results from a default thereunder or an event of the type that constitutes an Event of Default;

(h) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for sixty (60) days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

(i) the Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

(j) the Borrower or any Material Restricted Subsidiary shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

(k) one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $75,000,000 (exclusive of amounts covered by creditworthy insurance that has not denied coverage) shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

(l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(m) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have received notice from a Governmental Authority of a final, non-appealable imposition of a fine, liability, disallowance or other sanction based upon a failure to comply in any material respect with any of the terms and provisions of any material license, permit or regulation issued by the DOE or of any Governmental Authority, unless the fine, liability disallowance or sanction imposed would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(n) a Change in Control shall occur;

73

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other Obligations accrued hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII

The Administrative Agent

Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf, including execution of the other Loan Documents, and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing as directed by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall

74

not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection with any Loan Document, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Bank and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) of the Borrower, to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Bank, with the consent (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) of the Borrower, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other

75

Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

None of the Lenders, if any, identified in this Agreement as a Syndication Agent or Co-Documentation Agent shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of such Lenders shall have or be deemed to have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender hereby makes the same acknowledgments with respect to the relevant Lenders in their respective capacities as Syndication Agent or Co-Documentation Agents, as applicable, as it makes with respect to the Administrative Agent in the preceding paragraph.

The Lenders are not partners or co-venturers, and no Lender shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Administrative Agent) authorized to act for, any other Lender.

ARTICLE IX

Miscellaneous

SECTION 9.01.Notices. (a) Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(i)if to the Borrower, to it at Apollo Group, Inc., 4025 South Riverpoint Parkway, Phoenix, Arizona 85040, Attention of Brian Swartz, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Telecopy No. (602) 383-5400; Telephone No. (602) 557-1534; Email: brian.swartz@apollogrp.edu) and Scott Wenhold, Vice President and Treasurer (Telecopy No. (602) 794-4845; Telephone No. (602) 557-7796; Email: scott.wenhold@apollogrp.edu);

(ii)if to the Administrative Agent, (A) in the case of Borrowings denominated in Dollars, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Joyce King (Telecopy No. (888) 292-9533; Telephone No. (312) 385-7025; Email: joyce.p.king@jpmchase.com, with a copy to: jpm.agency.servicing.4@jpmchase.com) and (B) in the case of Borrowings denominated in Foreign Currencies, to J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, 125 London Wall, London EC2Y 5AJ, Attention of: The Manager, Loan & Agency Services (Telecopy No. 44 207 777 2360), and in each case with a copy to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 2200 Ross Avenue, 3^rd Floor, TX1-2903, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention of Gregory T. Martin (Telecopy No. (214) 965-2171);

(iii)if to the Issuing Bank, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn Street, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Joyce King (Telecopy No. (888) 292-9533; Telephone No. (312) 385-7025; Email: joyce.p.king@jpmchase.com, with a copy to: jpm.agency.servicing.4@jpmchase.com);

(iv)if to the Swingline Lender, to it at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 10 South Dearborn

76

Street, Chicago, IL 60603, Attention of Joyce King (Telecopy No. (888) 292-9533; Telephone No. (312) 385-7025; Email: joyce.p.king@jpmchase.com, with a copy to: jpm.agency.servicing.4@jpmchase.com); and

(v)if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

(b)Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(c)Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

SECTION 9.02.Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of any Loan Document or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase any Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest (other than an increased rate pursuant to Section 2.13(c)) thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or LC Disbursement, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, or alter the manner in which payments or prepayments of principal, interest or other amounts hereunder shall be applied as among the Lenders or Types of Loans, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision

77

hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders (or Lenders of any Class) required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender (or each Lender of such Class, as the case may be), (vi) except to the extent in connection with the disposition, merger, liquidation, consolidation or other transfer of the Subsidiary Guarantor(s) to the extent permitted hereunder, release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty, without the written consent of each Lender or (vii) change any provisions of Article X without the written consent of each Lender; providedfurther that (A) no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be and (B) any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of the Lenders of one Class (but not the Lenders of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the requisite percentage of the affected Class of Lenders.

(c)Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (x) to add one or more credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Revolving Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Lenders.

(d) If, in connection with any proposed amendment, waiver or consent requiring the consent of “each Lender” or “each Lender affected thereby,” the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other necessary Lenders is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is necessary but not obtained being referred to herein as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then the Borrower may elect to replace a Non-Consenting Lender as a Lender party to this Agreement, provided that, concurrently with such replacement, (i) another bank or other entity which is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall agree, as of such date, to purchase for cash the Loans and other Obligations due to the Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption and to become a Lender for all purposes under this Agreement and to assume all obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender to be terminated as of such date and to comply with the requirements of clause (b) of Section 9.04, and (ii) to the extent not reflected in the purchase price paid by such replacement Lender, the Borrower shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender in same day funds on the day of such replacement (1) all interest, fees and other amounts then accrued but unpaid to such Non-Consenting Lender by the Borrower hereunder to and including the date of termination, including without limitation payments due to such Non-Consenting Lender under Sections 2.15 and 2.17, and (2) an amount, if any, equal to the payment which would have been due to such Lender on the day of such replacement under Section 2.16 had the Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender been prepaid on such date rather than sold to the replacement Lender.

(e)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Administrative Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

SECTION 9.03.Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction) for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication and distribution (including,

78

without limitation, via the internet or through a service such as Intralinks) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction) for the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Bank and one additional counsel for all of the Lenders (and additional counsel as any Lender or group of Lenders reasonably determines are necessary in light of actual or potential conflicts of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and any other Loan Document, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, each Syndication Agent, each Documentation Agent and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from (x) the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Parties or (y) a material breach by such Indemnitee of its express contractual obligations under the Loan Documents pursuant to a claim made by the Borrower.

(c) To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount (it being understood that the Borrower’s failure to pay any such amount shall not relieve the Borrower of any default in the payment thereof); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender in its capacity as such.

79

(d) To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee (i) for any damages arising from the use by others of information or other materials obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet), or (ii) on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the Transactions, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.

(e) All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than thirty (30) days after written demand therefor supported by reasonable detail of the amounts so demanded.

SECTION 9.04.Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b)(i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees, which assignee is an Eligible Assignee and is not a Competitor, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) of:

(A) the Borrower (provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof); provided, further, that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default described in paragraphs (a), (b), (h), (i) or (j) of Article VII has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee;

(B) the Administrative Agent; and

(C) the Issuing Bank.

(ii)Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the applicable Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the

80

Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Borrower and its affiliates and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and state securities laws.

For the purposes of this Section 9.04(b), the term “Approved Fund” has the following meaning:

“Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii)Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 9.04 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

(iv)The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans and LC Disbursements owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent,

81

the Issuing Bank and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Bank and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v)Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.05(c), 2.06(d) or (e), 2.07(b), 2.18(d) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c)    (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities, none of which is a Competitor (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16 and 2.17 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.18(c) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Commitments, Loans, and other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under this Agreement) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

82

(ii)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender.

(d)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including without limitation any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

SECTION 9.05.Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit and the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any provision hereof or thereof.

SECTION 9.06.Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 9.07.Severability. Any provision of any Loan Document held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions thereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

83

SECTION 9.08.Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final and in whatever currency denominated) at any time held and other obligations at any time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor against any of and all of the Obligations held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under the Loan Documents and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower upon exercising its right of set-off.

SECTION 9.09.Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

(b) The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to any Loan Document, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

SECTION 9.10.WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS

84

AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

SECTION 9.11.Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 9.12.Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (collectively, the “Lender Professionals”) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) and each Lender shall be liable for any failures of its respective Lender Professionals to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process (in which case the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and such Lender agrees, to the extent practicable and not prohibited by applicable law, to inform the Borrower promptly thereof prior to disclosure), (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 9.13.USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors and other information that will allow such Lender to reasonably identify the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 9.14.Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in

85

respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

SECTION 9.15.No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Lenders and their Affiliates, on the other hand, (B) the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) the Borrower is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each of the Lenders and their Affiliates is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except, in the case of a Lender, those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) each of the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and no Lender or any of its Affiliates has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower or its Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against each of the Lenders and their Affiliates with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

ARTICLE X

COLLECTION ALLOCATION MECHANISM EXCHANGE

(a) On the CAM Exchange Date, (i) the Commitments shall automatically and without further act be terminated as provided in Article VII, (ii) the principal amount of each Revolving Loan and LC Disbursement denominated in a Foreign Currency shall automatically and without any further action required, be converted into Dollars determined using the Exchange Rates calculated as of the CAM Exchange Date, equal to the Dollar Amount of such amount and on and after such date all amounts accruing and owed to any Lender in respect of such Obligations shall accrue and be payable in Dollars at the rates otherwise applicable hereunder and (iii) the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have made reciprocal purchases of interests in the Specified Obligations such that, in lieu of the interests of each Lender in the particular Specified Obligations that it shall own as of such date and immediately prior to the CAM Exchange, such Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender's CAM Percentage in each Specified Obligation. Each Lender, each Person acquiring a participation from any Lender as contemplated by Section 9.04, and the Borrower hereby consents and agrees to the CAM Exchange. The Borrower and the Lenders agree from time to time to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect to the CAM Exchange, and each Lender agrees to surrender any promissory notes originally received by it hereunder to the

86

Administrative Agent against delivery of any promissory notes so executed and delivered; provided that the failure of the Borrower to execute or deliver or of any Lender to accept any such promissory note, instrument or document shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the CAM Exchange.

(b) As a result of the CAM Exchange, on and after the CAM Exchange Date, (i) each payment received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any Loan Document in respect of the Specified Obligations shall be distributed to the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective CAM Percentages (to be redetermined as of each such date of payment or distribution to the extent required by paragraph (c) below) and (ii) Section 2.17(e) shall not apply with respect to any Taxes required to be withheld or deducted by the Borrower from or in respect of payments hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Agent that exceed the Taxes the Borrower would have been required to withhold or deduct from or in respect of payments to such Lender or the Administrative Agent had such CAM Exchange not occurred.

(c) In the event that, on or after the CAM Exchange Date, the aggregate amount of the Specified Obligations shall change as a result of the making of an LC Disbursement by the Issuing Bank that is not reimbursed by the Borrower, then (i) each Lender shall, in accordance with Section 2.06(d), promptly purchase from the Issuing Bank the Dollar equivalent of a participation in such LC Disbursement in the amount of such Lender's Applicable Percentage of such LC Disbursement (without giving effect to the CAM Exchange), (ii) the Administrative Agent shall redetermine the CAM Percentages after giving effect to such LC Disbursement and the purchase of participations therein by the applicable Lenders, and the Lenders shall automatically and without further act be deemed to have made reciprocal purchases of interests in the Specified Obligations such that each Lender shall own an interest equal to such Lender’s CAM Percentage in each of the Specified Obligations and (iii) in the event distributions shall have been made in accordance with clause (i) of paragraph (b) above, the Lenders shall make such payments to one another in Dollars as shall be necessary in order that the amounts received by them shall be equal to the amounts they would have received had each LC Disbursement been outstanding immediately prior to the CAM Exchange. Each such redetermination shall be binding on each of the Lenders and their successors and assigns in respect of the Specified Obligations held by such Persons and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Nothing in this Article shall prohibit the assignment by any Lender of interests in some but not all of the Specified Obligations held by it after giving effect to the CAM Exchange; provided, that in connection with any such assignment such Lender and its assignee shall enter into an agreement setting forth their reciprocal rights and obligations in the event of a redetermination of the CAM Percentages as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph (c).

[Signature Pages Follow]

87

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

APOLLO GROUP, INC., as the Borrower
By	/s/ Brian Swartz
	Name: Brian Swartz
	Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., individually as a Lender, as the Swingline Lender, as the Issuing Bank and as Administrative Agent
By	/s/ Gregory T. Martin
	Name: Gregory T. Martin
	Title: Vice President

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and as a Syndication Agent
By	/s/ Michael K. Walker
	Name: Michael K. Walker
	Title: Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a Lender and as a Syndication Agent
By	/s/ David R. Barney
	Name: David R. Barney
	Title: Senior Vice President

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender and as a Documentation Agent
By	/s/ Blake Malia
	Name: Blake Malia
	Title: Vice President

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

Apollo Group, Inc.

NATIONAL BANK OF ARIZONA, as a Lender and as a Documentation Agent
By	/s/ L.J. Willis
	Name: L.J. Willis
	Title: AVP

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender and as a Documentation Agent
By	/s/ Sherrese Clarke
	Name: Sherrese Clarke
	Title: Authorized Signatory

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender and as a Documentation Agent
By	/s/ David Barton
	Name: David Barton
	Title: Director

THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY, as a Lender
By	/s/ John Lascody
	Name: John Lascody
	Title: Vice President

BOKF, NA d/b/a Bank of Arizona
By	/s/ Christine A. Nowaczyk
	Name: Christine A. Nowaczyk
	Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

Apollo Group, Inc.

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By	/s/ Shaheen Malik
	Name: Shaheen Malik
	Title: Vice President
By	/s/ Alex Verdone
	Name: Alex Verdone
	Title: Associate

E. SUN COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD., LOS ANGELES BRANCH, as a Lender
By	/s/ Edward Chen
	Name: Edward Chen
	Title: VP & General Manager

MERIDIAN BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By	/s/ Frank J. Gorman
	Name: Frank J. Gorman
	Title: Executive Vice President

BANK OF TAIWAN, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By	/s/ Kevin H. Hsieh
	Name: Kevin H. Hsieh
	Title: VP & General Manager

Signature Page to Credit Agreement

Apollo Group, Inc.

SCHEDULE 2.01COMMITMENTS

LENDER	DOLLAR TRANCHE COMMITMENT		MULTICURRENCY TRANCHE COMMITMENT		TOTAL COMMITMENT
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.	$	34,426,229.51	$	65,573,770.49	$	100,000,000.00
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION	$	34,426,229.51	$	65,573,770.49	$	100,000,000.00
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.	$	34,426,229.51	$	65,573,770.49	$	100,000,000.00
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION	$	22,377,049.18	$	42,622,950.82	$	65,000,000.00
NATIONAL BANK OF ARIZONA	$	17,213,114.75	$	32,786,885.25	$	50,000,000.00
MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.	$	17,213,114.75	$	32,786,885.25	$	50,000,000.00
BARCLAYS BANK PLC	$	17,213,114.75	$	32,786,885.25	$	50,000,000.00
THE NORTHERN TRUST COMPANY	$	12,049,180.33	$	22,950,819.67	$	35,000,000.00
BOKF, NA d/b/a BANK OF ARIZONA	$	12,049,180.33	$	22,950,819.67	$	35,000,000.00
CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH	$	5,163,934.43	$	9,836,065.57	$	15,000,000.00
E. SUN COMMERCIAL BANK, LTD., LOS ANGELES BRANCH	$	10,000,000.00	$	—	$	10,000,000.00
MERIDIAN BANK, N.A.	$	3,442,622.95	$	6,557,377.05	$	10,000,000.00
BANK OF TAIWAN, NEW YORK BRANCH	$	5,000,000.00	$	—	$	5,000,000.00
TOTAL COMMITMENTS	$	225,000,000	$	400,000,000	$	625,000,000

SCHEDULE 2.02

MANDATORY COST

1. The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

2. On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Administrative Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “Associated Costs Rate”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Associated Costs Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

3. The Associated Costs Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Administrative Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Administrative Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

4. The Associated Costs Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Administrative Agent as follows:

(a) in relation to a Loan in Pounds Sterling:

AB + C(B - D) + E x 0.01	per cent. per annum
100 - (A + C)

(b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than Pounds Sterling:

E x 0.01	per cent. per annum
300

Where:

A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Applicable Rate and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in Section 2.13(c)) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Administrative Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Administrative Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

5. For the purposes of this Schedule:

(a) “Eligible Liabilities” and “Special Deposits” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

(b) “Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Administrative Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c) “Fees Rules” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

(d) “Fee Tariffs” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate);

(e) “Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to economic and monetary union.

(f) “Reference Banks” means, in relation to Mandatory Cost, the principal London offices of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

(g) “Tariff Base” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

(h) “Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by the Borrower under the Loan Documents.

6. In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages

(i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

7. If requested by the Administrative Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Administrative Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

8. Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of calculating its Associated Costs Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

(a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

(b) any other information that the Administrative Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

9. The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Administrative Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Administrative Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

10. The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Associated Costs Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

11. The Administrative Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Associated Costs Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

12. Any determination by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Associated Costs Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

13. The Administrative Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the relevant

Lenders, determine and notify to all parties hereto any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule 2.02 in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

SCHEDULE 2.06

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT

Letter of Credit No. L5LS-947363 issued by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. for the account of Apollo Group, Inc. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A., London Branch, dated as of July 11, 2011, in an amount of GBP 3,200,000, as amended.

SCHEDULE 3.01

SUBSIDIARIES

	Name	State/Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Owner	Ownership Percentage	Material Domestic Sub?	Restricted (R) / Unrestricted (UR)
1.	Apollo Development Corp.	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
2.	Riverpoint Lots 1/3/5, LLC	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
3.	Riverpoint Lot 2, LLC	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
4.	Apollo Group China, LLC	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
5.	Apollo Education Services, LLC	Delaware	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
6.	The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
7.	The College for Financial Planning, Inc.	Arizona	The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation	100%	No	R
8.	Institute for Professional Development	California	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
9.	Carnegie Learning, Inc.	Pennsylvania	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
10.	The University of Phoenix, Inc.	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	Yes	R
11.	Global Education Partner, Inc.	Arizona	The University of Phoenix, Inc.	100%	No	R
12.	International Education Partner, Inc.	Arizona	The University of Phoenix, Inc.	100%	No	R

13.	University of Phoenix International, CV	Netherlands	The University of Phoenix, Inc. International Education Partner, Inc. Global Education Partner, Inc.	80% 10% 10%	No	R
14.	University of Phoenix Europe, B.V.	Netherlands	University of Phoenix International, CV	100%	No	R
15.	Apollo Canada Holding Company	Arizona	The University of Phoenix, Inc.	100%	No	R
16.	University of Phoenix, ULC	Canada	Apollo Canada Holding Co.	100%	No	R
17.	University of Phoenix-Michigan, Inc.	Michigan	The University of Phoenix, Inc.	100%	No	R
18.	Apollo Global, Inc.	Delaware	Apollo Group, Inc.	85.6%1	No	UR
19.	Apollo Global Dutch GP, LLC	Delaware	Apollo Global, Inc.	100%	No	UR
20.	Helios International (Netherlands), C.V.	Netherlands	Apollo Global, Inc. Apollo Global Dutch GP, Inc.	99.9% 0.1%	No	UR
21.	Apollo Global Dutch Coop, LLC	Delaware	Helios International (Netherlands), C.V.	100%	No	UR
22.	Apollo Global Singapore Holdings Pte. Ltd	Singapore	Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A.	100%	No	UR
23.	Cooperative Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A.	Netherlands	Helios International (Netherlands), C.V. Apollo Global Dutch COOP, LLC	99.9% 0.1%	No	UR
1Common Series A Voting stock at $0.001 par 100% held by Apollo Group, Inc.; Common Series B Voting stock at $0.001 par 100% held by other Persons that are not Affiliates.

24.	Apollo Global Chile, S.A.	Chile	Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A. Apollo Global, Inc.	99.9% 0.1%	No	UR
25.	Instituto Superior de Artes y Ciencias de la Communicacion S.A.	Chile	Apollo Global Chile, S.A. Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands U.A.	99.9% 0.00001%	No	UR
26.	Universidad de Artes, Ciencias y Communicacion (UNIACC)	Chile	Apollo Global Chile, S.A. Instituto Superior de Artes y Ciencias de la Communicacion S.A. Apollo Global Dutch COOP, LLC	Member2 Member Member	No	UR
27.	Apollo Chile Comunicaciones, Limitada	Chile	Apollo Global Chile, S.A Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A.	99% 1%	No	UR
28.	Sociedad de Transportes Trans-Guil Ltda.	Chile	Apollo Global Chile, S.A. Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A.	99% 1%	No	UR
29.	Apollo Global Mexico S. de R.L. de C. V.	Mexico	Cooperatieve Apollo Global Netherlands, U.A. Apollo Global, Inc.	99.997% 0.003%	No	UR
2 UNIACC is a non-profit entity, the members of which share equal rights without specified ownership percentages.

30.	Apollo Global Mexico Sub, S. de R.L. de C.V.	Mexico	Apollo Global Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. Instituto Superior de Artes y Ciencias de la Communicacion S.A.	99.9999% 0.0001%	No	UR
31.	Universidad Latinoamericana, S.C.	Mexico	Apollo Global Mexico Sub, S. de R.L. de C.V. Apollo Global Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.	99.99% 0.01%	No	UR
32.	Apollo UK Acquisition Company Limited	United Kingdom	Apollo Global, Inc.	100%	No	UR
33.	BPP Holdings Limited	United Kingdom	Apollo UK Acquisition Company Limited	100%	No	UR
34.	BPP China Limited	Hong Kong	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
35.	BPP Consultancy (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.	China	BPP China Limited	100%	No	UR
36.	BPP Services Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
37.	BPP Learning Media Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Services Ltd.	100%	No	UR
38.	BPP Professional Education Ltd	United Kingdom	BPP Services Ltd.	100%	No	UR
39.	BPP Actuarial Education Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	59.2%3	No	UR
40.	BPP Professional Education Inc.	Delaware	BPP Actuarial Education Ltd.	100%	No	UR
41.	Actuarial Education Company Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Actuarial Education Ltd.	99%4	No	UR
42.	BPP University College of Professional Studies Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
3Ordinary Shares of 0.01p each
4Ordinary Shares of 0.01p each

43.	Mander Portman Woodward Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
44.	BPP Cambridge Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
45.	BPP Croydon Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
46.	BPP Glasgow Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
47.	BPP Liverpool Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
48.	BPP Maidstone Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
49.	BPP Notthingham Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
50.	BPP Wales Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
51.	BPP Hyperion Training Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
52.	BPP Newcastle Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
53.	Malpas Flexible Learning Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
54.	Lingaurama Alton PLC	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
55.	EQL International Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
56.	BPP CPD Courses Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
57.	BPP Dublin Ltd.	Ireland	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
58.	BPP Publishing (Ireland) Ltd.	Ireland	BPP Dublin Ltd.	100%	No	UR
59.	BPP Offshore Group Ltd.	Jersey	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
60.	BPP (Cl) Ltd.	Jersey	BPP Offshore Group Ltd.	100%	No	UR
61.	Happy Café Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
62.	Hyperion B.V.	Netherlands	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
63.	BPP International Ltd.	United Kingdom	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
64.	BPP Professional Education EOOD	Bulgaria	BPP International Ltd.	100%	No	UR
65.	BPP International Investments Limited	United Kingdom	BPP International Ltd.	100%	No	UR
66.	BPP Professional Education SP Z.o.o.	Poland	BPP International Investments Limited	100%	No	UR

67.	Business Training Romania Srl	Romania	BPP International Ltd.	100%	No	UR
68.	BPP Ceska Republica S.R.O.	Czech Republic	BPP International Ltd.	100%	No	UR
69.	BPP International Limited Fiokelpe	Hungary	BPP International Ltd.	100%	No	UR
70.	BPP International Limited Organizacna Zlozka	Slovakia	BPP International Ltd	100%	No	UR
71.	BPP Netherlands BV	Netherlands	BPP Holdings Limited	100%	No	UR
72.	St. Opleiding instituut Brabant O.I.B.	Netherlands	BPP Netherlands B.V.	100%	No	UR
73.	St. Hoger Onderwijs Markus Veerbeek Opleidigen	Netherlands	BPP Netherlands B.V.	100%	No	UR
74.	St. Hogeschool Praehep Bedrijfs-administratie	Netherlands	BPP Netherlands B.V.	100%	No	UR
75.	St. Hoger Ond. Europort Business School	Netherlands	BPP Netherlands B.V.	100%	No	UR
76.	St. Opleiding instituut Bergen op Zoom	Netherlands	BPP Netherlands B.V.	100%	No	UR
77.	Western International University, Inc.	Arizona	Apollo Global, Inc.	100%	No	UR
78.	Apollo Investments, Inc.	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
79.	Apollo NB Holding Company	Arizona	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
80.	Meritus University, ULC	Canada	Apollo NB Holding Company	100%	No	R
81.	Aptimus, Inc.	Washington	Apollo Group, Inc.	100%	No	R
82.	High Voltage Interactive LLC	Washington	Aptimus, Inc.	100%	No	R

As of the Effective Date, there are no Material Foreign Subsidiaries.

SCHEDULE 3.06(b)

LITIGATION⁵ 

1. Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago)

a. In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation

2. Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group)

a. In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation

3. Securities Class Action (Teamsters Local 617 Pensions and Welfare Funds)

a. Teamsters Local 617 Pension & Welfare Funds v. Apollo Group, Inc. et al

4. Incentive Compensation False Claims Act Lawsuit

a. USA and State of California ex rel. Hogget and Good v. University of Phoenix, et al

5. Patent Infringement Litigation

a. Digital Vending Services International, LLC vs. The University of Phoenix, et al

6. Adoma Wage and Hour Class Action

a. Adoma et al. v. University of Phoenix, et al

7. Shareholder Derivative Actions and Demand Letters

a. Himmel v. Bishop, et al

b. Smith v. Sperling, et al

8. K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd.

a. K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd v. Apollo International, et  al

9. Attorney General Investigations

a. State of Florida

i. On October 22, 2010, University of Phoenix received notice that the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General in Fort Lauderdale, Florida had commenced an investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices associated with certain alleged practices of University of Phoenix.

b. State of Massachusetts

i. On May 13, 2011, University of Phoenix received a Civil Investigative Demand from the State of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General.

c. State of Delaware

i. On August 3, 2011, University of Phoenix received a subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Delaware to produce detailed information regarding University of Phoenix students residing in Delaware.

⁵Descriptions of the litigation matters listed on this Schedule 3.06(b) are available in the Borrower's most recent Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2011.

SCHEDULE 6.01

EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS

Carnegie Learning Inc. Standby Letter of Credit Agreements

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2009, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Allegheny Casualty Company in the amount of $15,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated November 19, 2009, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Allegheny Casualty Company in the amount of $10,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated December 28, 2009, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $10,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated February 22, 2010, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $5,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated March 25, 2010, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $3,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated June 6, 2010, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $5,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated August 18, 2010, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Frick Lender Associates, LP in the amount of $32,465.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated February 17, 2011, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $10,000.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated March 17, 2011, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $164,950.65.

Standby Letter of Credit Agreement, dated March 7, 2012, between First National Bank of Pennsylvania and Carnegie Learning, Inc. with respect to the Standby Letter of Credit issued in favor of Bluestone Agency, Inc. in the amount of $5,000.

The obligations of Carnegie Learning, Inc. under the foregoing agreements are evidenced by the

following Promissory Notes:

Promissory Note, made by Carnegie Learning, Inc. in favor of First National Bank of Pennsylvania dated March 6, 2012, in the principal amount of $345,415.65.

Promissory Note, made by Carnegie Learning, Inc. in favor of First National Bank of Pennsylvania dated March 7, 2012 in the amount of principal amount of $5,000.

Additional Standby Letter of Credit Agreements and associated Promissory Notes to be entered into by Carnegie Learning, Inc. in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice.

Universidad Latinoamericana, S.C. Term Loan Guaranty

Guaranty dated as of September 12, 2008 by Apollo Group, Inc. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. pursuant to which Apollo Group, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of Universidad Latinoamericana, S.C. under that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated September 14, 2011 in an amount of MXN 112,475,000 by Universidad Latinoamericana, S.C. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and that certain Promissory Note dated September 14, 2011 in an amount of up to MXN 19,000,000 by Universidad Latinoamericana, S.C. in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

BPP Holdings Limited Term and Revolving Facility and Merchant Services Guaranty

Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2011, by Apollo Group, Inc. in favor of Barclays Bank PLC, pursuant to which Apollo Group, Inc. guaranteed the obligations of BPP Holdings Limited under (i) that certain Term and Revolving Facility Agreement dated as of August 16, 2010 between BPP Holdings Limited and Barclays Bank PLC and (ii) that certain agreement for the provision of merchant acquisition services dated as of June 9, 2011, between BPP Holdings Limited and Barclays Bank PLC and associated documents.

Carnegie Mellon University Technology Assignment and License Agreement

Technology Assignment and License Agreement dated as of August 2, 2011 by and between Apollo Group, Inc., Carnegie Mellon University and Carnegie Learning, Inc. pursuant to which Apollo Group, Inc. acquired certain technology for $21,500,000, payable over the course of ten years according to the terms therein.

Capital Leases

Various capital leases entered into with Cisco Systems Capital Corporation, Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC, Winthrop Resources Corporation and Hitachi Data Systems Credit Corporation, respectively, with a total gross value of $51,433,725.59 as of the Effective Date.

SCHEDULE 6.02

EXISTING LIENS

Carnegie Learning, Inc. granted a security interest in deposit account at First National Bank of Pennsylvania to First National Bank of Pennsylvania pursuant to that certain Assignment of Deposit Account Agreement dated as of March 6, 2012 to secure its obligations under the Promissory Notes issued in favor of First National Bank of Pennsylvania as described on Schedule 6.01.

In September 2011, Apollo Group, Inc. entered into an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs in the lawsuit In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) to settle for a payment by Apollo Group, Inc. of $145,000,000. Apollo Group, Inc. has placed these funds into a common fund account pending final court approval of such settlement.

The Capital Leases listed on Schedule 6.01 are incorporated into this Schedule by reference

SCHEDULE 6.04

EXISTING INVESTMENTS

Walden VC II, L.P.

• Ownership Interest as of December 31, 2011:        2.4493%

• Capital Account Balance as of December 31, 2011:    $1,528,671

Investments in auction rate securities owned by Apollo Group, Inc. as of the Effective Date.

SCHEDULE 6.08

RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS

The Capital Leases listed on Schedule 6.01 are incorporated into this Schedule by reference

Apollo Group, Inc. entered into a Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2011 (the “BPP Guaranty”), guaranteeing the obligations of its Subsidiary, BPP Holdings Limited, under that certain Term and Revolving Facility Agreement dated as of August 16, 2010 between BPP Holdings Limited and Barclays Bank PLC and that certain agreement for the provision of merchant acquisition services dated as of June 9, 2011, between BPP Holdings Limited and Barclays Bank PLC and associated documents. Under the terms of the BPP Guaranty, the Borrower and its subsidiaries are permitted to create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any of their respective assets to secure the Obligations only if, contemporaneously therewith, effective provision is made to secure the obligations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries under the BPP Guaranty with Liens on such assets, in favor of the Lenders defined therein, equally and ratably with the Obligations secured by any such Lien.  While this provision is a customary condition permitted under Section 6.08(i), the Borrower is providing this information solely as a convenience to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

EXHIBIT A

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [Insert name of Assignor] (the “Assignor”) and [Insert name of Assignee] (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including any letters of credit, guarantees, and swingline loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1	Assignor:
2	Assignee:
		[and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [identify Lender]1]
3	Borrower(s):		Apollo Group, Inc.
4	Administrative Agent:		JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
5	Credit Agreement:		The Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2012 among Apollo Group, Inc., the Lenders parties thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto

6. Assigned Interest:

¹ Select as applicable

Facility Assigned2	Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders	Amount of Commitment/ Loans Assigned	Percentage Assigned of Commitment/Loans3
	$	$	%
	$	$	%
	$	$	%

Effective Date: _____________ ___, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:
	Title:
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:
	Title:

Consented to and Accepted:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Issuing Bank
By:
	Title:
[Consented to:]4
APOLLO GROUP, INC.
By:
	Title:

² Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Dollar Tranche Commitment” or “Multicurrency Tranche Commitment”).

³ Set forth, so at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

⁴ To be added only if the consent of the Borrower is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

ANNEX I

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and (v) if it is a Foreign Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy

shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

EXHIBIT B-1
FORM OF OPINION OF ALSTON & BIRD LLP

[Attached]

EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF OPINION OF QUARLES & BRADY LLP

[Attached]

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF INCREASING LENDER SUPPLEMENT

INCREASING LENDER SUPPLEMENT, dated __________, 20___ (this “Supplement”), by and among each of the signatories hereto, to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower has the right, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, to effectuate from time to time an increase in the aggregate Commitments under the Credit Agreement by requesting one or more Lenders to increase the amount of its Dollar Tranche Commitment and/or its Multicurrency Tranche Commitment;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has given notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to increase the aggregate [Dollar Tranche Commitments] [and the aggregate] [Multicurrency Tranche Commitments] pursuant to such Section 2.20; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned Increasing Lender now desires to increase the amount of its [Dollar Tranche Commitment] [and its] Multicurrency Tranche Commitment] under the Credit Agreement by executing and delivering to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent this Supplement;

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees as follows:

[1. The undersigned Increasing Lender agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, that on the date of this Supplement it shall have its Dollar Tranche Commitment increased by $[__________], thereby making the aggregate amount of its total Dollar Tranche Commitments equal to $[__________].]

[1. The undersigned Increasing Lender agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, that on the date of this Supplement it shall have its Multicurrency Tranche Commitment increased by $[__________], thereby making the aggregate amount of its total Multicurrency Tranche Commitments equal to $[__________].]

2. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the date hereof.

3. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used herein.

4. This Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

5. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same document.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

[INSERT NAME OF INCREASING LENDER]

By:____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

By:______________________________________

Name:

Title:

Acknowledged as of the date first written above:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent

By:______________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF AUGMENTING LENDER SUPPLEMENT

AUGMENTING LENDER SUPPLEMENT, dated __________, 20___ (this “Supplement”), to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Borrower”), the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement provides in Section 2.20 thereof that any bank, financial institution or other entity may extend Commitments under the Credit Agreement subject to the approval of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, by executing and delivering to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a supplement to the Credit Agreement in substantially the form of this Supplement; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned Augmenting Lender was not an original party to the Agreement but now desires to become a party thereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees as follows:

1. The undersigned Augmenting Lender agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and agrees that it shall, on the date of this Supplement, become a Lender for all purposes of the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if originally a party thereto, with a [Dollar Tranche Commitment of $[__________]] [and a] [Multicurrency Tranche Commitment of $[__________]].

2. The undersigned Augmenting Lender (a) represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Supplement; (b) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and has reviewed such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Supplement; (c) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; (d) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are incidental thereto; and (e) agrees that it will be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and will perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

3. The undersigned’s address for notices for the purposes of the Credit Agreement is as follows:

[___________]

4. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on and as of the date hereof.

5. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have their defined meanings when used herein.

6. This Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

7. This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same document.

[remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Supplement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

[INSERT NAME OF AUGMENTING LENDER]

By:

Name:

Title:

Accepted and agreed to as of the date first written above:

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

By:_____________________________________

Name:

Title:

Acknowledged as of the date first written above:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
as Administrative Agent

By:_____________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT E
LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

CREDIT FACILITIES

April 18, 2012

LIST OF CLOSING DOCUMENTS¹ 

A.    LOAN DOCUMENTS

1. Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) by and among Apollo Group, Inc., an Arizona corporation (the “Borrower”), the institutions from time to time parties thereto as Lenders (the “Lenders”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders (the “Administrative Agent”), evidencing a revolving credit facility to the Borrower from the Lenders in an initial aggregate principal amount of $625,000,000.

SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.01        --    Commitments

Schedule 2.02        --    Mandatory Cost

Schedule 2.06        --    Existing Letters of Credit

Schedule 3.01        --    Subsidiaries

Schedule 3.06(b)    --    Litigation

Schedule 6.01         --    Existing Indebtedness

Schedule 6.02         --    Existing Liens

Schedule 6.04        --    Existing Investments

Schedule 6.08        --    Restrictive Agreements

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A        --    Form of Assignment and Assumption

Exhibit B-1        --    Form of Opinion of Alston & Bird LLP

Exhibit B-2        --    Form of Opinion of Quarles & Brady LLP

Exhibit C        --    Form of Increasing Lender Supplement

Exhibit D        --    Form of Augmenting Lender Supplement

Exhibit E        --    List of Closing Documents

Exhibit F        --    Form of Subsidiary Guaranty

Exhibit G        --    Form of Compliance Certificate

2. Notes executed by the Borrower in favor of each of the Lenders, if any, which has requested a note pursuant to Section 2.10(e) of the Credit Agreement.

¹Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the above-defined Credit Agreement. Items appearing in bold and italics shall be prepared and/or provided by the Borrower and/or Borrower's counsel.

3. Guaranty executed by the initial Subsidiary Guarantors (collectively with the Borrower, the “Loan Parties”) in favor of the Administrative Agent.

B. CORPORATE DOCUMENTS

4. Certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each Loan Party certifying (i) that there have been no changes in the Certificate of Incorporation or other charter document of such Loan Party, as attached thereto and as certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its organization, since the date of the certification thereof by such secretary of state, (ii) the By-Laws or other applicable organizational document, as attached thereto, of such Loan Party as in effect on the date of such certification, (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document to which it is a party, and (iv) the names and true signatures of the incumbent officers of each Loan Party authorized to sign the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (in the case of the Borrower) authorized to request a Borrowing or the issuance of a Letter of Credit under the Credit Agreement.

5. Good Standing Certificate for each Loan Party from the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of its organization.

C. OPINIONS

6.     Opinion of Alston & Bird LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties.

7.    Opinion of Quarles & Brady LLP, counsel for the Loan Parties.

D. CLOSING CERTIFICATES AND MISCELLANEOUS

8. A Certificate signed by the President, a Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying the following: (i) all of the representations and warranties of the Borrowerset forth in the Credit Agreement are true and correct and (ii) no Default has occurred and is then continuing.

9. Termination Letter in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement.

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY

GUARANTY

THIS GUARANTY (this “Guaranty”) is made as of April 18, 2012, by and among each of the undersigned (the “Initial Guarantors” and along with any additional Subsidiaries of the Borrower which become parties to this Guaranty by executing a supplement hereto in the form attached as Annex I, the “Guarantors”) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below), under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Apollo Group, Inc., an Arizona corporation (the “Borrower”), the institutions from time to time parties thereto as lenders (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”), have entered into a certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 18, 2012 (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated, and as in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), providing, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, for extensions of credit and other financial accommodations to be made by the Lenders to the Borrower;

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the extensions of credit by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement that each of the Guarantors (constituting all of the Subsidiaries of the Borrower required to execute this Guaranty pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement) execute and deliver this Guaranty, whereby each of the Guarantors shall guarantee the payment when due of all the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined below and subject to the limitations set forth herein); and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the direct and indirect financial and other support that the Borrower has provided, and such direct and indirect financial and other support as the Borrower may in the future provide, to the Guarantors, and in order to induce the Lenders and the Administrative Agent to enter into the Credit Agreement, each of the Guarantors is willing to guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower (as defined below and subject to the limitations set forth herein);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have, as used herein, the respective meanings provided for therein.

SECTION 2. Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Each of the Guarantors represents and warrants (which representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been renewed at the time of the making, conversion or continuation of any Loan or issuance of any Letter of Credit) that:

(A) It is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity duly and properly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and (to the extent such concept applies to such entity) in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation and has all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, except to the extent that the failure to have such authority could not reasonably

be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(B) It (to the extent applicable) has the requisite power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by each Guarantor of this Guaranty and the performance by each of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by proper proceedings, and this Guaranty constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, respectively, enforceable against such Guarantor, respectively, in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

(C) Neither the execution and delivery by it of this Guaranty, nor the consummation by it of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance by it with the provisions hereof will (i) violate any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on it or its articles or certificate of incorporation (or equivalent charter documents), limited liability company or partnership agreement, certificate of partnership, articles or certificate of organization, by-laws, or operating agreement or other management agreement, as the case may be, or the provisions of any indenture, material instrument or material agreement to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or is subject, or by which it, or its property, is bound, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default under, or result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien in, of or on its property pursuant to the terms of, any such indenture, instrument or agreement (other than any Loan Document). No order, consent, adjudication, approval, license, authorization, or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by, or other action in respect of any governmental or public body or authority, or any subdivision thereof, which has not been obtained by it, is required to be obtained by it in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by it of, or the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against it of, this Guaranty.

In addition to the foregoing, each of the Guarantors covenants that, so long as any Lender has any Commitment outstanding under the Credit Agreement or any amount payable under the Credit Agreement or any other Guaranteed Obligations shall remain unpaid, it will, and, if necessary, will enable the Borrower to, fully comply with those covenants and agreements of the Borrower applicable to such Guarantor set forth in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3. The Guaranty. Each of the Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantees, jointly with the other Guarantors and severally, the full and punctual payment when due (whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations, including, without limitation, (i) the principal of and interest on each Loan made to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, (ii) any obligations of the Borrower to reimburse LC Disbursements (“Reimbursement Obligations”), (iii) all obligations of the Borrower owing to any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender under any Swap Agreement or Banking Services Agreement and (iv) all other amounts payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement and the other Loan Documents (all of the foregoing being referred to collectively as the “Guaranteed Obligations” and the holders from time to time of the Guaranteed Obligations being referred to collectively as the “Holders of Guaranteed Obligations”). Upon (x) the failure by the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, as applicable, to pay punctually any Guaranteed Obligation, and (y) such failure continuing beyond any applicable grace or notice and cure period, each of the Guarantors agrees that it shall forthwith on demand pay any such Guaranteed Obligation at the place and in the manner specified in the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or the relevant Loan Document, as the case may be. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that this Guaranty is an absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained in this Guaranty to the contrary, the maximum

amount of Guaranteed Obligations for which Apollo Global shall be liable hereunder at any time shall not exceed the aggregate outstanding amount of intercompany debt owing by Apollo Global to the Borrower at such time.

SECTION 4. Guaranty Unconditional. The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall be unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

(A) any extension, renewal, settlement, indulgence, compromise, waiver or release of or with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether (in any such case) by operation of law or otherwise, or any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any obligation of any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(B) any modification or amendment of or supplement to the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any such amendment which may increase the amount of, or the interest rates applicable to, any of the Obligations guaranteed hereby;

(C) any release, surrender, compromise, settlement, waiver, subordination or modification, with or without consideration, of any other guaranties with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, or any other obligation of any person or entity with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof;

(D) any change in the corporate, partnership or other existence, structure or ownership of the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any of their respective assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(E) the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which the Guarantors may have at any time against the Borrower, any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Administrative Agent, any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or in connection with any unrelated transactions; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

(F) the enforceability or validity of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof or the genuineness, enforceability or validity of any agreement relating thereto, or any other invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, for any reason related to the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any provision of applicable law, decree, order or regulation of any jurisdiction purporting to prohibit the payment by the Borrower or any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise affecting any term of any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(G) the election by, or on behalf of, any one or more of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, in any proceeding instituted under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. 101

et seq.) (the “Bankruptcy Code”), of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code;

(H) any borrowing by the Borrower, as debtor-in-possession, under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code;

(I) the disallowance, under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code, of all or any portion of the claims of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations or the Administrative Agent for repayment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(J) the failure of any other guarantor to sign or become party to this Guaranty or any amendment, change, or reaffirmation hereof; or

(K) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Administrative Agent, any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this Section 4, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder except as provided in Section 5.

SECTION 5. Discharge Only Upon Payment In Full: Reinstatement In Certain Circumstances. Each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash and the Commitments and all Letters of Credit issued under the Credit Agreement shall have terminated or expired. If at any time any payment of the principal of or interest on any Loan, any Reimbursement Obligation or any other amount payable by the Borrower or any other party under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise, each of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that each of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be due and payable in the same currency as such Guaranteed Obligation is denominated, but if currency control or exchange regulations are imposed in the country which issues such currency with the result that such currency (the “Original Currency”) no longer exists or the relevant Guarantor is not able to make payment in such Original Currency, then all payments to be made by such Guarantor hereunder in such currency shall instead be made when due in Dollars in an amount equal to the Dollar Amount (as of the date of payment) of such payment due, it being the intention of the parties hereto that each Guarantor takes all risks of the imposition of any such currency control or exchange regulations.

SECTION 6. General Waivers; Additional Waivers.

(A) General Waivers. Each of the Guarantors irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand or action on delinquency, protest, the benefit of any statutes of limitations and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Borrower, any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other Person.

(B) Additional Waivers. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of the Guarantors hereby absolutely, unconditionally, knowingly, and expressly waives:

(i) any right it may have to revoke this Guaranty as to future indebtedness or notice of acceptance hereof;

(ii) (a) notice of acceptance hereof; (b) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Loan Documents or the creation or existence of any Guaranteed Obligations; (c) notice of the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations, subject, however, to each Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Administrative Agent and Holders of Guaranteed Obligations to ascertain the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time; (d) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of the Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (e) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instruments among the Loan Documents; (f) notice of any Default or Event of Default; and (g) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to such Guarantor hereunder or under the Loan Documents) and demands to which each Guarantor might otherwise be entitled;

(iii) its right, if any, to require the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations to institute suit against, or to exhaust any rights and remedies which the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations has or may have against, the other Guarantors, or any third party; and each Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid) of the other Guarantors or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of the other Guarantors in respect thereof;

(iv) (a) any rights to assert against the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against the other Guarantors or any other party liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations; (b) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations; (c) any defense such Guarantor has to performance hereunder, and any right such Guarantor has to be exonerated, arising by reason of: the impairment or suspension of the Administrative Agent’s and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations’ rights or remedies against the other Guarantors; the alteration by the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations of the Guaranteed Obligations; any discharge of the other Guarantors’ obligations to the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations by operation of law as a result of the Administrative Agent’s and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations’ intervention or omission; or the acceptance by the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations of anything in partial satisfaction of the Guaranteed Obligations; and (d) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guaranteed Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Guarantor’s liability hereunder; and

(v) any defense arising by reason of or deriving from (a) any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations; or (b) any election by the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations under Section 1111(b) of Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereafter in effect (or any successor statute), to limit the amount of, or any collateral securing, its claim against the Guarantors.

SECTION 7. Subordination of Subrogation; Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness.

(A) Subordination of Subrogation. Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and finally performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash, each of the Guarantors (i) hereby subordinates its right of subrogation with respect to such Guaranteed Obligations to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and (ii) hereby agrees that it shall not enforce any right to enforce any remedy which the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, the Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent now have or may hereafter have against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person. Should any Guarantor have the right, notwithstanding the foregoing, to exercise its subrogation rights, each Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably (A) subordinates any and all rights at law or in equity to subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution, indemnification or set off that such Guarantor may have to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and (B) waives any and all defenses available to a surety, guarantor or accommodation co-obligor until the Guaranteed Obligations are indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that this subordination is intended to benefit the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and shall not limit or otherwise affect such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforceability of this Guaranty, and that the Administrative Agent, the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and their respective successors and assigns are intended third party beneficiaries of the waivers and agreements set forth in this Section 7(A).

(B) Subordination of Intercompany Indebtedness. Each Guarantor agrees that any and all claims of such Guarantor against the Borrower or any other Guarantor hereunder (each an “Obligor”) with respect to any “Intercompany Indebtedness” (as hereinafter defined), any endorser, obligor or any other guarantor of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, or against any of its properties shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment, in full and in cash, of all Guaranteed Obligations; provided that, as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such Guarantor may receive payments of principal and interest from any Obligor with respect to Intercompany Indebtedness. If all or any part of the assets of any Obligor, or the proceeds thereof, are subject to any distribution, division or application to the creditors of such Obligor, whether partial or complete, voluntary or involuntary, and whether by reason of liquidation, bankruptcy, arrangement, receivership, assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other action or proceeding, then, and in any such event (such events being herein referred to as an “Insolvency Event”), any payment or distribution of any kind or character, either in cash, securities or other property, which shall be payable or deliverable upon or with respect to any indebtedness of any Obligor to any Guarantor (“Intercompany Indebtedness”) shall be paid or delivered directly to the Administrative Agent for application on any of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Guarantor, due or to become due, until such Guaranteed Obligations shall have first been fully paid and satisfied (in cash). Should any payment, distribution, security or instrument or proceeds thereof be received by the applicable Guarantor upon or with respect to the Intercompany Indebtedness after any Insolvency Event and prior to the satisfaction of all of the Guaranteed Obligations and the termination of all financing arrangements pursuant to any Loan Document among the Borrower and the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, such Guarantor shall receive and hold the same in trust, as trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and shall forthwith deliver the same to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment of the Guarantor where necessary), for application to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, due or not due, and, until so delivered, the same shall be held in trust by the Guarantor as the property of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations. If any such Guarantor fails to make any such endorsement or assignment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative

Agent or any of its officers or employees is irrevocably authorized to make the same. Each Guarantor agrees that until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than the contingent indemnity obligations) have been paid in full (in cash) and satisfied and all financing arrangements pursuant to any Loan Document among the Borrower and the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations have been terminated, no Guarantor will assign or transfer to any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) any claim any such Guarantor has or may have against any Obligor.

SECTION 8. Contribution with Respect to Guaranteed Obligations.

(A) To the extent that any Guarantor shall make a payment under this Guaranty (a “Guarantor Payment”) which, taking into account all other Guarantor Payments then previously or concurrently made by any other Guarantor, exceeds the amount which otherwise would have been paid by or attributable to such Guarantor if each Guarantor had paid the aggregate Guaranteed Obligations satisfied by such Guarantor Payment in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s “Allocable Amount” (as defined below) (as determined immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment) bore to the aggregate Allocable Amounts of each of the Guarantors as determined immediately prior to the making of such Guarantor Payment, then, following indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and termination of the Credit Agreement, the Swap Agreements and the Banking Services Agreements, such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive contribution and indemnification payments from, and be reimbursed by, each other Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata based upon their respective Allocable Amounts in effect immediately prior to such Guarantor Payment.

(B) As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of any Guarantor shall be equal to the excess of the fair saleable value of the property of such Guarantor over the total liabilities of such Guarantor (including the maximum amount reasonably expected to become due in respect of contingent liabilities, calculated, without duplication, assuming each other Guarantor that is also liable for such contingent liability pays its ratable share thereof), giving effect to all payments made by other Guarantors as of such date in a manner to maximize the amount of such contributions.

(C) This Section 8 is intended only to define the relative rights of the Guarantors, and nothing set forth in this Section 8 is intended to or shall impair the obligations of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, to pay any amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty.

(D) The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of contribution and indemnification hereunder shall constitute assets of the Guarantor or Guarantors to which such contribution and indemnification is owing.

(E) The rights of the indemnifying Guarantors against other Guarantors under this Section 8 shall be exercisable upon the full and indefeasible payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in cash and the termination of the Credit Agreement, the Swap Agreements and the Banking Services Agreements.

SECTION 9. Limitation of Guaranty. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Guaranty, the amount guaranteed by each Guarantor hereunder shall be limited to the extent, if any, required so that its obligations hereunder shall not be subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or under any applicable state Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act, Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act or similar statute or common law. In determining the limitations, if any, on the amount of any Guarantor’s obligations

hereunder pursuant to the preceding sentence, it is the intention of the parties hereto that any rights of subrogation, indemnification or contribution which such Guarantor may have under this Guaranty, any other agreement or applicable law shall be taken into account.

SECTION 10. Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or any other Loan Document shall nonetheless be payable by each of the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 11. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party hereunder shall be given in the manner prescribed in Article IX of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Administrative Agent at its notice address therein and with respect to any Guarantor, in care of the Borrower at the address of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement or such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for such purpose by notice to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions of such Article IX.

SECTION 12. No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided in this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

SECTION 13. Successors and Assigns. This Guaranty is for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, that no Guarantor shall have any right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of all of the Lenders, and any such assignment in violation of this Section 13 shall be null and void; and in the event of an assignment of any amounts payable under the Credit Agreement, any Swap Agreement, any Banking Services Agreement or the other Loan Documents in accordance with the respective terms thereof, the rights hereunder, to the extent applicable to the indebtedness so assigned, may be transferred with such indebtedness. This Guaranty shall be binding upon each of the Guarantors and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 14. Changes in Writing. Other than in connection with the addition of additional Subsidiaries, which become parties hereto by executing a supplement hereto in the form attached as Annex I, neither this Guaranty nor any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only in writing signed by each of the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW. THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 16. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS; JURY TRIAL; IMMUNITY.

(A) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE

NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE SUPREME COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL UNAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS GUARANTY SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK OR ANY LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(B) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH GUARANTOR, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH HOLDER OF GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH GUARANTOR, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH HOLDER OF GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

(C)    EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (A) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

(D) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

(E) TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY GUARANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER FROM SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT, ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OF A JUDGMENT, EXECUTION OR OTHERWISE), EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTY.

SECTION 17. No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Guaranty. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Guaranty shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Guaranty.

SECTION 18. Taxes, Expenses of Enforcement, etc.

(A) Taxes.

(i) All payments by any Guarantor to or for the account of any Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations hereunder or under any promissory note or application for a Letter of Credit shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes. If any Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations, (a) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 18(A)) such Lender, the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (b) such Guarantor shall make such deductions, (c) such Guarantor shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law and (d) such Guarantor shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by the applicable Governmental Authority evidencing payment thereof (or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) within thirty (30) days after such payment is made.

(ii) In addition, the Guarantors hereby agree to pay any present or future stamp or documentary taxes and any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made hereunder or under any promissory note or application for a Letter of Credit or from the execution or delivery of, or otherwise with respect to, this Guaranty or any promissory note or application for a Letter of Credit (“Other Taxes”).

(iii) The Guarantors hereby agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, each Lender and any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations for the full actual amount of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on amounts payable under this Section 18(A)) paid by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, such Lender or such other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto. Payments due under this indemnification shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, such Lender or such other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations makes demand therefor.

(iv) By accepting the benefits hereof, each Lender agrees that it will comply with Section 2.17(e) of the Credit Agreement, to the extent applicable thereto.

(v) By accepting the benefits hereof, each Lender agrees that it will comply with Section 2.17(f) of the Credit Agreement.

(B) Expenses of Enforcement, Etc. The Guarantors agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations for any reasonable costs and out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and time charges of one primary counsel (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction) for the Administrative Agent and one additional counsel for all the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, and additional counsel as the Administrative Agent or any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations or group thereof reasonably determines are necessary in light of actual or potential conflicts of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations in connection with the collection and enforcement of amounts due under the Loan Documents, including without limitation this Guaranty. The Administrative Agent agrees to distribute payments received from any of the Guarantors hereunder to the other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations on a pro rata basis for application in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 19. Setoff. At any time after all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations have become due and payable (by acceleration or otherwise), each Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent) may, without notice to any Guarantor and regardless of the acceptance of any security or collateral for the payment hereof, appropriate and apply in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement toward the payment of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations (i) any indebtedness due or to become due from such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations or the Administrative Agent to any Guarantor, and (ii) any moneys, credits or other property belonging to any Guarantor, at any time held by or coming into the possession of such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent) or any of their respective affiliates.

SECTION 20. Financial Information. Each Guarantor hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of the Borrower and any and all endorsers and/or other Guarantors of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any part thereof, that diligent inquiry would reveal, and each Guarantor hereby agrees that none of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent) shall have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to any of them regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to a Guarantor, such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent) shall be under no obligation (i) to undertake any investigation not a part of its regular business routine, (ii) to disclose any information which such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance or banking practices, wishes to maintain confidential or (iii) to make any other or future disclosures of such information or any other information to such Guarantor.

SECTION 21. Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Guaranty.

SECTION 22. Merger. This Guaranty represents the final agreement of each of the Guarantors with respect to the matters contained herein and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior or contemporaneous agreements, or subsequent oral agreements, between the Guarantor and any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent).

SECTION 23. Headings. Section headings in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and shall not govern the interpretation of any provision of this Guaranty.

SECTION 24. Judgment Currency. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from any Guarantor hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “specified currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s main New York City office on the Business Day preceding that on which final, non-appealable judgment is given. The obligations of each Guarantor in respect of any sum due hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, may in accordance with normal, reasonable banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the specified currency, each Guarantor agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds (a) the sum originally due to any Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, in the specified currency and (b) amounts shared with other Holders of Guaranteed Obligations as a result of allocations of such excess as a disproportionate payment to such other Holder of Guaranteed Obligations under Section 2.18 of the Credit Agreement, such Holder of Guaranteed Obligations (including the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, agrees, by accepting the benefits hereof, to remit such excess to such Guarantor.

Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Initial Guarantors has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

[GUARANTORS]

By:___________________________________

Name:

Title:

Acknowledged and Agreed

as of the date first written above:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

By:_____________________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT F

ANNEX I TO GUARANTY

Reference is hereby made to the Guaranty (the “Guaranty”) made as of April 18, 2012 by and among [GUARANTORS TO COME] (the “Initial Guarantors” and along with any additional Subsidiaries of the Borrower, which become parties thereto and together with the undersigned, the “Guarantors”) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Holders of Guaranteed Obligations, under the Credit Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Guaranty. By its execution below, the undersigned [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR], a [corporation] [partnership] [limited liability company] (the “New Guarantor”), agrees to become, and does hereby become, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and agrees to be bound by such Guaranty as if originally a party thereto. By its execution below, the undersigned represents and warrants as to itself that all of the representations and warranties contained in Section 2 of the Guaranty are true and correct in all respects as of the date hereof.

[Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else contained in the Guaranty to the contrary, the maximum amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the undersigned under the Guaranty at any time shall not exceed the aggregate outstanding amount of intercompany debt owing by the undersigned to the Borrower at such time.]¹ 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, New Guarantor has executed and delivered this Annex I counterpart to the Guaranty as of this __________ day of _________, 20___.

[NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR]

By:_____________________________

Its:

¹To be inserted in the case of a Guarantor which is a subsidiary of Apollo Global.

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

I, the undersigned, [Name of Officer], [Title of Officer] of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Borrower”), an Arizona corporation, do hereby certify, solely in my capacity as an officer of the Borrower and not in my individual capacity and without personal liability, on behalf of the Borrower, that:

1.    This Certificate is furnished pursuant to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2012, among the Borrower, the Lenders and agents party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as Administrative Agent (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

2.    I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements [for quarterly financial statements add: and such financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes];

3.    The examinations described in paragraph 2 did not disclose, except as set forth below, and I have no knowledge of (i) the existence of any condition or event which constitutes a Default at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate or (ii) any material change in GAAP or in the application thereof that has occurred since the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.04 of the Credit Agreement; and

4.    Exhibit A attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations evidencing the Borrower’s compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement, all of which data and computations are true, complete and correct.

5.    [Exhibit B attached hereto list each Subsidiary which has changed status from or to a Restricted Subsidiary.]⁷ 

Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 by listing, in detail, the (i) nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which the Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event or (ii) the material change in GAAP or the application thereof and the effect of such change on the attached financial statements:

[___________]

(signature page follows)

⁷Include if applicable.

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in Exhibit A hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered this _____ day of __________, 20___.

APOLLO GROUP, INC.

By: ______________________________

Name:

Title:

EXHIBIT A

Compliance as of ____________ _____, 20___ with

Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement

I.    CALCULATION OF CERTAIN COMPONENTS OF FINANCIAL COVENANTS¹ 

A.	CONSOLIDATED EBITDA
(1)	Consolidated Net Income	$__________
	plus, without duplication and to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income,
(2)	Consolidated Interest Expense	'+ $__________
(3)	expense for taxes paid or accrued	'+ $__________
(4)	depreciation	'+ $__________
(5)	amortization	'+ $__________
(6)	non-cash losses incurred other than in the ordinary course of business	'+ $__________
(7)	share-based non-cash compensation expense	'+ $__________
(8)	non-cash losses associated with hedging and dispositions of assets	'+ $__________
(9)	all non-cash charges, expenses and losses	'+ $__________
(10)	extraordinary and/or non-recurring charges, expenses and losses (including extraordinary and/or non-recurring restructuring charges, expenses and losses)	+ $__________
(11)	cash restructuring charges, costs and expenses2	'+ $__________
(12)	any charges, losses, costs, fees and expenses directly incurred by, or paid directly as a result of, discontinued operations	+ $__________
(13)	costs related to the write-off of deferred financing fees and the early extinguishment of Indebtedness	'+ $__________
1Calculated with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries
2This line item is for restructuring charges that do not otherwise constitute extraordinary and/or non-recurring restructuring charges included in item (10) and is limited to an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000 for any Reference Period

(14)	non-cash losses related to foreign exchange hedging	'+ $__________
(15)	transaction costs and expenses incurred in connection with any consummated capital markets transaction, including any acquisition, investment, issuance of equity or issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness	+ $__________
(16)	any non-cash charges (to the extent classified as an accrual or reserve on the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower) in respect of litigation settlements or judgments (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, fees and expenses associated therewith) rendered against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary	+ $__________
	minus, to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income,
(17)	non-cash gains realized other than in the ordinary course of business	- $__________
(18)	the amount of any cash payments in respect any of the items (6), (7) (8), (9), (14) or (16) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash item was incurred	- $__________
(19)	non-cash gains associated with hedging and dispositions of assets	- $__________
(20)	all extraordinary and/or non-recurring income or gains	- $__________
(21)	all income or gains directly arising as a result of discontinued operations	- $__________
(22)	Consolidated EBITDA (sum of item I.A.(1) through item I.(A).(21))	'= $__________
B.	CONSOLIDATED TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS
(1)	all obligations for borrowed money	$__________
(2)	all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments	+ $__________
(3)	all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired (excluding obligations under Sale and Leaseback Transactions)	+ $__________
(4)	all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business)	+ $__________

(5)	all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed	+ $__________
(6)	all Guarantees of Indebtedness of others	'+ $__________
(7)	all Capital Lease Obligations	'+ $__________
(8)	all reimbursement obligations, contingent or otherwise, as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty (but excluding reimbursement obligations with respect to (i) commercial letters of credit, (ii) trade letters of credit and (iii) except for standby letters of credit for the benefit of the DOE, undrawn standby letters of credit that do not secure Indebtedness)	+ $__________
(9)	all obligations to pay principal, contingent or otherwise, in respect of bankers’ acceptances	+ $__________
(10)	all obligations under any Swap Agreement or under any similar type of agreement	+ $__________
(11)	Consolidated Total Indebtedness (sum of item I.B.(1) through item I.B.(10))	= $__________

II.    CALCULATION OF FINANCIAL COVENANT COMPLIANCE

A.	MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO (Section 6.11(a))
(1)	Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter (item I.B.(11) above)	$__________
(2)	Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter (item I.A.(22) above)	$__________
(3)	Leverage Ratio (ratio of item II.A.(1) to item II.A.(2))	______ to 1.00
(4)	Maximum Leverage Ratio	2.50 to 1.00
B.	MINIMUM COVERAGE RATIO (Section 6.11(b))
(1)	Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter (item I.A.(22) above)	$__________
(2)	Consolidated Rent Expense (to the extent deducted from revenues in determining Consolidated Net Income) for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter	$__________
(3)	Consolidated EBITDAR (item II.B.(1) plus item II.B.(2))	$__________
(4)	Consolidated Interest Expense plus Consolidated Rent Expense, in each case for the period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending with the end of as of the last day of the relevant fiscal quarter	$__________
(3)	Coverage Ratio (ratio of item II.B.(3) to item II.B.(4))	______ to 1.00
(4)	Minimum Coverage Ratio	1.75 to 1.00

III.    CALCULATION OF CERTAIN OTHER COVENANT COMPLIANCE

A.	MINIMUM CONSOLIDATED DOE RATIO (Section 6.11(c))3
(1)	Consolidated DOE Ratio for the relevant fiscal year of the Borrower	______ to 1.00
(2)	Minimum Consolidated DOE Ratio	1.50 to 1.00

³To be tested at fiscal year end only.

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Charles B. Edelstein, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Charles B. Edelstein

Charles B. Edelstein 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer) 

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gregory W. Cappelli, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Gregory W. Cappelli  

Gregory W. Cappelli 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer) 

EX-31.3

EXHIBIT 31.3

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Brian L. Swartz, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Form 10-Q of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “registrant”);

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Brian L. Swartz  

Brian L. Swartz 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer) 

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the three months ended May 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Charles B. Edelstein, Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Charles B. Edelstein  

Charles B. Edelstein 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer) 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Apollo Group, Inc. and will be retained by Apollo Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the three months ended May 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory W. Cappelli, Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Gregory W. Cappelli  

Gregory W. Cappelli 

Co-Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer) 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Apollo Group, Inc. and will be retained by Apollo Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

EX-32.3

EXHIBIT 32.3

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Apollo Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the three months ended May 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian L. Swartz, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: June 25, 2012

/s/ Brian L. Swartz  

Brian L. Swartz 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Apollo Group, Inc. and will be retained by Apollo Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

XML

Acquisitions (Details) (USD $)	9 Months Ended					9 Months Ended		9 Months Ended			9 Months Ended		1 Months Ended				9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	Aug. 31, 2011	May 31, 2012 Other Debt [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Other Debt [Member]	May 31, 2012 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member]	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member]	May 31, 2012 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member] Software technology [Member] Years	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member] Software technology [Member]	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member] Trademark [Member]	May 31, 2012 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member] Customer relationships [Member] Years	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member] Customer relationships [Member]	Sep. 30, 2011 Carnegie Mellon Technology Aquisition [Member]	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Mellon Technology Aquisition [Member]	May 31, 2012 Carnegie Mellon Technology Aquisition [Member] Other Debt [Member]	Sep. 12, 2011 Carnegie Mellon Technology Aquisition [Member] Other Debt [Member]	May 31, 2012 Carnegie Mellon Technology Aquisition [Member] Software technology [Member] Years
Purchase price allocation [Line Items]
Amount payable for acquired technology													$ 21,500,000
Debt term															10 years
Transaction costs							1,700,000
Net working capital deficit							(336,000)
Property and equipment							870,000
Finite-lived intangible assets									28,000,000			9,000,000
Indefinite-lived intangible assets										14,100,000
Goodwill							34,794,000
Deferred taxes, net							(11,428,000)
Allocated purchase price							75,000,000
Acquisitions, net of acquired cash	73,736,000	0				73,736,000
Less: Cash acquired							(1,264,000)
Finite-lived intangible assets, useful life								5			4						5
Acquired technology														14,400,000
Total debt	$ 125,994,000		$ 599,009,000	$ 31,703,000	$ 21,572,000											$ 14,400,000

XML

Segment Reporting (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012 Segments	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012 Segments	May 31, 2011	Aug. 31, 2011
Segment Reporting (Details) [Abstract]
Number of reportable segments	4		4
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	$ 1,130,808	$ 1,235,837	$ 3,279,050	$ 3,610,901
Operating income (loss)	225,554	346,488	596,303	730,564
Interest income	219	867	1,085	2,635
Interest expense	(2,830)	(2,383)	(6,618)	(6,207)
Other, net	(402)	(1,862)	(44)	(1,603)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	222,541	343,110	590,726	725,389
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	0	0	16,788	219,927
Assets	2,269,944		2,269,944		3,269,706
University Of Phoenix [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	1,011,683	1,112,543	2,954,064	3,273,018
Operating income (loss)	241,210	356,259	673,990	995,332
Assets	993,873		993,873		1,016,005
Bpp Apollo Global [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	74,672	77,371	207,702	209,136
Operating income (loss)	11,978	14,449	15,684	(194,644)
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment				219,927
Assets	286,285		286,285		303,107
Apollo Global Other [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	22,224	22,864	58,745	60,002
Operating income (loss)	(7,884)	(5,158)	(43,715)	(25,009)
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment			16,788
Assets	111,551		111,551		146,490
Total Apollo Global [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	96,896	100,235	266,447	269,138
Operating income (loss)	4,094	9,291	(28,031)	(219,653)
Assets	397,836		397,836		449,597
Other Schools [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	20,016	23,038	56,326	67,233
Operating income (loss)	2,450	2,980	4,278	4,361
Assets	18,426		18,426		24,073
Corporate [Member]
Segment reporting [Line Items]
Net revenue	2,213	21	2,213	1,512
Operating income (loss)	(22,200)	(22,042)	(53,934)	(49,476)
Assets	$ 859,809		$ 859,809		$ 1,780,031

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details 2) (USD $)	3 Months Ended			9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	Nov. 30, 2011	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	Aug. 31, 2011
Shareholders' Equity (Details 2) [Abstract]
Apollo Group ownership in Apollo Global	85.60%			85.60%
Treasury stock reissued, shares	100,000		200,000	600,000	400,000
Aggregate share repurchase program		$ 300,000,000
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Treasury stock purchases, cost				742,016,000	420,022,000
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244,000			10,244,000		0
Share Repurchases [Member]
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Treasury stock purchases, shares	9,000,000		4,100,000	17,100,000	10,600,000
Treasury stock purchases, cost	329,000,000		167,300,000	736,000,000	418,700,000
Treasury stock purchases, average price per share	$ 36.41		40.26	$ 43.02	$ 39.48
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244,000			10,244,000
Amount remaining on repurchase authorization				63,500,000
Repurchases Related To Restricted Stock Units [Member]
Share Repurchases [Line Items]
Treasury stock purchases, shares	21,000		18,000	126,000	32,000
Treasury stock purchases, cost	$ 800,000		800,000	$ 6,000,000	$ 1,300,000

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (Securities Class Action (Policeman's Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012
Securities Class Action (Policeman's Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) [Member]
Settlement payment	$ 145.0

XML

Earnings Per Share (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Earnings Per Share (Table) [Abstract]

Earnings per share

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net income attributable to Apollo (basic and diluted)	$	134,034	$	212,440	$	347,230	$	383,815
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	118,134		139,856		124,560		142,845
Dilutive effect of stock options	1		70		25		91
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units and performance share awards	658		417		750		286
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	118,793		140,343		125,335		143,222
Earnings per share:
Basic income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.52	$	2.79	$	2.69
Diluted income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.51	$	2.77	$	2.68

XML

Restructuring and Other Charges (Tables)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Restructuring and Other Charges (Tables) [Abstract]

Restructuring and other charges

The following table details the charges incurred for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the cumulative costs associated with these activities, which have all been included in restructuring and other charges on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net(1)	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	—	$	41,312
Employee severance and other benefits	2,681		—		2,681		3,846		6,527
Other restructuring related costs	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

⁽¹⁾ Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net includes charges associated with the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations and interest accretion on our lease obligation liabilities, and is partially offset by the release of certain liabilities related to the leases such as deferred rent.

The following table summarizes the above restructuring and other charges in our segment reporting format:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
University of Phoenix	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	3,846	$	45,158
Apollo Global — Other	2,681		—		2,681		—		2,681
Corporate	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

The following table details the changes in our restructuring liability by type of cost during the nine months ended May 31, 2012:

($ in thousands)	Non-Cancelable Lease Obligations and Related Costs, Net			Employee Severance and Other Benefits			Other Restructuring Related Costs			Total
Balance at August 31, 2011(1)	$	17,802		$	—		$	—		$	17,802
Expense incurred	22,692			2,681			4,361			29,734
Interest accretion	1,368			—			—			1,368
Payments	(6,391		)	(2,681		)	(654		)	(9,726		)
Balance at May 31, 2012(1)	$	35,471		$	—		$	3,707		$	39,178

⁽¹⁾ The current portion of our restructuring liability was $16.2 million and $3.2 million as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, respectively.

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	$ 18,946	$ 19,963	$ 59,438	$ 50,453
Stock options granted	3		12
Weighted average grant date fair value of options	$ 14.20		$ 16.64
Quarter To Date [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Weighted average exercise price of options granted	$ 42.41		$ 42.41
Year To Date [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Weighted average exercise price of options granted	$ 45.74		$ 45.74
Instructional and student advisory [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	6,518	7,598	20,641	19,319
Marketing [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	1,533	1,347	5,473	4,056
Admissions advisory [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	405	585	1,277	1,742
General and administrative [Member]
Share-based compensation expense [Line Items]
Share-based compensation	$ 10,490	$ 10,433	$ 32,047	$ 25,336

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Details 2) (USD $)			3 Months Ended			3 Months Ended											3 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	Aug. 31, 2011	Nov. 30, 2011 Uniacc Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Finite-lived intangible assets [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Finite-lived intangible assets [Member]	Nov. 30, 2011 Finite-lived intangible assets [Member] Uniacc Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Software and technology [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Software and technology [Member]	May 31, 2012 Student and customer relationships [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Student and customer relationships [Member]	May 31, 2012 Copyrights [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Copyrights [Member]	May 31, 2012 Other finite-lived intangibles [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Other finite-lived intangibles [Member]	May 31, 2012 Indefinite-lived intangible assets [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Indefinite-lived intangible assets [Member]	Nov. 30, 2011 Indefinite-lived intangible assets [Member] Uniacc Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Indefinite-lived intangible assets [Member] Indefinited-lived intangible assets tested for impairment on May 31 [Member]	May 31, 2012 Trademarks [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Trademarks [Member]	May 31, 2012 Trademarks [Member] Indefinited-lived intangible assets tested for impairment on May 31 [Member] Carnegie Learning Aquisition [Member]	May 31, 2012 Accreditations and designations [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Accreditations and designations [Member]
Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross carrying amount	$ 206,488,000	$ 155,375,000		$ 90,267,000	$ 49,070,000		$ 42,389,000	$ 3,600,000	$ 14,109,000	$ 9,477,000	$ 20,891,000	$ 20,891,000	$ 12,878,000	$ 15,102,000	$ 116,221,000	$ 106,305,000			$ 108,961,000	$ 98,849,000		$ 7,260,000	$ 7,456,000
Accumulated amortization	(36,955,000)	(30,558,000)		(36,955,000)	(30,558,000)		(6,076,000)	(3,450,000)	(5,593,000)	(6,538,000)	(15,262,000)	(11,521,000)	(10,024,000)	(9,049,000)	0	0			0	0		0	0
Effect of foreign currency translation loss	(8,971,000)	(3,700,000)		(3,416,000)	(2,872,000)		0	0	(1,406,000)	(1,284,000)	(786,000)	(422,000)	(1,224,000)	(1,166,000)	(5,555,000)	(828,000)			(5,083,000)	(737,000)		(472,000)	(91,000)
Intangible assets, net	160,562,000	121,117,000		49,896,000	15,640,000		36,313,000	150,000	7,110,000	1,655,000	4,843,000	8,948,000	1,630,000	4,887,000	110,666,000	105,477,000		17,300,000	103,878,000	98,112,000	14,100,000	6,788,000	7,365,000
Intangible assets impairment			$ 4,900,000			$ 1,000,000											$ 3,900,000	$ 0

XML

Changes in Presentation (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Changes in Presentation [Line Items]
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	$ 25,523	$ 67,658
Net cash provided by operating activities	415,775	748,552
Collateralization of letter of credit	0	126,615
Net cash provided by investing activities	(157,847)	195,519
As Reported [Member]
Changes in Presentation [Line Items]
Restricted cash and cash equivalents		0
Net cash provided by operating activities		680,894
Collateralization of letter of credit		194,273
Net cash provided by investing activities		263,177
As Changed [Member]
Changes in Presentation [Line Items]
Restricted cash and cash equivalents		67,658
Net cash provided by operating activities		748,552
Collateralization of letter of credit		126,615
Net cash provided by investing activities		$ 195,519

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2012 Defendants	Sep. 30, 2011
Securities Class Action (Policeman's Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) [Member]
Number of defendants		2
Agreement in principle settlement amount			$ 145.0
Settlement payment	145.0
Securities Class Action (Policeman's Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) [Member] | Insurance claims - defense costs [Member]
Maximum possible loss	$ 23.2	23.2
Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group) [Member]
Number of plaintiffs		3
Adoma Wage and Hour Class Action [Member]
Number of current and former employees		1,500
Shareholder Derivative Actions and Demand Letters [Member]
Number of shareholders		2
Number of lawsuits		2

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended										9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012 Class A Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Class A Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	May 31, 2011 Class A Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	Aug. 31, 2010 Class A Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	May 31, 2012 Class B Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Class B Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	May 31, 2011 Class B Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	Aug. 31, 2010 Class B Common Stock Stated Value [Member]	May 31, 2012 Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	May 31, 2011 Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	May 31, 2012 Treasury Stock [Member]	May 31, 2011 Treasury Stock [Member]	May 31, 2012 Retained Earnings [Member]	May 31, 2011 Retained Earnings [Member]	May 31, 2012 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	May 31, 2011 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]	May 31, 2012 Parent [Member]	May 31, 2011 Parent [Member]	May 31, 2012 Noncontrolling (Deficit) Interests [Member]	May 31, 2011 Noncontrolling (Deficit) Interests [Member]
Shareholders' equity beginning balance			$ 1,243,989	$ 1,388,740	$ 103	$ 103	$ 103	$ 103	$ 1	$ 1	$ 1	$ 1	$ 68,724	$ 46,865	$ (3,125,175)	$ (2,407,788)	$ 4,320,472	$ 3,748,045	$ (23,761)	$ (31,176)	$ 1,240,364	$ 1,356,050	$ 3,625	$ 32,690
Treasury stock purchases			(742,016)	(420,022)											(742,016)	(420,022)					(742,016)	(420,022)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans			3,889	4,424									(1,037)	(1,748)	4,926	6,172					3,889	4,424
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans			6,632	5,817									(19,660)	(10,110)	26,292	15,927					6,632	5,817
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans			(3,937)	(2,888)									(3,937)	(2,888)							(3,937)	(2,888)
Share-based compensation			59,438	50,453									59,438	50,453							59,438	50,453
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	(4,774)	2,875	(9,402)	7,636															(7,912)	6,773	(7,912)	6,773	(1,490)	863
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities, net of tax	0	0	0	463																463		463
Noncontrolling interest contributions				6,875																				6,875
Net income (loss)	134,382	213,265	342,837	351,860													347,230	383,815			347,230	383,815	(4,393)	(31,955)
Shareholders' equity ending balance	$ 901,430	$ 1,393,358	$ 901,430	$ 1,393,358	$ 103	$ 103	$ 103	$ 103	$ 1	$ 1	$ 1	$ 1	$ 103,528	$ 82,572	$ (3,835,973)	$ (2,805,711)	$ 4,667,702	$ 4,131,860	$ (31,673)	$ (23,940)	$ 903,688	$ 1,384,885	$ (2,258)	$ 8,473

XML

Restructuring and Other Charges

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Restructuring and Other Charges

Restructuring and Other Charges

We have initiated a series of activities to reengineer business processes and refine our educational delivery structure. These activities are designed to increase operating efficiencies and effectiveness, and enhance our students’ educational experience and outcomes. We are focused on aligning our operations with our business strategy, which includes optimizing our cost structure. The following table details the charges incurred for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, and the cumulative costs associated with these activities, which have all been included in restructuring and other charges on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net(1)	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	—	$	41,312
Employee severance and other benefits	2,681		—		2,681		3,846		6,527
Other restructuring related costs	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

⁽¹⁾ Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net includes charges associated with the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations and interest accretion on our lease obligation liabilities, and is partially offset by the release of certain liabilities related to the leases such as deferred rent.

The following table summarizes the above restructuring and other charges in our segment reporting format:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,				Cumulative Costs for Restructuring Activities
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
University of Phoenix	$	535	$	—	$	22,245	$	3,846	$	45,158
Apollo Global — Other	2,681		—		2,681		—		2,681
Corporate	4,361		—		4,361		—		4,361
Restructuring and other charges	$	7,577	$	—	$	29,287	$	3,846	$	52,200

The following table details the changes in our restructuring liability by type of cost during the nine months ended May 31, 2012:

($ in thousands)	Non-Cancelable Lease Obligations and Related Costs, Net			Employee Severance and Other Benefits			Other Restructuring Related Costs			Total
Balance at August 31, 2011(1)	$	17,802		$	—		$	—		$	17,802
Expense incurred	22,692			2,681			4,361			29,734
Interest accretion	1,368			—			—			1,368
Payments	(6,391		)	(2,681		)	(654		)	(9,726		)
Balance at May 31, 2012(1)	$	35,471		$	—		$	3,707		$	39,178

⁽¹⁾ The current portion of our restructuring liability was $16.2 million and $3.2 million as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, respectively.

During fiscal year 2011, we initiated a plan to rationalize our real estate portfolio in Phoenix, Arizona through space consolidation and reorganization. The plan consisted of abandoning all, or a portion of, four leased facilities, all of which we are no longer using and have determined we will no longer derive a future economic benefit. The leases on these facilities were classified as operating leases and we recorded $38.7 million of aggregate charges on the respective cease-use dates representing the fair value of our future contractual lease obligations. We measured the lease obligations at fair value using a discounted cash flow approach encompassing significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The estimation of future cash flows includes non-cancelable contractual lease costs over the remaining terms of the leases, partially offset by estimated future sublease rental income, which involves significant judgment. Our estimate of the amount and timing of sublease rental income considered subleases that we have executed and subleases we expect to execute, current commercial real estate market data and conditions, comparable transaction data and qualitative factors specific to the facilities. The estimates will be subject to adjustment as market conditions change or as new information becomes available, including the execution of additional sublease agreements. Excluding adjustments resulting from changes in estimates and interest accretion charges, we do not expect to incur additional charges associated with the abandoned facilities.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we implemented a reduction in force at UNIACC to better align its operations with its refined business model and outlook following its loss of institutional accreditation. Refer to Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, for a discussion of this change in accreditation. In connection with this reduction in force, we incurred $2.7 million of employee severance and other benefit costs principally representing non-direct student servicing personnel. We do not expect to incur additional charges associated with this restructuring activity.

We also incurred $4.4 million of costs during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012 principally attributable to services received from third party consulting firms associated with our initiatives to evaluate and identify operating efficiency and effectiveness opportunities. As these services pertain to all areas of our business, we have not allocated these costs to our reportable segments and they are included in our Corporate caption.

Although we expect to implement additional restructuring activities as we reengineer business processes as discussed above, we have not yet finalized our initiatives or committed to any further specific restructuring activities. Accordingly, while future charges and associated savings related to these activities could be substantial, the nature, timing and amount cannot be estimated at this time.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $)	9 Months Ended			9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2012 Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Nonrecurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Nonrecurring fair value measurement [Member] Lease abandonment obligation [Member]	May 31, 2012 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities (Level 1) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities (Level 1) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/Liabilities (Level 1) [Member] Nonrecurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] Nonrecurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] Recurring fair value measurement [Member]	May 31, 2012 Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] Nonrecurring fair value measurement [Member]
Assets and liabilities measured on a recurring and nonrecurring basis [Line Items]
Money market funds (cash and cash equivalents)		$ 645,812,000	$ 1,854,927,000			$ 645,812,000	$ 1,854,927,000		$ 0	$ 0		$ 0	$ 0
Auction-rate securities (marketable securities)		5,946,000	5,946,000			0	0		0	0		5,946,000	5,946,000
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis		651,758,000	1,860,873,000			645,812,000	1,854,927,000		0	0		5,946,000	5,946,000
Interest rate swap (other liabilities)		1,829,000	3,363,000			0	0		1,829,000	3,363,000		0	0
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis		1,829,000	3,363,000			0	0		1,829,000	3,363,000		0	0
Restructuring obligations				22,692,000				0			0			22,692,000
Losses for nine months ended May 31, 2012	29,734,000				22,692,000
Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis				22,692,000				0			0			22,692,000
Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, losses				(22,692,000)
Interest rate swap notional amount	36,000,000
Carrying value of debt, excluding capital leases	$ 70,100,000

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Fair Value Measurements (Tables) [Abstract]

Fair value assets and liabilities measured on recurring basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of May 31, 2012:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	645,812	$	645,812	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	651,758	$	645,812	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of August 31, 2011:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	August 31, 2011		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	1,854,927	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,860,873	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—

Fair value assets and liabilities measured on non-recurring basis

Liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 consist of the following:

			Fair Value Measurements at Measurement Date Using
($ in thousands)	Fair Value at Measurement Dates		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Losses for Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Restructuring obligations	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)
Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Goodwill And Intangible Assets (Tables) [Abstract]

Changes in goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from August 31, 2011 to May 31, 2012 are as follows:

			Apollo Global
($ in thousands)	University of Phoenix		BPP			Other			Other Schools		Total Goodwill
Goodwill as of August 31, 2011	$	37,018	$	50,694		$	30,275		$	15,310	$	133,297
Goodwill acquired(1)	34,794		—			—			—		34,794
Impairment(2)	—		—			(11,912		)	—		(11,912		)
Currency translation adjustment	—		(5,085		)	(2,876		)	—		(7,961		)
Goodwill as of May 31, 2012	$	71,812	$	45,609		$	15,487		$	15,310	$	148,218

⁽¹⁾ Goodwill acquired resulted from our acquisition of Carnegie Learning during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $11.9 million of UNIACC’s goodwill during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets, net consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

	May 31, 2012										August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Finite-lived intangible assets
Software and technology(1)	$	42,389	$	(6,076	)	$	—		$	36,313	$	3,600	$	(3,450	)	$	—		$	150
Student and customer relationships(1)	14,109		(5,593		)	(1,406		)	7,110		9,477		(6,538		)	(1,284		)	1,655
Copyrights	20,891		(15,262		)	(786		)	4,843		20,891		(11,521		)	(422		)	8,948
Other(2)	12,878		(10,024		)	(1,224		)	1,630		15,102		(9,049		)	(1,166		)	4,887
Total finite-lived intangible assets	90,267		(36,955		)	(3,416		)	49,896		49,070		(30,558		)	(2,872		)	15,640
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Trademarks(1), (2)	108,961		—			(5,083		)	103,878		98,849		—			(737		)	98,112
Accreditations and designations(2)	7,260		—			(472		)	6,788		7,456		—			(91		)	7,365
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets	116,221		—			(5,555		)	110,666		106,305		—			(828		)	105,477
Total intangible assets, net	$	206,488	$	(36,955	)	$	(8,971	)	$	160,562	$	155,375	$	(30,558	)	$	(3,700	)	$	121,117

⁽¹⁾ We acquired certain intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 as a result of our acquisition of Carnegie Learning. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $4.9 million of UNIACC’s intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

XML

Accrued and Other Liabilities (Details) (USD $)	May 31, 2012	Aug. 31, 2011
Accrued and other current liabilities [Abstract]
Salaries, wages and benefits	$ 105,616,000	$ 93,763,000
Accrued legal and other professional obligations	61,544,000	197,957,000
Accrued advertising	41,534,000	50,172,000
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	19,839,000	18,869,000
Curriculum materials	13,686,000	16,198,000
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244,000	0
Student refunds, grants and scholarships	6,530,000	17,360,000
Other accrued liabilities	52,226,000	54,618,000
Total accrued and other current liabilities	311,219,000	448,937,000
Other Long-Term Liabilities [Abstract]
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	88,556,000	74,136,000
Uncertain tax positions	29,249,000	22,277,000
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	26,392,000	28,490,000
Restructuring obligations	22,982,000	14,604,000
Other	36,458,000	24,832,000
Total other long-term liabilities	203,637,000	164,339,000
Securities Class Action (Policeman's Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) [Member]
Statement [Line Items]
Securities class action settlement liability		$ 145,000,000

XML

Accrued and Other Liabilities (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Accrued and Other Liabilities (Table) [Abstract]

Accrued and other current liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Salaries, wages and benefits	$	105,616	$	93,763
Accrued legal and other professional obligations(1)	61,544		197,957
Accrued advertising	41,534		50,172
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	19,839		18,869
Curriculum materials	13,686		16,198
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244		—
Student refunds, grants and scholarships	6,530		17,360
Other	52,226		54,618
Total accrued and other current liabilities	$	311,219	$	448,937

⁽¹⁾ Accrued legal and other professional obligations as of August 31, 2011 includes $145.0 million associated with our agreement in principle to settle the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) litigation. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies.

Other long-term liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	$	88,556	$	74,136
Uncertain tax positions	29,249		22,277
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	26,392		28,490
Restructuring obligations	22,982		14,604
Other	36,458		24,832
Total other long-term liabilities	$	203,637	$	164,339

XML

Debt (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Debt (Tables) [Abstract]

Debt

Debt and short-term borrowings consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Revolving Credit Facility, see terms below	$	—		$	493,322
BPP Credit Facility, see terms below	38,439			47,603
Capital lease obligations	55,852			36,512
Other, see terms below	31,703			21,572
Total debt	125,994			599,009
Less short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	(35,827		)	(419,318		)
Long-term debt	$	90,167		$	179,691

XML

Changes in Presentation

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Changes in Presentation

Changes in Presentation

Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

During fiscal year 2011, we changed our presentation of changes in restricted cash and cash equivalents related to financial aid program funds to cash flows from operating activities on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations. We previously presented such changes as cash flows from investing activities. Our restricted cash and cash equivalents primarily represents funds held for students for unbilled educational services that were received from U.S. federal financial aid programs established by Title IV of the Higher Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder (“Title IV”). When we receive such funds, they are recorded as restricted cash on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets with an offsetting liability recorded as student deposits. These restricted funds are a core activity of our operations and, accordingly, we believe presentation of changes in such funds as an operating activity more appropriately reflects the nature of the restricted cash. Additionally, we believe that including both changes in the restricted cash asset and the student deposit liability within operating activities provides better transparency. We have changed our presentation on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations for all periods presented. The changes have no impact on our financial position and results of operations.

The following table presents our cash flows as previously reported and as changed for the nine months ended May 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	As Reported		As Changed
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	67,658
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	680,894	$	748,552
Cash flows provided by investing activities:
Collateralization of letter of credit(1)	$	194,273	$	126,615
Net cash provided by investing activities	$	263,177	$	195,519

⁽¹⁾ Following the change in presentation discussed above, the remaining change in restricted cash and cash equivalents for the nine months ended May 31, 2011 represents funds used to collateralize a letter of credit. We have continued to present this change as an investing activity based on the nature of the restricted cash; however, we have renamed the remaining change, “Collateralization of letter of credit.”

Other

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we combined our presentation of accrued liabilities and other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations based on the similar nature of the liabilities. Refer to Note 9, Accrued and Other Liabilities, for a detail of these liabilities. Additionally, we began presenting our restructuring activities as a component of the change in accrued and other liabilities rather than as a separate line item on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges, for discussion of our restructuring activities. We have changed our presentation for all periods presented. These changes had no impact on our financial position or results of operations.

XML

Shareholders' Equity (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Shareholders' Equity (Table) [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

The following tables detail changes in shareholders’ equity during the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011:

	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	68,724		$	(3,125,175	)	$	4,320,472	$	(23,761	)	$	1,240,364		$	3,625		$	1,243,989
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(742,016		)	—		—			(742,016		)	—			(742,016		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,037		)	4,926			—		—			3,889			—			3,889
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(19,660		)	26,292			—		—			6,632			—			6,632
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(3,937		)	—			—		—			(3,937		)	—			(3,937		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		59,438			—			—		—			59,438			—			59,438
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		(7,912		)	(7,912		)	(1,490		)	(9,402		)
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			347,230		—			347,230			(4,393		)	342,837
Balance as of May 31, 2012	$	103	$	1	$	103,528		$	(3,835,973	)	$	4,667,702	$	(31,673	)	$	903,688		$	(2,258	)	$	901,430
	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2010	$	103	$	1	$	46,865		$	(2,407,788	)	$	3,748,045	$	(31,176	)	$	1,356,050		$	32,690		$	1,388,740
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(420,022		)	—		—			(420,022		)	—			(420,022		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,748		)	6,172			—		—			4,424			—			4,424
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(10,110		)	15,927			—		—			5,817			—			5,817
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(2,888		)	—			—		—			(2,888		)	—			(2,888		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		50,453			—			—		—			50,453			—			50,453
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		6,773			6,773			863			7,636
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		463			463			—			463
Noncontrolling interest contributions(1)	—		—		—			—			—		—			—			6,875			6,875
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			383,815		—			383,815			(31,955		)	351,860
Balance as of May 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	82,572		$	(2,805,711	)	$	4,131,860	$	(23,940	)	$	1,384,885		$	8,473		$	1,393,358

⁽¹⁾ There was no change in our 85.6% ownership interest in Apollo Global during the nine months ended May 31, 2011.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	Aug. 31, 2011
Accounts receivable, net [Abstract]
Student accounts receivable	$ 282,642		$ 282,642		$ 324,324
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(110,202)	(145,927)	(110,202)	(145,927)
Net student accounts receivable	172,440		172,440		195,427
Other receivables	19,225		19,225		20,140
Total accounts receivable, net	191,665		191,665		215,567
Allowance for doubtful accounts [Abstract]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	118,946	159,882	128,897	192,857
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430	39,217	108,009	141,666
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(44,174)	(53,172)	(126,704)	(188,596)
Allowance for doubtful accounts	$ 110,202	$ 145,927	$ 110,202	$ 145,927

XML

Regulatory Matters (Details) (University Of Phoenix [Member])	Aug. 31, 2011
Percentage of consolidated net revenue	91.00%
Title IV percentage	86.00%
Minimum [Member]
Percentage of operating income	100.00%

XML

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	May 31, 2012	Aug. 31, 2011
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 602,144	$ 1,571,664
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	353,884	379,407
Accounts receivable, net	191,665	215,567
Prepaid taxes	35,595	35,629
Deferred tax assets, current portion	58,084	124,137
Other current assets	42,732	44,382
Total current assets	1,284,104	2,370,786
Property and equipment, net	559,497	553,027
Marketable securities	5,946	5,946
Goodwill	148,218	133,297
Intangible assets, net	160,562	121,117
Deferred tax assets, less current portion	86,784	70,949
Other assets	24,833	14,584
Total assets	2,269,944	3,269,706
Current liabilities
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	35,827	419,318
Accounts payable	58,710	69,551
Student deposits	387,188	424,045
Deferred revenue	260,167	293,436
Accrued and other current liabilities	311,219	448,937
Total current liabilities	1,053,111	1,655,287
Long-term debt	90,167	179,691
Deferred tax liabilities	21,599	26,400
Other long-term liabilities	203,637	164,339
Total liabilities	1,368,514	2,025,717
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity
Preferred stock, no par value
Additional paid-in capital	103,528	68,724
Retained earnings	4,667,702	4,320,472
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(31,673)	(23,761)
Total Apollo shareholders equity	903,688	1,240,364
Noncontrolling (deficit) interests	(2,258)	3,625
Total equity	901,430	1,243,989
Total liabilities and shareholders equity	2,269,944	3,269,706
Apollo Group Class A nonvoting common stock [Member]
Shareholders' equity
Apollo Group common stock, no par value	103	103
Apollo Group Class A treasury stock, at cost	(3,835,973)	(3,125,175)
Apollo Group Class B voting common stock [Member]
Shareholders' equity
Apollo Group common stock, no par value	$ 1	$ 1

XML

Debt (Details)			9 Months Ended			9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012 USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] GBP (£)	May 31, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Minimum [Member]	May 31, 2012 Revolving Credit Facility [Member] Maximum [Member]	May 31, 2012 Credit Facility Bpp [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Credit Facility Bpp [Member] GBP (£)	Aug. 31, 2011 Credit Facility Bpp [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Capital Lease Obligations [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Capital Lease Obligations [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Other Debt [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Other Debt [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Other Debt Variable [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Other Debt Variable [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Other Debt Fixed [Member] USD ($)	Aug. 31, 2011 Other Debt Fixed [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Amended Credit Facility Bpp [Member] USD ($)	May 31, 2012 Amended Credit Facility Bpp [Member] GBP (£)
Debt [Line Items]
Total debt	$ 125,994,000	$ 599,009,000	$ 0	$ 493,322,000				$ 38,439,000		$ 47,603,000	$ 55,852,000	$ 36,512,000	$ 31,703,000	$ 21,572,000	$ 8,100,000	$ 9,100,000	$ 9,600,000	$ 12,500,000
Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	(35,827,000)	(419,318,000)
Long-term debt	90,167,000	179,691,000
Borrowing capacity			625,000,000					81,500,000	52,000,000										61,100,000	39,000,000
Debt term			5 years
British Pounds denominated debt				$ 103,200,000	£ 63,000,000
Fees						0.25%	0.40%
Variable debt rate basis			LIBOR					LIBOR	LIBOR
Fees for borrowings						1.25%	1.85%	1.75%	1.75%
Weighted average interest rate				2.80%	2.80%			2.70%	2.70%	4.00%			5.20%	6.10%

XML

Nature of Operations

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Nature of Operations

Nature of Operations

Apollo Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and majority-owned subsidiaries, collectively referred to herein as “the Company,” “Apollo Group,” “Apollo,” “APOL,” “we,” “us” or “our,” has been an education provider for more than 35 years. We offer innovative and distinctive educational programs and services both online and on-campus at the undergraduate, master’s and doctoral levels principally through the following of our wholly-owned educational subsidiaries:

• The University of Phoenix, Inc. (“University of Phoenix”);

• Institute for Professional Development (“IPD”); and

• The College for Financial Planning Institutes Corporation (“CFFP”).

On September 12, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Carnegie Learning, Inc. (“Carnegie Learning”), a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

In addition, we have an 85.6% ownership interest in Apollo Global, Inc. (“Apollo Global”) as of May 31, 2012. Apollo Global pursues investments primarily in the international education services industry and is consolidated in our financial statements. We offer educational programs and services through the following wholly-owned subsidiaries of Apollo Global:

• BPP Holdings Limited (“BPP”) in the United Kingdom;

• Western International University, Inc. (“Western International University”) in the U.S.;

• Universidad Latinoamericana (“ULA”) in Mexico; and

• Universidad de Artes, Ciencias y Comunicación (“UNIACC”) in Chile.

On December 3, 2011, Apollo Global entered into an agreement with HT Media Limited, an Indian media company, to participate in a start-up, 50:50 joint venture intended to develop and provide educational services and programs in India. HT Media Limited, which is based in New Delhi, India, publishes the Hindustan Times, Hindustan and Mint newspapers, among other business activities.

XML

Segment Reporting (Tables)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Segment Reporting (Tables) [Abstract]

Segment reporting revenue

A summary of financial information by reportable segment is as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net revenue
University of Phoenix	$	1,011,683	$	1,112,543	$	2,954,064	$	3,273,018
Apollo Global:
BPP	74,672		77,371		207,702		209,136
Other	22,224		22,864		58,745		60,002
Total Apollo Global	96,896		100,235		266,447		269,138
Other Schools	20,016		23,038		56,326		67,233
Corporate	2,213		21		2,213		1,512
Total net revenue	$	1,130,808	$	1,235,837	$	3,279,050	$	3,610,901

Segment reporting operating income (loss)

Operating income (loss):
University of Phoenix(1)	$	241,210		$	356,259		$	673,990		$	995,332
Apollo Global:
BPP(2)	11,978			14,449			15,684			(194,644		)
Other(1), (3)	(7,884		)	(5,158		)	(43,715		)	(25,009		)
Total Apollo Global	4,094			9,291			(28,031		)	(219,653		)
Other Schools	2,450			2,980			4,278			4,361
Corporate(1)	(22,200		)	(22,042		)	(53,934		)	(49,476		)
Total operating income	225,554			346,488			596,303			730,564
Reconciling items:
Interest income	219			867			1,085			2,635
Interest expense	(2,830		)	(2,383		)	(6,618		)	(6,207		)
Other, net	(402		)	(1,862		)	(44		)	(1,603		)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	222,541		$	343,110		$	590,726		$	725,389

⁽¹⁾ University of Phoenix, Apollo Global — Other and Corporate include charges associated with our restructuring activities. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges.

⁽²⁾ BPP’s operating loss in the nine months ended May 31, 2011 includes $219.9 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges.

⁽³⁾ Apollo Global — Other’s operating loss for the nine months ended May 31, 2012 includes $16.8 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges. Refer to Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

Segment reporting assets

A summary of our consolidated assets by reportable segment is as follows:

	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)
Assets:
University of Phoenix	$	993,873	$	1,016,005
Apollo Global:
BPP	286,285		303,107
Other	111,551		146,490
Total Apollo Global	397,836		449,597
Other Schools	18,426		24,073
Corporate	859,809		1,780,031
Total assets	$	2,269,944	$	3,269,706

XML

Segment Reporting

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

We operate primarily in the education industry. We have organized our segments using a combination of factors primarily focusing on the type of educational services provided and products delivered. Our operating segments are managed in the following four reportable segments:

1.  University of Phoenix;

2. Apollo Global — BPP;

3.  Apollo Global — Other; and

4.  Other Schools.

The Apollo Global — Other reportable segment includes Western International University, UNIACC, ULA and the Apollo Global corporate operations. The Other Schools reportable segment includes IPD and CFFP, as well as Meritus University, Inc. until its closure in fiscal year 2011. The Corporate caption in our segment reporting includes adjustments to reconcile segment results to consolidated results, which primarily consist of net revenue and corporate charges that are not allocated to our reportable segments. Please refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of our segments.

We acquired Carnegie Learning during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 and it is included in our University of Phoenix operating segment from the date of acquisition. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

A summary of financial information by reportable segment is as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net revenue
University of Phoenix	$	1,011,683	$	1,112,543	$	2,954,064	$	3,273,018
Apollo Global:
BPP	74,672		77,371		207,702		209,136
Other	22,224		22,864		58,745		60,002
Total Apollo Global	96,896		100,235		266,447		269,138
Other Schools	20,016		23,038		56,326		67,233
Corporate	2,213		21		2,213		1,512
Total net revenue	$	1,130,808	$	1,235,837	$	3,279,050	$	3,610,901

Operating income (loss):
University of Phoenix(1)	$	241,210		$	356,259		$	673,990		$	995,332
Apollo Global:
BPP(2)	11,978			14,449			15,684			(194,644		)
Other(1), (3)	(7,884		)	(5,158		)	(43,715		)	(25,009		)
Total Apollo Global	4,094			9,291			(28,031		)	(219,653		)
Other Schools	2,450			2,980			4,278			4,361
Corporate(1)	(22,200		)	(22,042		)	(53,934		)	(49,476		)
Total operating income	225,554			346,488			596,303			730,564
Reconciling items:
Interest income	219			867			1,085			2,635
Interest expense	(2,830		)	(2,383		)	(6,618		)	(6,207		)
Other, net	(402		)	(1,862		)	(44		)	(1,603		)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	$	222,541		$	343,110		$	590,726		$	725,389

⁽¹⁾ University of Phoenix, Apollo Global — Other and Corporate include charges associated with our restructuring activities. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges.

⁽²⁾ BPP’s operating loss in the nine months ended May 31, 2011 includes $219.9 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges.

⁽³⁾ Apollo Global — Other’s operating loss for the nine months ended May 31, 2012 includes $16.8 million of goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges. Refer to Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

A summary of our consolidated assets by reportable segment is as follows:

	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)
Assets:
University of Phoenix	$	993,873	$	1,016,005
Apollo Global:
BPP	286,285		303,107
Other	111,551		146,490
Total Apollo Global	397,836		449,597
Other Schools	18,426		24,073
Corporate	859,809		1,780,031
Total assets	$	2,269,944	$	3,269,706

XML

Nature of Operations (Details)	May 31, 2012
Nature of Operations (Details) [Abstract]
Apollo Group ownership in Apollo Global	85.60%
Apollo Global [Member]
Equity Method Investment [Line Items]
Joint venture ownership percentage	50.00%
HT Media Limited [Member]
Equity Method Investment [Line Items]
Joint venture ownership percentage	50.00%

XML

Changes in Presentation (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Changes in Presentation (Tables) [Abstract]

Cash flows changes in presentation

The following table presents our cash flows as previously reported and as changed for the nine months ended May 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	As Reported		As Changed
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	$	—	$	67,658
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	680,894	$	748,552
Cash flows provided by investing activities:
Collateralization of letter of credit(1)	$	194,273	$	126,615
Net cash provided by investing activities	$	263,177	$	195,519

⁽¹⁾ Following the change in presentation discussed above, the remaining change in restricted cash and cash equivalents for the nine months ended May 31, 2011 represents funds used to collateralize a letter of credit. We have continued to present this change as an investing activity based on the nature of the restricted cash; however, we have renamed the remaining change, “Collateralization of letter of credit.”

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Apollo Group, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and subsidiaries that we control. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for annual financial statements. Therefore, this information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2011. We consistently applied the accounting policies described in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K in preparing these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Our fiscal year is from September 1 to August 31. Unless otherwise noted, references to particular years or quarters refer to our fiscal years and the associated quarters of those fiscal years.

Our operations are generally subject to seasonal trends. We experience, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of seasonal variations in the level of our institutions’ enrollments. Although University of Phoenix enrolls students throughout the year, its net revenue is generally lower in our second fiscal quarter (December through February) than the other quarters due to holiday breaks. Because of the seasonal nature of our business and other factors, the results of operations for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the entire fiscal year.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Issued Accounting Pronouncement

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”), which simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment. The standard permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, an entity will no longer be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit in the step one test unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We early adopted ASU 2011-08 on September 1, 2011 for our fiscal year 2012 goodwill impairment tests. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures.

Future Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) are working on joint convergence projects to address accounting differences between GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) in order to support their commitment to achieve a single set of high-quality global accounting standards. Some of the most significant projects on the FASB and IASB’s agenda include accounting for leases, revenue recognition and financial instruments, among other items. Both the FASB and IASB have issued final guidance for certain accounting topics and are currently redeliberating guidance in other areas. The converged guidance that the FASB has already issued addressing fair value measurements, financial instrument disclosures and the statement of other comprehensive income is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures. While we anticipate the lease accounting and revenue recognition proposals will have the greatest impact on us if enacted, the FASB’s standard-setting process is ongoing and until new standards have been finalized and issued, we cannot determine the impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or disclosures that may result from any such future changes.

Concurrent with these convergence projects, the Securities and Exchange Commission is considering incorporating IFRS into the U.S. financial reporting system. At this time, the method and timing of potential conversion to IFRS is uncertain and cannot be determined until final conversion requirements are mandated. The potential preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS could have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and disclosures.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Income Statement [Abstract]
Net revenue	$ 1,130,808	$ 1,235,837	$ 3,279,050	$ 3,610,901
Costs and expenses:
Instructional and student advisory	470,112	458,145	1,356,409	1,335,601
Marketing	158,881	161,034	483,980	484,392
Admissions advisory	95,290	99,923	298,083	315,958
General and administrative	88,084	87,857	252,028	257,075
Depreciation and amortization	45,155	41,125	133,438	117,369
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430	39,217	108,009	141,666
Restructuring and other charges	7,577	0	29,287	3,846
Litigation charge	4,725	2,048	4,725	4,503
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	0	0	16,788	219,927
Total costs and expenses	905,254	889,349	2,682,747	2,880,337
Operating income	225,554	346,488	596,303	730,564
Interest income	219	867	1,085	2,635
Interest expense	(2,830)	(2,383)	(6,618)	(6,207)
Other, net	(402)	(1,862)	(44)	(1,603)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes	222,541	343,110	590,726	725,389
Provision for income taxes	(88,159)	(130,385)	(247,889)	(376,016)
Income from continuing operations	134,382	212,725	342,837	349,373
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax	0	540	0	2,487
Net income	134,382	213,265	342,837	351,860
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests	(348)	(825)	4,393	31,955
Net income attributable to Apollo	$ 134,034	$ 212,440	$ 347,230	$ 383,815
Earnings per share - Basic:
Continuing operations attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 1.13	$ 1.52	$ 2.79	$ 2.67
Discontinued operations attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.02
Basic income per share attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 1.13	$ 1.52	$ 2.79	$ 2.69
Earnings per share - Diluted:
Continuing operations attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 1.13	$ 1.51	$ 2.77	$ 2.66
Discontinued operations attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.00	$ 0.02
Diluted income per share attributable to Apollo (in dollars per share)	$ 1.13	$ 1.51	$ 2.77	$ 2.68
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	118,134	139,856	124,560	142,845
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	118,793	140,343	125,335	143,222

XML

Shareholders' Equity

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Shareholders' Equity

Shareholders’ Equity

The following tables detail changes in shareholders’ equity during the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and May 31, 2011:

	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	68,724		$	(3,125,175	)	$	4,320,472	$	(23,761	)	$	1,240,364		$	3,625		$	1,243,989
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(742,016		)	—		—			(742,016		)	—			(742,016		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,037		)	4,926			—		—			3,889			—			3,889
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(19,660		)	26,292			—		—			6,632			—			6,632
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(3,937		)	—			—		—			(3,937		)	—			(3,937		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		59,438			—			—		—			59,438			—			59,438
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		(7,912		)	(7,912		)	(1,490		)	(9,402		)
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			347,230		—			347,230			(4,393		)	342,837
Balance as of May 31, 2012	$	103	$	1	$	103,528		$	(3,835,973	)	$	4,667,702	$	(31,673	)	$	903,688		$	(2,258	)	$	901,430
	Common Stock
	Class A		Class B		Additional Paid-in Capital			Treasury Stock Class A					Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Total Apollo Shareholders’ Equity			Non-controlling (Deficit) Interests
	Stated Value		Stated Value								Retained Earnings											Total Equity
($ in thousands)								Cost
Balance as of August 31, 2010	$	103	$	1	$	46,865		$	(2,407,788	)	$	3,748,045	$	(31,176	)	$	1,356,050		$	32,690		$	1,388,740
Treasury stock purchases	—		—		—			(420,022		)	—		—			(420,022		)	—			(420,022		)
Treasury stock issued under stock purchase plans	—		—		(1,748		)	6,172			—		—			4,424			—			4,424
Treasury stock issued under stock incentive plans	—		—		(10,110		)	15,927			—		—			5,817			—			5,817
Net tax effect for stock incentive plans	—		—		(2,888		)	—			—		—			(2,888		)	—			(2,888		)
Share-based compensation	—		—		50,453			—			—		—			50,453			—			50,453
Currency translation adjustment, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		6,773			6,773			863			7,636
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities, net of tax	—		—		—			—			—		463			463			—			463
Noncontrolling interest contributions(1)	—		—		—			—			—		—			—			6,875			6,875
Net income (loss)	—		—		—			—			383,815		—			383,815			(31,955		)	351,860
Balance as of May 31, 2011	$	103	$	1	$	82,572		$	(2,805,711	)	$	4,131,860	$	(23,940	)	$	1,384,885		$	8,473		$	1,393,358

⁽¹⁾ There was no change in our 85.6% ownership interest in Apollo Global during the nine months ended May 31, 2011.

Share Reissuances

During the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we issued approximately 0.1 million and 0.2 million shares, respectively, and during the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we issued approximately 0.6 million and 0.4 million shares, respectively, of our Apollo Group Class A common stock from our treasury stock. These reissuances are a result of stock option exercises, release of shares covered by vested restricted stock units, and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan.

Share Repurchases

Our Board of Directors has authorized us to repurchase outstanding shares of Apollo Group Class A common stock, from time to time, depending on market conditions and other considerations. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, our Board of Directors authorized an increase in the amount available under our share repurchase program up to an aggregate amount of $300 million. There is no expiration date on the repurchase authorizations and repurchases occur at our discretion.

We repurchased approximately 9.0 million and 4.1 million shares of our Apollo Group Class A common stock at a total cost of $329.0 million and $167.3 million during the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. This represented weighted average purchase prices of $36.41 and $40.26 per share during the respective periods. During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased approximately 17.1 million and 10.6 million shares of our Apollo Group Class A common stock at a total cost of approximately $736.0 million and $418.7 million, respectively. This represented weighted average purchase prices of $43.02 and $39.48 per share during the respective periods. At May 31, 2012, $10.2 million was recorded in accrued and other current liabilities on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for repurchased shares that settled subsequent to May 31, 2012.

As of May 31, 2012, approximately $63.5 million remained available under our share repurchase authorization. The amount and timing of future share repurchase authorizations and repurchases, if any, will be made as market and business conditions warrant. Repurchases may be made on the open market through various methods including but not limited to accelerated share repurchase programs, or in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, and may include repurchases pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 10b5-1 nondiscretionary trading programs.

In connection with the release of vested shares of restricted stock, we repurchased approximately 21,000 and 18,000 shares of Class A common stock for $0.8 million and $0.8 million during the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, we repurchased approximately 126,000 and 32,000 shares of Class A common stock for $6.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively. These repurchases relate to tax withholding requirements on the restricted stock units and do not fall under the repurchase program described above.

XML

Document and Entity Information In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	Jun. 19, 2012 Apollo Group Class A nonvoting common stock [Member]	Jun. 19, 2012 Apollo Group Class B voting common stock [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	May 31, 2012
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2012
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q3
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Registrant Name	Apollo Group Inc
Entity Central Index Key	0000929887
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--08-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		112,900	475

XML

Earnings Per Share

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

Our outstanding shares consist of Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock. Our Articles of Incorporation treat the declaration of dividends on the Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock in an identical manner. As such, both the Apollo Group Class A and Class B common stock are included in the calculation of our earnings per share.

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding includes the incremental effect of shares that would be issued upon the assumed exercise of stock options and the vesting and release of restricted stock units and performance share awards. The components of basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Net income attributable to Apollo (basic and diluted)	$	134,034	$	212,440	$	347,230	$	383,815
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	118,134		139,856		124,560		142,845
Dilutive effect of stock options	1		70		25		91
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units and performance share awards	658		417		750		286
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	118,793		140,343		125,335		143,222
Earnings per share:
Basic income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.52	$	2.79	$	2.69
Diluted income per share attributable to Apollo	$	1.13	$	1.51	$	2.77	$	2.68

During the three months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 8.6 million and 9.5 million, respectively, of our stock options outstanding and approximately 317,000 and 27,000, respectively, of our restricted stock units and performance share awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. These options, restricted stock units and performance share awards could be dilutive in the future.

During the nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 8.7 million and 9.5 million, respectively, of our stock options outstanding and approximately 10,000 and 279,000, respectively, of our restricted stock units and performance share awards were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. These options, restricted stock units and performance share awards could be dilutive in the future.

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 134,382	$ 213,265	$ 342,837	$ 351,860
Other comprehensive income (net of tax):
Currency translation (loss) gain	(4,774)	2,875	(9,402)	7,636
Change in fair value of auction-rate securities	0	0	0	463
Comprehensive income	129,608	216,140	333,435	359,959
Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests	319	(1,033)	5,883	31,092
Comprehensive income attributable to Apollo	$ 129,927	$ 215,107	$ 339,318	$ 391,051

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill from August 31, 2011 to May 31, 2012 are as follows:

			Apollo Global
($ in thousands)	University of Phoenix		BPP			Other			Other Schools		Total Goodwill
Goodwill as of August 31, 2011	$	37,018	$	50,694		$	30,275		$	15,310	$	133,297
Goodwill acquired(1)	34,794		—			—			—		34,794
Impairment(2)	—		—			(11,912		)	—		(11,912		)
Currency translation adjustment	—		(5,085		)	(2,876		)	—		(7,961		)
Goodwill as of May 31, 2012	$	71,812	$	45,609		$	15,487		$	15,310	$	148,218

⁽¹⁾ Goodwill acquired resulted from our acquisition of Carnegie Learning during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $11.9 million of UNIACC’s goodwill during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

Intangible assets, net consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

	May 31, 2012										August 31, 2011
($ in thousands)	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization			Effect of Foreign Currency Translation Loss			Net Carrying Amount
Finite-lived intangible assets
Software and technology(1)	$	42,389	$	(6,076	)	$	—		$	36,313	$	3,600	$	(3,450	)	$	—		$	150
Student and customer relationships(1)	14,109		(5,593		)	(1,406		)	7,110		9,477		(6,538		)	(1,284		)	1,655
Copyrights	20,891		(15,262		)	(786		)	4,843		20,891		(11,521		)	(422		)	8,948
Other(2)	12,878		(10,024		)	(1,224		)	1,630		15,102		(9,049		)	(1,166		)	4,887
Total finite-lived intangible assets	90,267		(36,955		)	(3,416		)	49,896		49,070		(30,558		)	(2,872		)	15,640
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Trademarks(1), (2)	108,961		—			(5,083		)	103,878		98,849		—			(737		)	98,112
Accreditations and designations(2)	7,260		—			(472		)	6,788		7,456		—			(91		)	7,365
Total indefinite-lived intangible assets	116,221		—			(5,555		)	110,666		106,305		—			(828		)	105,477
Total intangible assets, net	$	206,488	$	(36,955	)	$	(8,971	)	$	160,562	$	155,375	$	(30,558	)	$	(3,700	)	$	121,117

⁽¹⁾ We acquired certain intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 as a result of our acquisition of Carnegie Learning. Refer to Note 5, Acquisitions.

⁽²⁾ We recorded an impairment charge of $4.9 million of UNIACC’s intangible assets during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012. See below for further discussion.

On September 1, 2011, we early adopted the principles of ASU 2011-08 which simplifies how an entity tests goodwill for impairment by providing an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Our qualitative analysis may consider many factors, including general economic conditions, industry and market conditions, financial performance and key business drivers of the reporting unit, and potential changes to significant assumptions used in the most recent fair value analysis. If we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount based on our qualitative assessment, or that a qualitative assessment should not be performed for a reporting unit, we proceed with performing the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. For further discussion of our two step impairment test process, including valuation methods we employ and critical assumptions and estimates used in determining the fair value of a reporting unit, refer to our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

At May 31, 2012, we completed our annual goodwill impairment analysis for the following reporting units:

• University of Phoenix,

• ULA, and

• Western International University.

For University of Phoenix and Western International University, we performed qualitative assessments that included consideration of the factors discussed above and the fact that the fair value of these reporting units exceeded their respective carrying values in their most recent annual tests by a substantial margin of at least 50%. Based on our assessments, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of each reporting unit was greater than its carrying value.

For our ULA reporting unit, we performed the step one quantitative goodwill impairment test and determined the fair value exceeded the carrying value of its net assets and its goodwill was not impaired. The excess as a percentage of fair value was approximately 25%. We determined fair value using the discounted cash flow valuation method which utilized key assumptions that were substantially consistent with our prior annual impairment test.

As of May 31, 2012, we also tested indefinite-lived intangibles consisting primarily of trademarks and accreditations totaling $17.3 million, which includes $14.1 million related to the Carnegie Learning trademark. We performed a fair value analysis of these indefinite-lived intangibles and determined there was no impairment.

UNIACC Reporting Unit

In November 2011, UNIACC was advised by the National Accreditation Commission of Chile that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed and therefore had lapsed. UNIACC has appealed the decision. The loss of accreditation from the National Accreditation Commission does not impact UNIACC’s ability to operate or confer degrees and does not directly affect UNIACC’s programmatic accreditations. However, this institutional accreditation is necessary for new UNIACC students to participate in government loan programs and for existing students to begin to participate in such programs for the first time. The loss of accreditation has reduced new enrollment in UNIACC’s degree programs due to the unavailability of the government loan programs. Based on these factors and related uncertainty, we revised our cash flow estimates and performed an interim goodwill impairment analysis for UNIACC in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

To determine the fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit in our interim step one analysis, we used a discounted cash flow valuation method using assumptions that we believe would be a reasonable market participant’s view of the impact of the loss of accreditation status and the increased uncertainty impacting UNIACC. We used significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) in our discounted cash flow valuation.

Our interim step one goodwill impairment analysis resulted in a lower estimated fair value for the UNIACC reporting unit as compared to its carrying value. Based on the estimated fair value of the UNIACC reporting unit and a hypothetical purchase price allocation, we determined the UNIACC reporting unit would have no implied goodwill. Additionally, our interim impairment tests for the trademark and accreditation intangibles utilized the same significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) and assumptions used in UNIACC’s interim goodwill analysis and resulted in minimal or no fair value. Accordingly, we determined UNIACC’s entire goodwill balance and the trademark and accreditation indefinite-lived intangibles totaling $11.9 million and $3.9 million, respectively, were impaired.

We also evaluated UNIACC’s remaining long-lived assets, including property and equipment and finite-lived intangibles, for recoverability and determined certain finite-lived intangibles were impaired totaling $1.0 million. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2012, UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles impairment charges in the aggregate were $16.8 million, with no income tax benefit as UNIACC’s goodwill and other intangibles are not deductible for tax purposes.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts Receivable, Net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Student accounts receivable	$	282,642		$	324,324
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(110,202		)	(128,897		)
Net student accounts receivable	172,440			195,427
Other receivables	19,225			20,140
Total accounts receivable, net	$	191,665		$	215,567

Student accounts receivable primarily represents amounts due related to tuition and educational services. The following table summarizes the activity in allowance for doubtful accounts for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Beginning allowance for doubtful accounts	$	118,946		$	159,882		$	128,897		$	192,857
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430			39,217			108,009			141,666
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(44,174		)	(53,172		)	(126,704		)	(188,596		)
Ending allowance for doubtful accounts	$	110,202		$	145,927		$	110,202		$	145,927

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Policy Text Block [Abstract]

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Apollo Group, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and subsidiaries that we control. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.

These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for annual financial statements. Therefore, this information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto contained in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2011. We consistently applied the accounting policies described in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, in our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K in preparing these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

XML

Share-Based Compensation

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Share-Based Compensation

Share-Based Compensation

The table below details share-based compensation expense for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Instructional and student advisory	$	6,518	$	7,598	$	20,641	$	19,319
Marketing	1,533		1,347		5,473		4,056
Admissions advisory	405		585		1,277		1,742
General and administrative	10,490		10,433		32,047		25,336
Share-based compensation expense	$	18,946	$	19,963	$	59,438	$	50,453

In accordance with our Apollo Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, we granted approximately 3,000 and 12,000 stock options during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively. The weighted average grant date fair value was $14.20 and $16.64 for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively, and the weighted average exercise price of these options was $42.41 and $45.74 for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $17.9 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation cost, net of forfeitures, related to unvested stock options and stock appreciation rights. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.45 years.

In accordance with our Apollo Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, we granted approximately 161,000 and 247,000 restricted stock units and performance share awards during the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012, respectively, that had a weighted average grant date fair value of $38.71 and $40.86, respectively. As of May 31, 2012, there was approximately $80.0 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, related to unvested restricted stock units and performance share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.87 years.

During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we increased the number of Class A shares reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan by 3.5 million shares.

XML

Debt

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Debt

Debt

Debt and short-term borrowings consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Revolving Credit Facility, see terms below	$	—		$	493,322
BPP Credit Facility, see terms below	38,439			47,603
Capital lease obligations	55,852			36,512
Other, see terms below	31,703			21,572
Total debt	125,994			599,009
Less short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt	(35,827		)	(419,318		)
Long-term debt	$	90,167		$	179,691

• Revolving Credit Facility — During the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, we entered into a syndicated $625 million unsecured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which replaced our previous revolving credit facility. The Revolving Credit Facility is used for general corporate purposes including acquisitions and share repurchases. The term is five years and will expire in April 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility provides a multi-currency sub-limit facility for borrowings in certain specified foreign currencies.

We borrowed substantially all of our credit line under our previous revolving credit facility as of August 31, 2011, which included £63.0 million denominated in British Pounds (equivalent to $103.2 million as of August 31, 2011). The weighted average interest rate on these borrowings at August 31, 2011 was 2.8%, and we repaid the entire amount during the first quarter of fiscal year 2012.

The Revolving Credit Facility fees are determined based on a pricing grid that varies according to our leverage ratio. The Revolving Credit Facility fee ranges from 25 to 40 basis points. Incremental fees for borrowings under the facility generally range from LIBOR + 125 to 185 basis points.

The Revolving Credit Facility contains various customary representations, covenants and other provisions, including the following financial covenants: maximum leverage ratio, minimum coverage interest and rent expense ratio, and a U.S. Department of Education financial responsibility composite score. We were in compliance with all applicable covenants related to the Revolving Credit Facility at May 31, 2012.

• BPP Credit Facility — In fiscal year 2010, we refinanced BPP’s debt by entering into a £52.0 million (equivalent to $81.5 million as of May 31, 2012) secured credit agreement (the “BPP Credit Facility”). During the second quarter of fiscal year 2012, we amended the BPP Credit Facility reducing the amount available under the facility to £39.0 million (equivalent to $61.1 million as of May 31, 2012). The BPP Credit Facility contains term debt, which was used to refinance BPP’s debt in fiscal year 2010, and revolving credit facilities used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The BPP credit facility will expire on August 31, 2013.

The amended BPP Credit Facility contains financial covenants that include a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio, which we were in compliance with as of May 31, 2012. The interest rate on borrowings is LIBOR + 175 basis points. The weighted average interest rate on BPP’s outstanding borrowings at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 2.7% and 4.0%, respectively.

• Other Debt — As of May 31, 2012, other debt includes the present value of our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, which is discussed further at Note 5, Acquisitions. Other debt also includes $8.1 million of variable rate debt and $9.6 million of fixed rate debt as of May 31, 2012, and $9.1 million of variable rate debt and $12.5 million of fixed rate debt as of August 31, 2011. Excluding our obligation to Carnegie Mellon University, the weighted average interest rate on our other debt at May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011 was 5.2% and 6.1%. respectively.

Refer to Note 8, Fair Value Measurements, for discussion of the fair value of our debt.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of May 31, 2012:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	645,812	$	645,812	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	651,758	$	645,812	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,829	$	—	$	1,829	$	—

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the following as of August 31, 2011:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
($ in thousands)	August 31, 2011		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets/ Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Assets:
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash equivalents):
Money market funds	$	1,854,927	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	—
Marketable securities:
Auction-rate securities	5,946		—		—		5,946
Total assets at fair value on a recurring basis	$	1,860,873	$	1,854,927	$	—	$	5,946
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swap	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—
Total liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis	$	3,363	$	—	$	3,363	$	—

We measure the above items on a recurring basis at fair value as follows:

• Money market funds — Classified within Level 1 and were valued primarily using real-time quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets. As of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011, our remaining cash and cash equivalents not disclosed in the above tables approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of the financial instruments.

• Auction-rate securities — Classified within Level 3 due to the illiquidity of the market and were valued using a discounted cash flow model encompassing significant unobservable inputs such as estimated interest rates, credit spreads, timing and amount of cash flows, credit quality of the underlying securities and illiquidity considerations.

• Interest rate swap — We have an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $36.0 million as of May 31, 2012 used to minimize the interest rate exposure on a portion of BPP’s variable rate debt. The interest rate swap is used to fix the variable interest rate on the associated debt. The swap is classified within Level 2 and is valued using readily available pricing sources which utilize market observable inputs including the current variable interest rate for similar types of instruments.

At May 31, 2012, the carrying value of our debt, excluding capital leases, was $70.1 million. The majority of our debt is variable interest rate debt and the carrying amount approximates fair value.

We did not change our valuation techniques associated with recurring fair value measurements from prior periods. Additionally, there were no changes in the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)  during the nine months ended May 31, 2012.

Liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the first nine months of fiscal year 2012 consist of the following:

			Fair Value Measurements at Measurement Date Using
($ in thousands)	Fair Value at Measurement Dates		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Liabilities (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Losses for Nine Months Ended May 31, 2012
Liabilities:
Other liabilities:
Restructuring obligations	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)
Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis	$	22,692	$	—	$	—	$	22,692	$	(22,692	)

During the first nine months of fiscal year 2012, we recorded aggregate initial restructuring obligations at fair value of $22.7 million associated with abandoning certain leased facilities as part of a real estate rationalization plan. We recorded the restructuring obligation liabilities on the dates we ceased use of the respective facilities, and we measured the liabilities at fair value using Level 3 inputs included in the valuation method. Refer to Note 4, Restructuring and Other Charges.

XML

Accrued and Other Liabilities

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Accrued and other liabilities

Accrued and Other Liabilities

Accrued and other current liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Salaries, wages and benefits	$	105,616	$	93,763
Accrued legal and other professional obligations(1)	61,544		197,957
Accrued advertising	41,534		50,172
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	19,839		18,869
Curriculum materials	13,686		16,198
Unsettled share repurchases	10,244		—
Student refunds, grants and scholarships	6,530		17,360
Other	52,226		54,618
Total accrued and other current liabilities	$	311,219	$	448,937

⁽¹⁾ Accrued legal and other professional obligations as of August 31, 2011 includes $145.0 million associated with our agreement in principle to settle the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) litigation. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies.

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012		August 31, 2011
Deferred rent and other lease liabilities	$	88,556	$	74,136
Uncertain tax positions	29,249		22,277
Deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	26,392		28,490
Restructuring obligations	22,982		14,604
Other	36,458		24,832
Total other long-term liabilities	$	203,637	$	164,339

XML

Income Taxes

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

We determine our interim income tax provision by estimating our effective income tax rate expected to be applicable for the full fiscal year. Our effective income tax rate is dependent upon several factors, such as tax rates in state and foreign jurisdictions and the relative amount of income we earn in such jurisdictions. In determining our full year estimate, we do not include the estimated impact of unusual and/or infrequent items, which may cause significant variations in the customary relationship between income tax expense and income before income taxes. We exercise significant judgment in determining our income tax provision due to transactions, credits and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

The decrease in the current portion of our net deferred tax assets as of May 31, 2012 compared to August 31, 2011 was principally attributable to the reversal of a deferred tax asset related to our $145.0 million settlement payment associated with the Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago) matter, which became deductible in the third quarter of fiscal year 2012. Refer to Note 15, Commitments and Contingencies.

We are subject to numerous ongoing audits by federal, state, local and foreign tax authorities. Although we believe our tax accruals to be reasonable, the final determination of tax audits in the U.S. or abroad and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals.

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Stock And Savings Plans (Tables) [Abstract]

Share-based compensation expense

The table below details share-based compensation expense for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,				Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012		2011		2012		2011
Instructional and student advisory	$	6,518	$	7,598	$	20,641	$	19,319
Marketing	1,533		1,347		5,473		4,056
Admissions advisory	405		585		1,277		1,742
General and administrative	10,490		10,433		32,047		25,336
Share-based compensation expense	$	18,946	$	19,963	$	59,438	$	50,453

XML

Share-Based Compensation (Details 2) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended	9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2012
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Increase in shares reserved for issuance		3,500,000
Stock options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized shared-based compensation cost	$ 17.9	$ 17.9
Weighted average period unrecognized share-based compensation expected to be recognized		1.45
Restricted stock units and performance share awards [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Unrecognized shared-based compensation cost	$ 80.0	$ 80.0
Awards other than options granted	161,000	247,000
Weighted average grant date fair value other than options	$ 38.71	$ 40.86
Weighted average period unrecognized share-based compensation expected to be recognized		1.87

XML

Regulatory Matters

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Matters

Student Financial Aid

In fiscal year 2011, University of Phoenix generated 91% of our total consolidated net revenue and more than 100% of our operating income, and 86% of its cash basis revenue for eligible tuition and fees was derived from Title IV financial aid program funds, as calculated under the 90/10 Rule.

All U.S. federal financial aid programs are established by Title IV of the Higher Education Act and regulations promulgated thereunder. In August 2008, the Higher Education Act was reauthorized through September 30, 2013 by the Higher Education Opportunity Act. The U.S. Congress must periodically reauthorize the Higher Education Act and annually determine the funding level for each Title IV program. Changes to the Higher Education Act are likely to result from subsequent reauthorizations, and the scope and substance of any such changes cannot be predicted.

The Higher Education Opportunity Act specifies the manner in which the U.S. Department of Education reviews institutions for eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV programs. Every educational institution involved in Title IV programs must be certified to participate and is required to periodically renew this certification.

University of Phoenix was recertified in November 2009 and entered into a new Title IV Program Participation Agreement which expires December 31, 2012.

Western International University was recertified in May 2010 and entered into a new Title IV Program Participation Agreement which expires September 30, 2014.

Accreditation

University of Phoenix and Western International University are accredited by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools (“HLC”). This accreditation provides the following:

• recognition and acceptance by employers, other higher education institutions and governmental entities of the degrees and credits earned by students;

• qualification to participate in Title IV programs (in combination with state higher education operating and degree granting authority); and

• qualification for authority to operate in certain states.

The HLC began its previously scheduled comprehensive evaluation visits of University of Phoenix in March 2012, and Western International University in May 2012.

UNIACC

As discussed in Note 7, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, UNIACC was advised by the National Accreditation Commission of Chile that its institutional accreditation would not be renewed and therefore had lapsed. UNIACC has appealed the decision. In addition, in June 2012, UNIACC received a letter from a local prosecutor’s office in Santiago, Chile requesting that UNIACC voluntarily provide documents relating to UNIACC’s relationship with a former UNIACC employee who served as a member of the National Accreditation Commission until March 2012, as well as documents relating to UNIACC’s relationship with that individual’s consulting firm and spouse. We are evaluating the request and we intend to cooperate fully. At this time, we cannot predict the eventual scope or course of the inquiry or whether it will impact our pending appeal of the Commission’s decision not to renew UNIACC’s accreditation.

XML

Acquisitions (Table)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Acquisitions (Tables) [Abstract]

Purchase price allocation

The following table presents a summary of the Carnegie Learning acquisition purchase price allocation:

($ in thousands)
Net working capital deficit	$	(336	)
Property and equipment	870
Intangible assets
Finite-lived — Software technology	28,000
Indefinite-lived — Trademark	14,100
Finite-lived — Customer relationships	9,000
Goodwill	34,794
Deferred taxes, net	(11,428		)
Allocated purchase price	75,000
Less: Cash acquired	(1,264		)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	$	73,736

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Earnings Per Share (Details) [Abstract]
Net income (loss) attributable to Apollo (basic and diluted)	$ 134,034	$ 212,440	$ 347,230	$ 383,815
Basic weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	118,134	139,856	124,560	142,845
Anti-dilutive securities [Line Items]
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (in shares)	118,793	140,343	125,335	143,222
Basic income (loss) per share attributable to Apollo	$ 1.13	$ 1.52	$ 2.79	$ 2.69
Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to Apollo	$ 1.13	$ 1.51	$ 2.77	$ 2.68
Stock options [Member]
Anti-dilutive securities [Line Items]
Dilutive effect of share-based awards	1	70	25	91
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from earnings per share computation	8,600	9,500	8,700	9,500
Restricted stock units and performance share awards [Member]
Anti-dilutive securities [Line Items]
Dilutive effect of share-based awards	658	417	750	286
Anti-dilutive securities excluded from earnings per share computation	317	27	10	279

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended				9 Months Ended				3 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012 University Of Phoenix [Member]	May 31, 2012 University Of Phoenix [Member] Minimum [Member]	May 31, 2012 Bpp Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2011 Bpp Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Apollo Global Other [Member]	May 31, 2012 Other Schools [Member]	Nov. 30, 2011 Uniacc Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Ula Apollo Global [Member]	May 31, 2012 Western International University [Member] Minimum [Member]
Goodwill [Line Items]
Goodwill beginning balance			$ 133,297		$ 37,018		$ 50,694		$ 30,275	$ 15,310
Goodwill acquired			34,794		34,794		0		0	0
Impairment			(11,912)		0		0		(11,912)	0	(11,912)
Currency translation adjustment			(7,961)		0		(5,085)		(2,876)	0
Goodwill ending balance	148,218		148,218		71,812		45,609		15,487	15,310
Excess of fair value over carrying value						50.00%						25.00%	50.00%
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	$ 0	$ 0	$ 16,788	$ 219,927				$ 219,927	$ 16,788		$ 16,788

XML

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows from Continuing and Discontinued Operations (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011
Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:
Net income	$ 342,837	$ 351,860
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Share-based compensation	59,438	50,453
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	(1,137)	(1,214)
Depreciation and amortization	133,438	117,369
Amortization of lease incentives	(11,604)	(10,523)
Amortization of deferred gains on sale-leasebacks	(2,098)	(1,491)
Goodwill and other intangibles impairment	16,788	219,927
Non-cash foreign currency loss, net	173	1,767
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	108,009	141,666
Litigation charge	4,725	4,503
Deferred income taxes	31,386	(3,327)
Changes in assets and liabilities, excluding the impact of business acquisition and disposition:
Restricted cash and cash equivalents	25,523	67,658
Accounts receivable	(85,788)	(81,215)
Prepaid taxes	6	21,218
Other assets	(6,260)	(13,955)
Accounts payable	(8,174)	(12,440)
Student deposits	(35,215)	(89,944)
Deferred revenue	(32,667)	(60,763)
Accrued and other liabilities	(123,605)	47,003
Net cash provided by operating activities	415,775	748,552
Cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities:
Additions to property and equipment	(85,702)	(119,726)
Maturities of marketable securities	0	10,000
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	(73,736)	0
Proceeds from sale-leaseback, net	0	169,018
Proceeds from disposition	3,285	9,612
Collateralization of letter of credit	0	126,615
Other investing activities	(1,694)	0
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(157,847)	195,519
Cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities:
Payments on borrowings	(508,449)	(425,325)
Proceeds from borrowings	2,437	11,682
Apollo Group Class A common stock purchased for treasury	(731,772)	(408,220)
Issuance of Apollo Group Class A common stock	10,521	10,240
Noncontrolling interest contributions	0	6,875
Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation	1,137	1,214
Net cash used in financing activities	(1,226,126)	(803,534)
Exchange rate effect on cash and cash equivalents	(1,322)	1,040
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(969,520)	141,577
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	1,571,664	1,284,769
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	602,144	1,426,346
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow and non-cash information
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds	211,500	326,999
Cash paid for interest	7,178	8,063
Capital lease additions	26,906	14,693
Credits received for tenant improvements	24,856	12,047
Restricted stock units vested and released	16,926	3,614
Acquired technology (Note 5)	14,389	0
Unsettled share repurchases	$ 10,244	$ 11,802

XML

Acquisitions

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Acquisitions

Acquisitions

On September 12, 2011, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of Carnegie Learning, a publisher of research-based math curricula and adaptive learning software for a cash purchase price of $75.0 million. In a separate transaction completed on September 12, 2011, we acquired related technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million payable over a 10-year period. We incurred transaction costs of $1.7 million in connection with these acquisitions with the majority included in general and administrative expense in our fiscal year 2011 operating results. The acquisitions allow us to accelerate our efforts to incorporate adaptive learning into our academic platform and to provide tools to help raise student achievement in mathematics, which is expected to support improved retention and graduation rates at University of Phoenix. Given our postsecondary focus, we are currently evaluating strategic alternatives for a potential sale of the K-12 portion of the business in order to support Carnegie Learning’s continued success in this market, but have not yet committed to any specific plan of disposition.

We accounted for the Carnegie Learning acquisition as a business combination. Accordingly, we determined the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on assumptions that reasonable market participants would use while employing the concept of highest and best use of the respective assets and liabilities. We used the following assumptions, the majority of which include significant unobservable inputs, and valuation methodologies to determine fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities:

• Software technology and customer relationship intangible assets were valued using the cost savings approach utilizing current discount rates, cost estimates and assumptions;

• The Carnegie Learning trademark was valued using the relief-from-royalty method, which represents the benefit of owning this intangible asset rather than paying royalties for its use;

• Deferred revenue was valued using the cost plus mark-up approach, which estimates the fair value of our estimated cost to fulfill the obligation; and

• The carrying value of all other assets and liabilities approximated fair value at the time of acquisition.

We recorded $34.8 million of goodwill as a result of the Carnegie Learning acquisition, which is not deductible for tax purposes. Carnegie Learning is included in our University of Phoenix operating segment and the goodwill is primarily attributable to expected strategic synergies. These synergies include cost savings and benefits attributable to improved student retention and graduation rates at University of Phoenix and the assembled workforce.

The following table presents a summary of the Carnegie Learning acquisition purchase price allocation:

($ in thousands)
Net working capital deficit	$	(336	)
Property and equipment	870
Intangible assets
Finite-lived — Software technology	28,000
Indefinite-lived — Trademark	14,100
Finite-lived — Customer relationships	9,000
Goodwill	34,794
Deferred taxes, net	(11,428		)
Allocated purchase price	75,000
Less: Cash acquired	(1,264		)
Acquisition, net of cash acquired	$	73,736

We are amortizing the finite-lived software technology on a straight-line basis over a five year useful life, and the customer relationships asset on an accelerated basis over a four year useful life. The amortization of the respective finite-lived intangible assets reflects the pattern in which we expect the economic benefits of the assets to be consumed. We assigned an indefinite life to the acquired trademark as we believe the intangible asset has the ability to generate cash flows indefinitely. In addition, there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, economic, or other factors to limit the trademark’s useful life.

As noted above, we also acquired related technology from Carnegie Mellon University for $21.5 million, payable over a 10-year period. We accounted for this transaction as an asset purchase. Accordingly, we recorded an asset and corresponding liability totaling $14.4 million representing the present value of the future cash payments on the acquisition date using our incremental borrowing rate. The asset is included in intangible assets, net on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five year useful life. The liability is included in debt on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and is being accreted over the 10-year period, with the accretion expense recorded in interest expense on our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

Carnegie Learning’s operating results are included in our condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. We have not provided pro forma information because Carnegie Learning’s results of operations are not significant to our consolidated results of operations.

XML

Accounts Receivable, Net (Tables)

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Accounts Receivable, Net (Tables) [Abstract]

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net consists of the following as of May 31, 2012 and August 31, 2011:

($ in thousands)	May 31, 2012			August 31, 2011
Student accounts receivable	$	282,642		$	324,324
Less allowance for doubtful accounts	(110,202		)	(128,897		)
Net student accounts receivable	172,440			195,427
Other receivables	19,225			20,140
Total accounts receivable, net	$	191,665		$	215,567

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The following table summarizes the activity in allowance for doubtful accounts for the three and nine months ended May 31, 2012 and 2011:

	Three Months Ended May 31,						Nine Months Ended May 31,
($ in thousands)	2012			2011			2012			2011
Beginning allowance for doubtful accounts	$	118,946		$	159,882		$	128,897		$	192,857
Provision for uncollectible accounts receivable	35,430			39,217			108,009			141,666
Write-offs, net of recoveries	(44,174		)	(53,172		)	(126,704		)	(188,596		)
Ending allowance for doubtful accounts	$	110,202		$	145,927		$	110,202		$	145,927

XML

Restructuring and Other Charges (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		9 Months Ended
	May 31, 2012	May 31, 2011	May 31, 2012 Facilities	May 31, 2011	Aug. 31, 2011
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	$ 7,577,000	$ 0	$ 29,287,000	$ 3,846,000
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			52,200,000
Restructuring liability			17,802,000
Expense incurred			29,734,000
Interest accretion			1,368,000
Payments			(9,726,000)
Restructuring liability	39,178,000		39,178,000
Restructuring liability, current	16,200,000		16,200,000		3,200,000
Number of facilities abandoned			4
University Of Phoenix [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	535,000	0	22,245,000	3,846,000
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			45,158,000
Apollo Global Other [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	2,681,000	0	2,681,000	0
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			2,681,000
Corporate [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	4,361,000	0	4,361,000	0
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			4,361,000
Non-cancelable lease obligations and related costs, net [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	535,000	0	22,245,000	0
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			41,312,000
Restructuring liability			17,802,000
Expense incurred			22,692,000
Interest accretion			1,368,000
Payments			(6,391,000)
Restructuring liability	35,471,000		35,471,000
Employee severance and other benefits [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	2,681,000	0	2,681,000	3,846,000
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			6,527,000
Restructuring liability			0
Expense incurred			2,681,000
Interest accretion			0
Payments			(2,681,000)
Restructuring liability	0		0
Other restructuring related costs [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Restructuring and other charges	4,361,000	0	4,361,000	0
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			4,361,000
Restructuring liability			0
Expense incurred			4,361,000
Interest accretion			0
Payments			(654,000)
Restructuring liability	3,707,000		3,707,000
Lease abandonment obligation [Member]
Restructuring [Line Items]
Cumulative costs for restructuring activities			$ 38,700,000

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

9 Months Ended

May 31, 2012

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

Contingencies Related to Litigation and Other Proceedings

The following is a description of pending litigation, settlements, and other proceedings that fall outside the scope of ordinary and routine litigation incidental to our business.

Securities Class Action (Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago)

In January 2008, a jury returned an adverse verdict against us and two remaining individual co-defendants in a securities class action lawsuit entitled, In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation, Case No. CV04-2147-PHX-JAT, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, relating to alleged false and misleading statements in connection with our failure to publicly disclose the contents of a preliminary U.S. Department of Education program review report. After various post-trial challenges, the case was returned to the trial court in March 2011 to administer the shareholder claims process. In September 2011, we entered into an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs to settle the litigation for $145.0 million, which was preliminarily approved by the Court on November 28, 2011. On April 20, 2012, the Court approved the settlement agreement and entered an order of final judgment and dismissal. In connection with approval of the settlement agreement and the dismissal of the lawsuit, the Court also vacated the related judgment against us and the individual defendants.

Under the settlement agreement and during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, the $145.0 million we had previously deposited into a common fund account in December 2011 was paid to the plaintiffs. As of February 29, 2012, the settlement amount was included in accrued and other current liabilities and the corresponding deposit was presented as restricted funds held for legal matter on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

As of May 31, 2012, we have accrued an estimate of a portion of the $23.2 million of defense costs that were advanced to us and other defendants in this shareholder litigation, and estimated future legal costs that may be incurred in resolving the dispute with our insurers regarding whether we are required to reimburse these funds. Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of the dispute with our insurance carriers is uncertain at this point. However, we do not believe the potential exposure in excess of our accrual is material.

Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group)

On August 13, 2010, a securities class action complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona by Douglas N. Gaer naming us, John G. Sperling, Gregory W. Cappelli, Charles B. Edelstein, Joseph L. D’Amico, Brian L. Swartz and Gregory J. Iverson as defendants for allegedly making false and misleading statements regarding our business practices and prospects for growth. That complaint asserted a putative class period stemming from December 7, 2009 to August 3, 2010. A substantially similar complaint was also filed in the same Court by John T. Fitch on September 23, 2010 making similar allegations against the same defendants for the same purported class period. Finally, on October 4, 2010, another purported securities class action complaint was filed in the same Court by Robert Roth against the same defendants as well as Brian Mueller, Terri C. Bishop and Peter V. Sperling based upon the same general set of allegations, but with a defined class period of February 12, 2007 to August 3, 2010. The complaints allege violations of Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. On October 15, 2010, three additional parties filed motions to consolidate the related actions and be appointed the lead plaintiff.

On November 23, 2010, the Fitch and Roth actions were consolidated with Gaer and the Court appointed the “Apollo Institutional Investors Group” consisting of the Oregon Public Employees Retirement Fund, the Mineworkers’ Pension Scheme, and Amalgamated Bank as lead plaintiffs. The case is now entitled, In re Apollo Group, Inc. Securities Litigation, Lead Case Number CV-10-1735-PHX-JAT. On February 18, 2011, the lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint naming Apollo, John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling, Joseph L. D’Amico, Gregory W. Cappelli, Charles B. Edelstein, Brian L. Swartz, Brian E. Mueller, Gregory J. Iverson, and William J. Pepicello as defendants. The consolidated complaint asserts a putative class period of May 21, 2007 to October 13, 2010. On April 19, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss and oral argument on the motion was held before the Court on October 17, 2011. On October 27, 2011, the Court granted our motion to dismiss and granted plaintiffs leave to amend. On December 6, 2011, the lead plaintiffs filed an Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint, which alleges similar claims against the same defendants. On January 9, 2012, we filed a motion to dismiss the Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint. On June 22, 2012, the Court granted our motion to dismiss and entered a judgment in our favor.

We cannot at this time predict whether or not the plaintiffs will appeal this dismissal. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, for this action and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Securities Class Action (Teamsters Local 617 Pensions and Welfare Funds)

On November 2, 2006, the Teamsters Local 617 Pension and Welfare Funds filed a class action complaint purporting to represent a class of shareholders who purchased our stock between November 28, 2001 and October 18, 2006. The complaint, filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona, is entitled Teamsters Local 617 Pension & Welfare Funds v. Apollo Group, Inc. et al., Case Number 06-cv-02674-RCB, and alleges that we and certain of our current and former directors and officers violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder by purportedly making misrepresentations concerning our stock option granting policies and practices and related accounting. The defendants are Apollo Group, Inc., J. Jorge Klor de Alva, Daniel E. Bachus, John M. Blair, Dino J. DeConcini, Kenda B. Gonzales, Hedy F. Govenar, Brian E. Mueller, Todd S. Nelson, Laura Palmer Noone, John R. Norton III, John G. Sperling and Peter V. Sperling. On September 11, 2007, the Court appointed The Pension Trust Fund for Operating Engineers as lead plaintiff. Lead plaintiff filed an amended complaint on November 23, 2007, asserting the same legal claims as the original complaint and adding claims for violations of Section 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and allegations of breach of fiduciary duties and civil conspiracy. On April 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed their Second Amended Complaint, which alleges similar claims for alleged securities fraud against the same defendants.

On March 31, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona dismissed the case with prejudice and entered judgment in our favor. Plaintiffs filed a motion for reconsideration of this ruling, and the Court denied this motion on April 2, 2012. On April 27, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a Notice of Appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, and their appeal remains pending before that Court. Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Incentive Compensation False Claims Act Lawsuit

On May 25, 2011, we were notified that a qui tam complaint had been filed against us in the U.S. District Court, Eastern District of California, by private relators under the Federal False Claims Act and California False Claims Act, entitled USA and State of California ex rel. Hoggett and Good v. University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:10-CV-02478-MCE-KJN. When the federal government declines to intervene in a qui tam action, as it has done in this case, the relators may elect to pursue the litigation on behalf of the federal government and, if successful, they are entitled to receive a portion of the federal government’s recovery.

The complaint alleges, among other things, that University of Phoenix has violated the Federal False Claims Act since December 12, 2009 and the California False Claims Act for the preceding ten years by falsely certifying to the U.S. Department of Education and the State of California that University of Phoenix was in compliance with various regulations that require compliance with federal rules regarding the payment of incentive compensation to admissions personnel, in connection with University of Phoenix’s participation in student financial aid programs. In addition to injunctive relief and fines, the relators seek significant damages on behalf of the Department of Education and the State of California, including all student financial aid disbursed by the Department to our students since December 2009 and by the State of California to our students during the preceding ten years. On July 12, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss and on August 30, 2011, relators filed a motion for leave to file a Second Amended Complaint, which the Court granted. On November 2, 2011, we filed a motion to dismiss relators’ Second Amended Complaint, and that motion is currently pending before the Court.

Because of the many questions of fact and law that may arise, the outcome of this legal proceeding is uncertain at this point. Based on the information available to us at present, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of loss for this action and, accordingly, we have not accrued any liability associated with this action.

Patent Infringement Litigation

On March 3, 2008, Digital-Vending Services International Inc. filed a complaint against University of Phoenix and Apollo Group Inc., as well as Capella Education Company, Laureate Education Inc., and Walden University Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, since transferred on plaintiff’s motion to the Eastern District of Virginia. The case is entitled, Digital Vending Services International, LLC vs. The University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:09cv555 (JBF-TEM). The complaint alleges that we and the other defendants have infringed and are infringing various patents relating to managing courseware in a shared use operating environment and seeks injunctive relief and substantial damages, including royalties as a percentage of our net revenue over a multi-year period. We filed an answer to the complaint on May 27, 2008, in which we denied that Digital-Vending Services International’s patents were duly and lawfully issued, and asserted defenses of non-infringement and patent invalidity, among others. We also asserted a counterclaim seeking a declaratory judgment that the patents are invalid, unenforceable, and not infringed by us.

On March 18, 2010, we filed our opening claim construction brief and on June 10, 2010, the Court issued its claim construction ruling. Discovery is now concluded and we filed a motion for summary judgment on August 13, 2010. A hearing on our motion for summary judgment was held on November 12, 2010, and on January 7, 2011, the Court granted our motion for summary judgment and dismissed the case with prejudice, citing plaintiff’s failure to point to admissible evidence that could support a finding of infringement.

Plaintiff appealed the order granting our summary judgment motion to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, which held oral argument on December 5, 2011. On March 7, 2012, a divided three-judge panel of the Federal Circuit issued an opinion affirming in part and reversing in part the order granting summary judgment, and it remanded a portion of the plaintiff’s claims to the district court for further proceedings. We filed a Petition for Rehearing with the Federal Circuit regarding the portion of the decision reversing the grant of summary judgment, which the Federal Circuit denied on May 25, 2012. Accordingly, the case has been remanded to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia for further proceedings, the outcome of which remains uncertain at this point.

As of May 31, 2012, we have accrued an immaterial amount principally reflecting a rejected settlement offer we made during the third quarter of fiscal year 2012, as well as additional legal costs that we may incur in this matter.

AdomaWage and Hour Class Action

On January 8, 2010, Diane Adoma filed an action in United States District Court, Eastern District of California alleging wage and hour claims under the Fair Labor Standards Act and California law for failure to pay overtime and other violations, entitled Adoma et al. v. University of Phoenix, et al, Case Number 2:10-cv-04134-JCJ. On March 5, 2010, we filed a motion to dismiss, or in the alternative to stay or transfer, the case based on the previously filed Sabol and Juric actions. On May 3, 2010, the Court denied the motion to dismiss and/or transfer. On April 12, 2010, plaintiff filed her motion for conditional collective action certification. The Court denied class certification under the Fair Labor Standards Act and transferred these claims to the District Court in Pennsylvania. On August 31, 2010, the U.S. District Court in California granted plaintiff’s motion for class action certification of the California claims. On September 14, 2010, we filed a petition for permission to appeal the class certification order with the Ninth Circuit, which was denied on November 3, 2010. There are approximately 1,500 current and former employees in the class.

In August 2011, the parties agreed to settle the case for an immaterial amount, which was accrued in our financial statements during fiscal year 2011. The agreement, in which we do not admit any liability, is subject to final approval by the Court. On June 18, 2012, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement and granted the parties’ motion to certify the class of plaintiffs for settlement purposes. We expect a final approval hearing for the settlement will be held later this year.

Shareholder Derivative Actions and Demand Letters

On November 12, 2010 and December 8, 2010, we received separate demands on behalf of two different shareholders to investigate, address and commence proceedings against each of our directors and certain of our officers for violation of any applicable laws, including in connection with the subject matter of the report of the Government Accountability Office prepared for the U.S. Senate in August 2010, our withdrawal of the outlook we previously provided for our fiscal year 2011, the investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices associated with certain alleged practices of University of Phoenix by the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, the participation by the State of Oregon Office of the Attorney General in the Securities Class Action (Apollo Institutional Investors Group), and the informal inquiry by the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission commenced in October 2009. On September 8, 2011, we received an additional shareholder demand letter from Darlene Smith, who is already pursuing one of the two previously filed shareholder derivative actions against Apollo management. In this letter, Ms. Smith requests that the Company pursue a contribution action against Todd Nelson and Kenda Gonzales based on the jury verdict in the Policeman’s Annuity and Benefit Fund of Chicago Securities Class Action described above. The demands are a condition precedent under applicable Arizona law to the filing of a derivative lawsuit on behalf of Apollo Group seeking damages from directors and officers for breach of fiduciary duty. The following two lawsuits have commenced to date in connection with these demands:

• Himmel Derivative Action. On March 24, 2011, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the Superior Court for the State of Arizona, Maricopa County by Daniel Himmel, one of the foregoing shareholders who previously made a demand for investigation. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on our behalf against certain of our current and former officers and directors for breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. The complaint alleges that the individual defendants made improper statements and engaged in improper business practices that caused our stock price to drop, led to securities class actions against us, and enhanced regulation and scrutiny by various government entities and regulators. The case is entitled, Himmel v. Bishop, et al, Case Number CV2011-005604. Pursuant to a stipulation between all parties, on August 31, 2011, the Court ordered this action stayed during the pendency of the underlying Apollo Group Institutional Investors Securities Class Action.

• Smith Derivative Action. On April 12, 2011, a shareholder derivative complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Arizona by Darlene Smith, one of the foregoing shareholders who previously made a demand for investigation. In the complaint, the plaintiff asserts a derivative claim on our behalf against certain of our current and former officers and directors for violations of federal securities laws, state law claims for breaches of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, unjust enrichment, corporate waste, and insider trading. The case is entitled, Smith v. Sperling, et al, Case Number CV-11-0722-PHX-PGR. On February 3, 2012, the Company and the individual defendants filed motions to dismiss the case, which are currently pending with the Court. Oral argument on the defendants’ motion to dismiss is scheduled for July 9, 2012.

K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd.

On November 8, 2010, a suit was filed by K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. (“Modi”) in the High Court of Delhi at New Delhi against defendants Apollo Group, Inc., Western International University, Inc., University of Phoenix, Inc., Apollo Global, Inc., Modi Apollo International Group Pvt. Ltd., Apollo International, Inc., John G. Sperling, Peter V. Sperling and Jorge Klor De Alva, seeking to permanently enjoin the defendants from making investments in the education industry in the Indian market in breach of an exclusivity and noncompete provision which plaintiff alleges is applicable to Apollo Group and its subsidiaries. The case is entitled, K.K. Modi Investment and Financial Services Pvt. Ltd. v. Apollo International, et. al. We believe that the relevant exclusivity and noncompete provision is inapplicable to us and our affiliates, we have sought to dismiss this action on those grounds, and our application for such relief remains pending before the Court. On December 14, 2010, the Court declined to enter an injunction, but the matter is set for a further hearing on September 17, 2012. If plaintiff ultimately obtains the requested injunctive relief, our ability to conduct business in India, including through our joint venture with HT Media Limited, may be adversely affected. It is also possible that in the future K.K. Modi may seek to expand existing litigation in India or commence litigation in the U.S. in which it may assert a significant damage claim against us.

Other

We are subject to various claims and contingencies in the ordinary course of business, including those related to regulation, litigation, business transactions, employee-related matters and taxes, among others. We do not believe any of these are material for separate disclosure.

Other Matters

Attorney General Investigations

During fiscal year 2011, we received notices from the Attorney General Offices in three states that they were investigating business practices at the University of Phoenix, as described below. We believe there may be an informal coalition of states considering investigatory or other inquiries into recruiting practices and the financing of education at proprietary educational institutions, which may or may not include these three states.

• State of Florida. On October 22, 2010, University of Phoenix received notice that the State of Florida Office of the Attorney General in Fort Lauderdale, Florida had commenced an investigation into possible unfair and deceptive trade practices associated with certain alleged practices of University of Phoenix. The notice included a subpoena to produce documents and detailed information for the time period of January 1, 2006 to the present about a broad spectrum of University of Phoenix’s business. We are cooperating with the investigation, but also filed a suit to quash or limit the subpoena and to protect information sought that constitutes propriety or trade secret information. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

• State of Massachusetts. On May 13, 2011, University of Phoenix received a Civil Investigative Demand from the State of Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General. The Demand relates to an investigation of possible unfair or deceptive methods, acts, or practices by for-profit educational institutions in connection with the recruitment of students and the financing of education. The Demand requires us to produce documents and detailed information and to give testimony regarding a broad spectrum of University of Phoenix’s business for the time period of January 1, 2002 to the present. We are cooperating with the investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

• State of Delaware. On August 3, 2011, University of Phoenix received a subpoena from the Attorney General of the State of Delaware to produce detailed information regarding University of Phoenix students residing in Delaware. The time period covered by the subpoena is January 1, 2006 to the present. We are cooperating with the investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of the investigation at this time.

Securities and Exchange Commission

During October 2009, we received notification from the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission indicating that they had commenced an informal inquiry into our revenue recognition practices. The Securities and Exchange Commission has requested various information and documents from us and/or our auditors, including information regarding our revenue recognition practices, our policies and practices relating to student refunds, the return of Title IV funds to lenders and bad debt reserves, our insider trading policies and procedures, a chronology of the internal processing and availability of information about the U.S. Department of Education program review of University of Phoenix commenced in early 2009, certain information relating to non-Title IV revenue sources and other matters. On March 21, 2012, the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission notified us that the informal inquiry had been completed and that the staff did not intend to recommend any enforcement action by the Commission.

During April 2012, we received notification from the Enforcement Division of the Securities and Exchange Commission requesting documents and information relating to certain stock sales by company insiders and our February 28, 2012 announcement filed with the Commission on Form 8-K regarding revised enrollment forecasts. We are cooperating fully with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with this investigation. We cannot predict the eventual scope or outcome of this investigation.